| /* |
| * Copyright (C) 2003 Lars Knoll (knoll@kde.org) |
| * Copyright (C) 2005 Allan Sandfeld Jensen (kde@carewolf.com) |
| * Copyright (C) 2004-2016 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. |
| * Copyright (C) 2007 Nicholas Shanks <webkit@nickshanks.com> |
| * Copyright (C) 2008 Eric Seidel <eric@webkit.org> |
| * Copyright (C) 2009 Torch Mobile Inc. All rights reserved. (http://www.torchmobile.com/) |
| * Copyright (C) 2012, 2013 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved. |
| * Copyright (C) 2012 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved. |
| * Copyright (C) 2014 Google Inc. All rights reserved. |
| * |
| * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
| * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public |
| * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
| * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
| * |
| * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
| * Library General Public License for more details. |
| * |
| * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License |
| * along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to |
| * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, |
| * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. |
| */ |
| |
| #include "config.h" |
| #include "CSSParser.h" |
| |
| #include "CSSAnimationTriggerScrollValue.h" |
| #include "CSSAspectRatioValue.h" |
| #include "CSSBasicShapes.h" |
| #include "CSSBorderImage.h" |
| #include "CSSBorderImageSliceValue.h" |
| #include "CSSCanvasValue.h" |
| #include "CSSContentDistributionValue.h" |
| #include "CSSCrossfadeValue.h" |
| #include "CSSCursorImageValue.h" |
| #include "CSSCustomPropertyValue.h" |
| #include "CSSFilterImageValue.h" |
| #include "CSSFontFaceRule.h" |
| #include "CSSFontFaceSrcValue.h" |
| #include "CSSFontFeatureValue.h" |
| #include "CSSFontValue.h" |
| #include "CSSFontVariationValue.h" |
| #include "CSSFunctionValue.h" |
| #include "CSSGradientValue.h" |
| #include "CSSImageSetValue.h" |
| #include "CSSImageValue.h" |
| #include "CSSInheritedValue.h" |
| #include "CSSInitialValue.h" |
| #include "CSSKeyframeRule.h" |
| #include "CSSKeyframesRule.h" |
| #include "CSSLineBoxContainValue.h" |
| #include "CSSMediaRule.h" |
| #include "CSSNamedImageValue.h" |
| #include "CSSPageRule.h" |
| #include "CSSParserFastPaths.h" |
| #include "CSSParserImpl.h" |
| #include "CSSPrimitiveValue.h" |
| #include "CSSPrimitiveValueMappings.h" |
| #include "CSSPropertySourceData.h" |
| #include "CSSReflectValue.h" |
| #include "CSSRevertValue.h" |
| #include "CSSSelector.h" |
| #include "CSSShadowValue.h" |
| #include "CSSStyleSheet.h" |
| #include "CSSTimingFunctionValue.h" |
| #include "CSSUnicodeRangeValue.h" |
| #include "CSSUnsetValue.h" |
| #include "CSSValueKeywords.h" |
| #include "CSSValueList.h" |
| #include "CSSValuePool.h" |
| #include "CSSVariableDependentValue.h" |
| #include "Counter.h" |
| #include "Document.h" |
| #include "FloatConversion.h" |
| #include "GridArea.h" |
| #include "HTMLOptGroupElement.h" |
| #include "HTMLParserIdioms.h" |
| #include "HashTools.h" |
| #include "MediaList.h" |
| #include "MediaQueryExp.h" |
| #include "Page.h" |
| #include "PageConsoleClient.h" |
| #include "Pair.h" |
| #include "Rect.h" |
| #include "RenderTheme.h" |
| #include "RuntimeEnabledFeatures.h" |
| #include "SVGParserUtilities.h" |
| #include "SVGPathByteStream.h" |
| #include "SVGPathUtilities.h" |
| #include "SelectorChecker.h" |
| #include "SelectorCheckerTestFunctions.h" |
| #include "Settings.h" |
| #include "StyleProperties.h" |
| #include "StylePropertyShorthand.h" |
| #include "StylePropertyShorthandFunctions.h" |
| #include "StyleRule.h" |
| #include "StyleRuleImport.h" |
| #include "StyleSheetContents.h" |
| #include "TextEncoding.h" |
| #include "WebKitCSSFilterValue.h" |
| #include "WebKitCSSRegionRule.h" |
| #include "WebKitCSSTransformValue.h" |
| #include <bitset> |
| #include <limits.h> |
| #include <wtf/HexNumber.h> |
| #include <wtf/NeverDestroyed.h> |
| #include <wtf/StdLibExtras.h> |
| #include <wtf/dtoa.h> |
| #include <wtf/text/StringBuffer.h> |
| #include <wtf/text/StringBuilder.h> |
| #include <wtf/text/StringImpl.h> |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) |
| #include "CSSGridAutoRepeatValue.h" |
| #include "CSSGridLineNamesValue.h" |
| #include "CSSGridTemplateAreasValue.h" |
| #endif |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_SCROLL_SNAP) |
| #include "LengthRepeat.h" |
| #endif |
| |
| #if ENABLE(DASHBOARD_SUPPORT) |
| #include "DashboardRegion.h" |
| #endif |
| |
| #define YYDEBUG 0 |
| |
| #if YYDEBUG > 0 |
| extern int cssyydebug; |
| #endif |
| |
| extern int cssyyparse(WebCore::CSSParser*); |
| |
| using namespace WTF; |
| |
| namespace { |
| |
| enum PropertyType { |
| PropertyExplicit, |
| PropertyImplicit |
| }; |
| |
| class ImplicitScope { |
| WTF_MAKE_NONCOPYABLE(ImplicitScope); |
| public: |
| ImplicitScope(WebCore::CSSParser& parser, PropertyType propertyType) |
| : m_parser(parser) |
| { |
| m_parser.m_implicitShorthand = propertyType == PropertyImplicit; |
| } |
| |
| ~ImplicitScope() |
| { |
| m_parser.m_implicitShorthand = false; |
| } |
| |
| private: |
| WebCore::CSSParser& m_parser; |
| }; |
| |
| } // namespace |
| |
| namespace WebCore { |
| |
| const unsigned CSSParser::invalidParsedPropertiesCount = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max(); |
| static const double MAX_SCALE = 1000000; |
| |
| template<unsigned length> bool equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(const CSSParserValue& value, const char (&lowercaseLetters)[length]) |
| { |
| ASSERT(value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT || value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING); |
| return equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.string, lowercaseLetters); |
| } |
| |
| static bool hasPrefix(const char* string, unsigned length, const char* prefix) |
| { |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < length; ++i) { |
| if (!prefix[i]) |
| return true; |
| if (string[i] != prefix[i]) |
| return false; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| template<typename... Args> |
| static Ref<CSSPrimitiveValue> createPrimitiveValuePair(Args&&... args) |
| { |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(Pair::create(std::forward<Args>(args)...)); |
| } |
| |
| class AnimationParseContext { |
| public: |
| AnimationParseContext() = default; |
| |
| void commitFirstAnimation() |
| { |
| m_firstAnimationCommitted = true; |
| } |
| |
| bool hasCommittedFirstAnimation() const |
| { |
| return m_firstAnimationCommitted; |
| } |
| |
| void commitAnimationPropertyKeyword() |
| { |
| m_animationPropertyKeywordAllowed = false; |
| } |
| |
| bool animationPropertyKeywordAllowed() const |
| { |
| return m_animationPropertyKeywordAllowed; |
| } |
| |
| bool hasSeenAnimationPropertyKeyword() const |
| { |
| return m_hasSeenAnimationPropertyKeyword; |
| } |
| |
| void sawAnimationPropertyKeyword() |
| { |
| m_hasSeenAnimationPropertyKeyword = true; |
| } |
| |
| private: |
| bool m_animationPropertyKeywordAllowed { true }; |
| bool m_firstAnimationCommitted { false }; |
| bool m_hasSeenAnimationPropertyKeyword { false }; |
| }; |
| |
| const CSSParserContext& strictCSSParserContext() |
| { |
| static NeverDestroyed<CSSParserContext> strictContext(HTMLStandardMode); |
| return strictContext; |
| } |
| |
| CSSParserContext::CSSParserContext(CSSParserMode mode, const URL& baseURL) |
| : baseURL(baseURL) |
| , mode(mode) |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) |
| , cssGridLayoutEnabled(RuntimeEnabledFeatures::sharedFeatures().isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| #endif |
| { |
| #if PLATFORM(IOS) |
| // FIXME: Force the site specific quirk below to work on iOS. Investigating other site specific quirks |
| // to see if we can enable the preference all together is to be handled by: |
| // <rdar://problem/8493309> Investigate Enabling Site Specific Quirks in MobileSafari and UIWebView |
| needsSiteSpecificQuirks = true; |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| CSSParserContext::CSSParserContext(Document& document, const URL& baseURL, const String& charset) |
| : baseURL(baseURL.isNull() ? document.baseURL() : baseURL) |
| , charset(charset) |
| , mode(document.inQuirksMode() ? HTMLQuirksMode : HTMLStandardMode) |
| , isHTMLDocument(document.isHTMLDocument()) |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) |
| , cssGridLayoutEnabled(document.isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| #endif |
| { |
| if (Settings* settings = document.settings()) { |
| needsSiteSpecificQuirks = settings->needsSiteSpecificQuirks(); |
| enforcesCSSMIMETypeInNoQuirksMode = settings->enforceCSSMIMETypeInNoQuirksMode(); |
| useLegacyBackgroundSizeShorthandBehavior = settings->useLegacyBackgroundSizeShorthandBehavior(); |
| #if ENABLE(TEXT_AUTOSIZING) |
| textAutosizingEnabled = settings->textAutosizingEnabled(); |
| #endif |
| springTimingFunctionEnabled = settings->springTimingFunctionEnabled(); |
| useNewParser = settings->newCSSParserEnabled(); |
| |
| #if ENABLE(VARIATION_FONTS) |
| variationFontsEnabled = settings->variationFontsEnabled(); |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| #if PLATFORM(IOS) |
| // FIXME: Force the site specific quirk below to work on iOS. Investigating other site specific quirks |
| // to see if we can enable the preference all together is to be handled by: |
| // <rdar://problem/8493309> Investigate Enabling Site Specific Quirks in MobileSafari and UIWebView |
| needsSiteSpecificQuirks = true; |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| bool operator==(const CSSParserContext& a, const CSSParserContext& b) |
| { |
| return a.baseURL == b.baseURL |
| && a.charset == b.charset |
| && a.mode == b.mode |
| && a.isHTMLDocument == b.isHTMLDocument |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) |
| && a.cssGridLayoutEnabled == b.cssGridLayoutEnabled |
| #endif |
| && a.needsSiteSpecificQuirks == b.needsSiteSpecificQuirks |
| && a.enforcesCSSMIMETypeInNoQuirksMode == b.enforcesCSSMIMETypeInNoQuirksMode |
| && a.useLegacyBackgroundSizeShorthandBehavior == b.useLegacyBackgroundSizeShorthandBehavior |
| #if ENABLE(VARIATION_FONTS) |
| && a.variationFontsEnabled == b.variationFontsEnabled |
| #endif |
| && a.springTimingFunctionEnabled == b.springTimingFunctionEnabled; |
| } |
| |
| CSSParser::CSSParser(const CSSParserContext& context) |
| : m_context(context) |
| { |
| #if YYDEBUG > 0 |
| cssyydebug = 1; |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| CSSParser::~CSSParser() |
| { |
| } |
| |
| template<typename CharacterType> ALWAYS_INLINE static void convertToASCIILowercaseInPlace(CharacterType* characters, unsigned length) |
| { |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < length; ++i) |
| characters[i] = toASCIILower(characters[i]); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParserString::convertToASCIILowercaseInPlace() |
| { |
| if (is8Bit()) |
| WebCore::convertToASCIILowercaseInPlace(characters8(), length()); |
| else |
| WebCore::convertToASCIILowercaseInPlace(characters16(), length()); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::setupParser(const char* prefix, unsigned prefixLength, StringView string, const char* suffix, unsigned suffixLength) |
| { |
| m_parsedTextPrefixLength = prefixLength; |
| unsigned stringLength = string.length(); |
| unsigned length = stringLength + m_parsedTextPrefixLength + suffixLength + 1; |
| m_length = length; |
| |
| if (!stringLength || string.is8Bit()) { |
| m_dataStart8 = std::make_unique<LChar[]>(length); |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < m_parsedTextPrefixLength; ++i) |
| m_dataStart8[i] = prefix[i]; |
| |
| if (stringLength) |
| memcpy(m_dataStart8.get() + m_parsedTextPrefixLength, string.characters8(), stringLength * sizeof(LChar)); |
| |
| unsigned start = m_parsedTextPrefixLength + stringLength; |
| unsigned end = start + suffixLength; |
| for (unsigned i = start; i < end; i++) |
| m_dataStart8[i] = suffix[i - start]; |
| |
| m_dataStart8[length - 1] = '\0'; |
| |
| m_is8BitSource = true; |
| m_currentCharacter8 = m_dataStart8.get(); |
| m_currentCharacter16 = nullptr; |
| setTokenStart<LChar>(m_currentCharacter8); |
| m_lexFunc = &CSSParser::realLex<LChar>; |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| m_dataStart16 = std::make_unique<UChar[]>(length); |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < m_parsedTextPrefixLength; ++i) |
| m_dataStart16[i] = prefix[i]; |
| |
| ASSERT(stringLength); |
| memcpy(m_dataStart16.get() + m_parsedTextPrefixLength, string.characters16(), stringLength * sizeof(UChar)); |
| |
| unsigned start = m_parsedTextPrefixLength + stringLength; |
| unsigned end = start + suffixLength; |
| for (unsigned i = start; i < end; i++) |
| m_dataStart16[i] = suffix[i - start]; |
| |
| m_dataStart16[length - 1] = '\0'; |
| |
| m_is8BitSource = false; |
| m_currentCharacter8 = nullptr; |
| m_currentCharacter16 = m_dataStart16.get(); |
| setTokenStart<UChar>(m_currentCharacter16); |
| m_lexFunc = &CSSParser::realLex<UChar>; |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME-NEWPARSER: This API needs to change. It's polluted with Inspector stuff, and that should |
| // use the new obverver model instead. |
| void CSSParser::parseSheet(StyleSheetContents* sheet, const String& string, const TextPosition& textPosition, RuleSourceDataList* ruleSourceDataResult, bool logErrors) |
| { |
| // FIXME-NEWPARSER: It's easier for testing to let the entire UA sheet parse with the old |
| // parser. That way we can still have the default styles look correct while we add in support for |
| // properties. |
| if (m_context.useNewParser && m_context.mode != UASheetMode) |
| return CSSParserImpl::parseStyleSheet(string, m_context, sheet); |
| |
| setStyleSheet(sheet); |
| m_defaultNamespace = starAtom; // Reset the default namespace. |
| if (ruleSourceDataResult) |
| m_currentRuleDataStack = std::make_unique<RuleSourceDataList>(); |
| m_ruleSourceDataResult = ruleSourceDataResult; |
| |
| m_logErrors = logErrors && sheet->singleOwnerDocument() && !sheet->baseURL().isEmpty() && sheet->singleOwnerDocument()->page(); |
| m_ignoreErrorsInDeclaration = false; |
| m_sheetStartLineNumber = textPosition.m_line.zeroBasedInt(); |
| m_sheetStartColumnNumber = textPosition.m_column.zeroBasedInt(); |
| m_lineNumber = m_sheetStartLineNumber; |
| m_columnOffsetForLine = 0; |
| setupParser("", string, ""); |
| cssyyparse(this); |
| sheet->shrinkToFit(); |
| m_currentRuleDataStack.reset(); |
| m_ruleSourceDataResult = nullptr; |
| m_rule = nullptr; |
| m_ignoreErrorsInDeclaration = false; |
| m_logErrors = false; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<StyleRuleBase> CSSParser::parseRule(StyleSheetContents* sheet, const String& string) |
| { |
| setStyleSheet(sheet); |
| m_allowNamespaceDeclarations = false; |
| setupParser("@-webkit-rule{", string, "} "); |
| cssyyparse(this); |
| return m_rule; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<StyleKeyframe> CSSParser::parseKeyframeRule(StyleSheetContents* sheet, const String& string) |
| { |
| setStyleSheet(sheet); |
| setupParser("@-webkit-keyframe-rule{ ", string, "} "); |
| cssyyparse(this); |
| return m_keyframe; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseSupportsCondition(const String& string) |
| { |
| m_supportsCondition = false; |
| // can't use { because tokenizer state switches from supports to initial state when it sees { token. |
| // instead insert one " " (which is WHITESPACE in CSSGrammar.y) |
| setupParser("@-webkit-supports-condition ", string, "} "); |
| cssyyparse(this); |
| return m_supportsCondition; |
| } |
| |
| static inline bool isColorPropertyID(CSSPropertyID propertyId) |
| { |
| switch (propertyId) { |
| case CSSPropertyColor: |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundColor: |
| case CSSPropertyBorderBottomColor: |
| case CSSPropertyBorderLeftColor: |
| case CSSPropertyBorderRightColor: |
| case CSSPropertyBorderTopColor: |
| case CSSPropertyOutlineColor: |
| case CSSPropertyTextLineThroughColor: |
| case CSSPropertyTextOverlineColor: |
| case CSSPropertyTextUnderlineColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderAfterColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderBeforeColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderEndColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderStartColor: |
| case CSSPropertyColumnRuleColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextDecorationColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextEmphasisColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextFillColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextStrokeColor: |
| return true; |
| default: |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::isValidSystemColorValue(CSSValueID valueID) |
| { |
| return valueID >= CSSValueAqua && valueID <= CSSValueAppleSystemYellow; |
| } |
| |
| static bool validPrimitiveValueColor(CSSValueID valueID, bool strict = false) |
| { |
| return (valueID == CSSValueWebkitText || valueID == CSSValueCurrentcolor || valueID == CSSValueMenu |
| || CSSParser::isValidSystemColorValue(valueID) || valueID == CSSValueAlpha |
| || (valueID >= CSSValueWebkitFocusRingColor && valueID < CSSValueWebkitText && !strict)); |
| } |
| |
| static CSSParser::ParseResult parseColorValue(MutableStyleProperties& declaration, CSSPropertyID propertyId, const String& string, bool important, CSSParserMode cssParserMode) |
| { |
| ASSERT(!string.isEmpty()); |
| bool strict = isStrictParserMode(cssParserMode); |
| if (!isColorPropertyID(propertyId)) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| |
| CSSParserString cssString; |
| cssString.init(string); |
| CSSValueID valueID = cssValueKeywordID(cssString); |
| if (validPrimitiveValueColor(valueID, strict)) { |
| auto value = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(valueID); |
| return declaration.addParsedProperty(CSSProperty(propertyId, WTFMove(value), important)) ? CSSParser::ParseResult::Changed : CSSParser::ParseResult::Unchanged; |
| } |
| Color color = CSSParser::fastParseColor(string, strict && string[0] != '#'); |
| if (!color.isValid()) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| |
| auto value = CSSValuePool::singleton().createColorValue(color); |
| return declaration.addParsedProperty(CSSProperty(propertyId, WTFMove(value), important)) ? CSSParser::ParseResult::Changed : CSSParser::ParseResult::Unchanged; |
| } |
| |
| static inline bool isSimpleLengthPropertyID(CSSPropertyID propertyId, bool& acceptsNegativeNumbers) |
| { |
| switch (propertyId) { |
| case CSSPropertyFontSize: |
| case CSSPropertyHeight: |
| case CSSPropertyWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyMinHeight: |
| case CSSPropertyMinWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyPaddingBottom: |
| case CSSPropertyPaddingLeft: |
| case CSSPropertyPaddingRight: |
| case CSSPropertyPaddingTop: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitLogicalWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitLogicalHeight: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMinLogicalWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMinLogicalHeight: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitPaddingAfter: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitPaddingBefore: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitPaddingEnd: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitPaddingStart: |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) |
| case CSSPropertyGridColumnGap: |
| case CSSPropertyGridRowGap: |
| #endif |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_SHAPES) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitShapeMargin: |
| #endif |
| acceptsNegativeNumbers = false; |
| return true; |
| case CSSPropertyBottom: |
| case CSSPropertyCx: |
| case CSSPropertyCy: |
| case CSSPropertyLeft: |
| case CSSPropertyMarginBottom: |
| case CSSPropertyMarginLeft: |
| case CSSPropertyMarginRight: |
| case CSSPropertyMarginTop: |
| case CSSPropertyR: |
| case CSSPropertyRx: |
| case CSSPropertyRy: |
| case CSSPropertyRight: |
| case CSSPropertyTop: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarginAfter: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarginBefore: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarginEnd: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarginStart: |
| case CSSPropertyX: |
| case CSSPropertyY: |
| acceptsNegativeNumbers = true; |
| return true; |
| default: |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool parseSimpleLength(const CharacterType* characters, unsigned& length, CSSPrimitiveValue::UnitTypes& unit, double& number) |
| { |
| if (length > 2 && (characters[length - 2] | 0x20) == 'p' && (characters[length - 1] | 0x20) == 'x') { |
| length -= 2; |
| unit = CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PX; |
| } else if (length > 1 && characters[length - 1] == '%') { |
| length -= 1; |
| unit = CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE; |
| } |
| |
| // We rely on charactersToDouble for validation as well. The function |
| // will set "ok" to "false" if the entire passed-in character range does |
| // not represent a double. |
| bool ok; |
| number = charactersToDouble(characters, length, &ok); |
| return ok; |
| } |
| |
| static CSSParser::ParseResult parseSimpleLengthValue(MutableStyleProperties& declaration, CSSPropertyID propertyId, const String& string, bool important, CSSParserMode cssParserMode) |
| { |
| ASSERT(!string.isEmpty()); |
| bool acceptsNegativeNumbers; |
| if (!isSimpleLengthPropertyID(propertyId, acceptsNegativeNumbers)) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| |
| unsigned length = string.length(); |
| double number; |
| CSSPrimitiveValue::UnitTypes unit = CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER; |
| |
| if (string.is8Bit()) { |
| if (!parseSimpleLength(string.characters8(), length, unit, number)) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| } else { |
| if (!parseSimpleLength(string.characters16(), length, unit, number)) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| } |
| |
| if (unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER) { |
| if (number && isStrictParserMode(cssParserMode)) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| unit = CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PX; |
| } |
| if (number < 0 && !acceptsNegativeNumbers) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| if (std::isinf(number)) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| |
| auto value = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(number, unit); |
| return declaration.addParsedProperty(CSSProperty(propertyId, WTFMove(value), important)) ? CSSParser::ParseResult::Changed : CSSParser::ParseResult::Unchanged; |
| } |
| |
| static inline bool isValidKeywordPropertyAndValue(CSSPropertyID propertyId, int valueID, const CSSParserContext& parserContext, StyleSheetContents* styleSheetContents) |
| { |
| if (!valueID) |
| return false; |
| |
| switch (propertyId) { |
| case CSSPropertyBorderCollapse: // collapse | separate | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueCollapse || valueID == CSSValueSeparate) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyBorderTopStyle: // <border-style> | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyBorderRightStyle: // Defined as: none | hidden | dotted | dashed | |
| case CSSPropertyBorderBottomStyle: // solid | double | groove | ridge | inset | outset |
| case CSSPropertyBorderLeftStyle: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderAfterStyle: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderBeforeStyle: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderEndStyle: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderStartStyle: |
| case CSSPropertyColumnRuleStyle: |
| if (valueID >= CSSValueNone && valueID <= CSSValueDouble) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyBoxSizing: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueBorderBox || valueID == CSSValueContentBox) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyCaptionSide: // top | bottom | left | right | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueLeft || valueID == CSSValueRight || valueID == CSSValueTop || valueID == CSSValueBottom) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyClear: // none | left | right | both | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueLeft || valueID == CSSValueRight || valueID == CSSValueBoth) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyDirection: // ltr | rtl | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueLtr || valueID == CSSValueRtl) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyDisplay: |
| // inline | block | list-item | inline-block | table | |
| // inline-table | table-row-group | table-header-group | table-footer-group | table-row | |
| // table-column-group | table-column | table-cell | table-caption | -webkit-box | -webkit-inline-box | none | inherit |
| // flex | -webkit-flex | inline-flex | -webkit-inline-flex | grid | inline-grid | contents |
| if ((valueID >= CSSValueInline && valueID <= CSSValueContents) || valueID == CSSValueNone) |
| return true; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) |
| if (parserContext.cssGridLayoutEnabled && (valueID == CSSValueGrid || valueID == CSSValueInlineGrid)) |
| return true; |
| #endif |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyEmptyCells: // show | hide | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueShow || valueID == CSSValueHide) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFloat: // left | right | none | center (for buggy CSS, maps to none) |
| if (valueID == CSSValueLeft || valueID == CSSValueRight || valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueCenter) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFontStyle: // normal | italic | oblique | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueItalic || valueID == CSSValueOblique) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFontStretch: |
| return false; |
| case CSSPropertyImageRendering: // auto | optimizeSpeed | optimizeQuality | -webkit-crisp-edges | -webkit-optimize-contrast | crisp-edges | pixelated |
| // optimizeSpeed and optimizeQuality are deprecated; a user agent must accept them as valid values but must treat them as having the same behavior as pixelated and auto respectively. |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueOptimizespeed || valueID == CSSValueOptimizequality |
| || valueID == CSSValueWebkitCrispEdges || valueID == CSSValueWebkitOptimizeContrast || valueID == CSSValueCrispEdges || valueID == CSSValuePixelated) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyListStylePosition: // inside | outside | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueInside || valueID == CSSValueOutside) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyListStyleType: |
| // See section CSS_PROP_LIST_STYLE_TYPE of file CSSValueKeywords.in |
| // for the list of supported list-style-types. |
| if ((valueID >= CSSValueDisc && valueID <= CSSValueKatakanaIroha) || valueID == CSSValueNone) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyObjectFit: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueFill || valueID == CSSValueContain || valueID == CSSValueCover || valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueScaleDown) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyOutlineStyle: // (<border-style> except hidden) | auto | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueNone || (valueID >= CSSValueInset && valueID <= CSSValueDouble)) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyOverflowWrap: // normal | break-word |
| case CSSPropertyWordWrap: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueBreakWord) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(TOUCH_EVENTS) |
| case CSSPropertyTouchAction: // auto | manipulation |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueManipulation) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #endif |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_SCROLL_SNAP) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitScrollSnapType: // none | mandatory | proximity |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueMandatory || valueID == CSSValueProximity) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #endif |
| case CSSPropertyOverflowX: // visible | hidden | scroll | auto | overlay | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueVisible || valueID == CSSValueHidden || valueID == CSSValueScroll || valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueOverlay) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyOverflowY: // visible | hidden | scroll | auto | overlay | inherit | -webkit-paged-x | -webkit-paged-y |
| if (valueID == CSSValueVisible || valueID == CSSValueHidden || valueID == CSSValueScroll || valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueOverlay || valueID == CSSValueWebkitPagedX || valueID == CSSValueWebkitPagedY) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyPageBreakAfter: // auto | always | avoid | left | right | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyPageBreakBefore: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitColumnBreakAfter: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitColumnBreakBefore: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueAlways || valueID == CSSValueAvoid || valueID == CSSValueLeft || valueID == CSSValueRight) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyPageBreakInside: // avoid | auto | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitColumnBreakInside: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueAvoid) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyPointerEvents: |
| // none | visiblePainted | visibleFill | visibleStroke | visible | |
| // painted | fill | stroke | auto | all | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueVisible || valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueAll || valueID == CSSValueAuto || (valueID >= CSSValueVisiblepainted && valueID <= CSSValueStroke)) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyPosition: // static | relative | absolute | fixed | sticky | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueStatic || valueID == CSSValueRelative || valueID == CSSValueAbsolute || valueID == CSSValueFixed || valueID == CSSValueWebkitSticky) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyResize: // none | both | horizontal | vertical | auto |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueBoth || valueID == CSSValueHorizontal || valueID == CSSValueVertical || valueID == CSSValueAuto) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertySpeak: // none | normal | spell-out | digits | literal-punctuation | no-punctuation | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueSpellOut || valueID == CSSValueDigits || valueID == CSSValueLiteralPunctuation || valueID == CSSValueNoPunctuation) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyTableLayout: // auto | fixed | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueFixed) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyTextAlign: |
| // left | right | center | justify | -webkit-left | -webkit-right | -webkit-center | -webkit-match-parent |
| // | start | end | inherit | -webkit-auto (converted to start) |
| if ((valueID >= CSSValueWebkitAuto && valueID <= CSSValueWebkitMatchParent) || valueID == CSSValueStart || valueID == CSSValueEnd) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyTextLineThroughMode: |
| case CSSPropertyTextOverlineMode: |
| case CSSPropertyTextUnderlineMode: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueContinuous || valueID == CSSValueSkipWhiteSpace) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyTextLineThroughStyle: |
| case CSSPropertyTextOverlineStyle: |
| case CSSPropertyTextUnderlineStyle: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueSolid || valueID == CSSValueDouble || valueID == CSSValueDashed || valueID == CSSValueDotDash || valueID == CSSValueDotDotDash || valueID == CSSValueWave) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyTextOverflow: // clip | ellipsis |
| if (valueID == CSSValueClip || valueID == CSSValueEllipsis) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyTextRendering: // auto | optimizeSpeed | optimizeLegibility | geometricPrecision |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueOptimizespeed || valueID == CSSValueOptimizelegibility || valueID == CSSValueGeometricprecision) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyTextTransform: // capitalize | uppercase | lowercase | none | inherit |
| if ((valueID >= CSSValueCapitalize && valueID <= CSSValueLowercase) || valueID == CSSValueNone) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyUnicodeBidi: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueEmbed || valueID == CSSValueBidiOverride || valueID == CSSValueWebkitIsolate |
| || valueID == CSSValueWebkitIsolateOverride || valueID == CSSValueWebkitPlaintext) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyVisibility: // visible | hidden | collapse | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueVisible || valueID == CSSValueHidden || valueID == CSSValueCollapse) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitAppearance: |
| if ((valueID >= CSSValueCheckbox && valueID <= CSSValueCapsLockIndicator) || valueID == CSSValueNone) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBackfaceVisibility: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueVisible || valueID == CSSValueHidden) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_COMPOSITING) |
| case CSSPropertyMixBlendMode: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueMultiply || valueID == CSSValueScreen |
| || valueID == CSSValueOverlay || valueID == CSSValueDarken || valueID == CSSValueLighten || valueID == CSSValueColorDodge |
| || valueID == CSSValueColorBurn || valueID == CSSValueHardLight || valueID == CSSValueSoftLight || valueID == CSSValueDifference |
| || valueID == CSSValueExclusion || valueID == CSSValuePlusDarker || valueID == CSSValuePlusLighter) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyIsolation: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueIsolate) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #endif |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderFit: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueBorder || valueID == CSSValueLines) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBoxAlign: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueStretch || valueID == CSSValueStart || valueID == CSSValueEnd || valueID == CSSValueCenter || valueID == CSSValueBaseline) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_BOX_DECORATION_BREAK) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBoxDecorationBreak: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueClone || valueID == CSSValueSlice) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #endif |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBoxDirection: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueReverse) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBoxLines: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueSingle || valueID == CSSValueMultiple) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBoxOrient: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueHorizontal || valueID == CSSValueVertical || valueID == CSSValueInlineAxis || valueID == CSSValueBlockAxis) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBoxPack: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueStart || valueID == CSSValueEnd || valueID == CSSValueCenter || valueID == CSSValueJustify) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(CURSOR_VISIBILITY) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitCursorVisibility: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueAutoHide) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #endif |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitColumnAxis: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueHorizontal || valueID == CSSValueVertical || valueID == CSSValueAuto) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyColumnFill: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueBalance) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyColumnProgression: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueReverse) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyAlignContent: |
| // FIXME: Per CSS alignment, this property should accept an optional <overflow-position>. We should share this parsing code with 'justify-self'. |
| // FIXME: For now, we will do it behind the GRID_LAYOUT compile flag. |
| return valueID == CSSValueFlexStart || valueID == CSSValueFlexEnd || valueID == CSSValueCenter || valueID == CSSValueSpaceBetween || valueID == CSSValueSpaceAround || valueID == CSSValueStretch; |
| case CSSPropertyAlignItems: |
| // FIXME: Per CSS alignment, this property should accept the same arguments as 'justify-self' so we should share its parsing code. |
| // FIXME: For now, we will do it behind the GRID_LAYOUT compile flag. |
| if (valueID == CSSValueFlexStart || valueID == CSSValueFlexEnd || valueID == CSSValueCenter || valueID == CSSValueBaseline || valueID == CSSValueStretch) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyAlignSelf: |
| // FIXME: Per CSS alignment, this property should accept the same arguments as 'justify-self' so we should share its parsing code. |
| // FIXME: For now, we will do it behind the GRID_LAYOUT compile flag. |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueFlexStart || valueID == CSSValueFlexEnd || valueID == CSSValueCenter || valueID == CSSValueBaseline || valueID == CSSValueStretch) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFlexDirection: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueRow || valueID == CSSValueRowReverse || valueID == CSSValueColumn || valueID == CSSValueColumnReverse) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFlexWrap: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNowrap || valueID == CSSValueWrap || valueID == CSSValueWrapReverse) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyJustifyContent: |
| // FIXME: Per CSS alignment, this property should accept an optional <overflow-position>. We should share this parsing code with 'justify-self'. |
| // FIXME: For now, we will do it behind the GRID_LAYOUT compile flag. |
| return valueID == CSSValueFlexStart || valueID == CSSValueFlexEnd || valueID == CSSValueCenter || valueID == CSSValueSpaceBetween || valueID == CSSValueSpaceAround; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitFontKerning: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueNone) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitFontSmoothing: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueAntialiased || valueID == CSSValueSubpixelAntialiased) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitHyphens: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueManual || valueID == CSSValueAuto) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitLineAlign: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueEdges) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitLineBreak: // auto | loose | normal | strict | after-white-space |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueLoose || valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueStrict || valueID == CSSValueAfterWhiteSpace) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitLineSnap: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueBaseline || valueID == CSSValueContain) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarginAfterCollapse: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarginBeforeCollapse: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarginBottomCollapse: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarginTopCollapse: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueCollapse || valueID == CSSValueSeparate || valueID == CSSValueDiscard) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarqueeDirection: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueForwards || valueID == CSSValueBackwards || valueID == CSSValueAhead || valueID == CSSValueReverse || valueID == CSSValueLeft || valueID == CSSValueRight || valueID == CSSValueDown |
| || valueID == CSSValueUp || valueID == CSSValueAuto) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarqueeStyle: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueSlide || valueID == CSSValueScroll || valueID == CSSValueAlternate) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitNbspMode: // normal | space |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueSpace) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(ACCELERATED_OVERFLOW_SCROLLING) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitOverflowScrolling: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueTouch) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #endif |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitPrintColorAdjust: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueExact || valueID == CSSValueEconomy) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_REGIONS) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitRegionBreakAfter: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitRegionBreakBefore: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueAlways || valueID == CSSValueAvoid || valueID == CSSValueLeft || valueID == CSSValueRight) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitRegionBreakInside: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueAvoid) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitRegionFragment: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueBreak) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #endif |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitRtlOrdering: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueLogical || valueID == CSSValueVisual) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitRubyPosition: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueBefore || valueID == CSSValueAfter || valueID == CSSValueInterCharacter) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS3_TEXT) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextAlignLast: |
| // auto | start | end | left | right | center | justify |
| if ((valueID >= CSSValueLeft && valueID <= CSSValueJustify) || valueID == CSSValueStart || valueID == CSSValueEnd || valueID == CSSValueAuto) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #endif // CSS3_TEXT |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextCombine: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueHorizontal) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextDecorationStyle: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueSolid || valueID == CSSValueDouble || valueID == CSSValueDotted || valueID == CSSValueDashed || valueID == CSSValueWavy) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS3_TEXT) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextJustify: |
| // auto | none | inter-word | distribute |
| if (valueID == CSSValueInterWord || valueID == CSSValueDistribute || valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueNone) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #endif // CSS3_TEXT |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextOrientation: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueSideways || valueID == CSSValueSidewaysRight || valueID == CSSValueVerticalRight |
| || valueID == CSSValueMixed || valueID == CSSValueUpright) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextSecurity: |
| // disc | circle | square | none | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueDisc || valueID == CSSValueCircle || valueID == CSSValueSquare || valueID == CSSValueNone) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextZoom: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueReset) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #if PLATFORM(IOS) |
| // Apple specific property. These will never be standardized and is purely to |
| // support custom WebKit-based Apple applications. |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTouchCallout: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueDefault || valueID == CSSValueNone) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #endif |
| case CSSPropertyTransformStyle: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTransformStyle: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueFlat || valueID == CSSValuePreserve3d) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitUserDrag: // auto | none | element |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueElement) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitUserModify: // read-only | read-write |
| if (valueID == CSSValueReadOnly || valueID == CSSValueReadWrite || valueID == CSSValueReadWritePlaintextOnly) { |
| if (styleSheetContents) |
| styleSheetContents->parserSetUsesStyleBasedEditability(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitUserSelect: // auto | none | text | all |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueText) |
| return true; |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAll) { |
| if (styleSheetContents) |
| styleSheetContents->parserSetUsesStyleBasedEditability(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitWritingMode: |
| if (valueID >= CSSValueHorizontalTb && valueID <= CSSValueHorizontalBt) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWhiteSpace: // normal | pre | nowrap | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValuePre || valueID == CSSValuePreWrap || valueID == CSSValuePreLine || valueID == CSSValueNowrap) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWordBreak: // normal | break-all | keep-all | break-word (this is a custom extension) |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueBreakAll || valueID == CSSValueKeepAll || valueID == CSSValueBreakWord) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_TRAILING_WORD) |
| case CSSPropertyAppleTrailingWord: // auto | -apple-partially-balanced |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueWebkitPartiallyBalanced) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #endif |
| #if ENABLE(APPLE_PAY) |
| case CSSPropertyApplePayButtonStyle: // white | white-outline | black |
| if (valueID == CSSValueWhite || valueID == CSSValueWhiteOutline || valueID == CSSValueBlack) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyApplePayButtonType: // plain | buy | set-up |
| if (valueID == CSSValuePlain || valueID == CSSValueBuy || valueID == CSSValueSetUp) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| #endif |
| case CSSPropertyFontVariantPosition: // normal | sub | super |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueSub || valueID == CSSValueSuper) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFontVariantCaps: // normal | small-caps | all-small-caps | petite-caps | all-petite-caps | unicase | titling-caps |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueSmallCaps || valueID == CSSValueAllSmallCaps || valueID == CSSValuePetiteCaps || valueID == CSSValueAllPetiteCaps || valueID == CSSValueUnicase || valueID == CSSValueTitlingCaps) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFontVariantAlternates: // We only support the normal and historical-forms values. |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNormal || valueID == CSSValueHistoricalForms) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyBreakAfter: |
| case CSSPropertyBreakBefore: |
| // auto | avoid | left | right | recto | verso | column | page | region | avoid-page | avoid-column | avoid-region |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueAvoid || valueID == CSSValueLeft || valueID == CSSValueRight |
| || valueID == CSSValueRecto || valueID == CSSValueVerso || valueID == CSSValueColumn || valueID == CSSValuePage |
| || valueID == CSSValueRegion || valueID == CSSValueAvoidColumn || valueID == CSSValueAvoidPage || valueID == CSSValueAvoidRegion) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyBreakInside: |
| // auto | avoid | avoid-page | avoid-column | avoid-region |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueAvoid || valueID == CSSValueAvoidColumn || valueID == CSSValueAvoidPage || valueID == CSSValueAvoidRegion) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| // SVG CSS properties |
| case CSSPropertyAlignmentBaseline: |
| // auto | baseline | before-edge | text-before-edge | middle | |
| // central | after-edge | text-after-edge | ideographic | alphabetic | |
| // hanging | mathematical | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueBaseline || valueID == CSSValueMiddle || (valueID >= CSSValueBeforeEdge && valueID <= CSSValueMathematical)) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyBufferedRendering: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueDynamic || valueID == CSSValueStatic) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyClipRule: |
| case CSSPropertyFillRule: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNonzero || valueID == CSSValueEvenodd) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyColorInterpolation: |
| case CSSPropertyColorInterpolationFilters: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueSrgb || valueID == CSSValueLinearrgb) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyColorRendering: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueOptimizespeed || valueID == CSSValueOptimizequality) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyDominantBaseline: |
| // auto | use-script | no-change | reset-size | ideographic | |
| // alphabetic | hanging | mathematical | central | middle | |
| // text-after-edge | text-before-edge | inherit |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueMiddle |
| || (valueID >= CSSValueUseScript && valueID <= CSSValueResetSize) |
| || (valueID >= CSSValueCentral && valueID <= CSSValueMathematical)) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyMaskType: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueLuminance || valueID == CSSValueAlpha) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyShapeRendering: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueAuto || valueID == CSSValueOptimizespeed || valueID == CSSValueCrispedges || valueID == CSSValueGeometricprecision) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyStrokeLinecap: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueButt || valueID == CSSValueRound || valueID == CSSValueSquare) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyStrokeLinejoin: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueMiter || valueID == CSSValueRound || valueID == CSSValueBevel) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyTextAnchor: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueStart || valueID == CSSValueMiddle || valueID == CSSValueEnd) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyVectorEffect: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueNone || valueID == CSSValueNonScalingStroke) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWritingMode: |
| if (valueID == CSSValueLrTb || valueID == CSSValueRlTb || valueID == CSSValueTbRl || valueID == CSSValueLr || valueID == CSSValueRl || valueID == CSSValueTb) |
| return true; |
| break; |
| default: |
| ASSERT_NOT_REACHED(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| #if !ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) |
| UNUSED_PARAM(parserContext); |
| #endif |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| static bool isUniversalKeyword(const String& string) |
| { |
| // These keywords can be used for all properties. |
| return equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(string, "initial") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(string, "inherit") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(string, "unset") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(string, "revert"); |
| } |
| |
| static CSSParser::ParseResult parseKeywordValue(MutableStyleProperties& declaration, CSSPropertyID propertyId, const String& string, bool important, const CSSParserContext& parserContext, StyleSheetContents* styleSheetContents) |
| { |
| ASSERT(!string.isEmpty()); |
| |
| if (!CSSParserFastPaths::isKeywordPropertyID(propertyId)) { |
| if (!isUniversalKeyword(string)) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| |
| // Don't try to parse initial/inherit/unset/revert shorthands; return an error so the caller will use the full CSS parser. |
| if (shorthandForProperty(propertyId).length()) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| } |
| |
| CSSParserString cssString; |
| cssString.init(string); |
| CSSValueID valueID = cssValueKeywordID(cssString); |
| |
| if (!valueID) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> value; |
| if (valueID == CSSValueInherit) |
| value = CSSValuePool::singleton().createInheritedValue(); |
| else if (valueID == CSSValueInitial) |
| value = CSSValuePool::singleton().createExplicitInitialValue(); |
| else if (valueID == CSSValueUnset) |
| value = CSSValuePool::singleton().createUnsetValue(); |
| else if (valueID == CSSValueRevert) |
| value = CSSValuePool::singleton().createRevertValue(); |
| else if (isValidKeywordPropertyAndValue(propertyId, valueID, parserContext, styleSheetContents)) |
| value = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(valueID); |
| else |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| |
| return declaration.addParsedProperty(CSSProperty(propertyId, value.releaseNonNull(), important)) ? CSSParser::ParseResult::Changed : CSSParser::ParseResult::Unchanged; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static bool parseTransformTranslateArguments(WebKitCSSTransformValue& transformValue, CharacterType* characters, unsigned length, unsigned start, unsigned expectedCount) |
| { |
| auto& cssValuePool = CSSValuePool::singleton(); |
| while (expectedCount) { |
| size_t end = WTF::find(characters, length, expectedCount == 1 ? ')' : ',', start); |
| if (end == notFound || (expectedCount == 1 && end != length - 1)) |
| return false; |
| unsigned argumentLength = end - start; |
| CSSPrimitiveValue::UnitTypes unit = CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER; |
| double number; |
| if (!parseSimpleLength(characters + start, argumentLength, unit, number)) |
| return false; |
| if (unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PX && (number || unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER)) |
| return false; |
| transformValue.append(cssValuePool.createValue(number, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PX)); |
| start = end + 1; |
| --expectedCount; |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| static CSSParser::ParseResult parseTranslateTransformValue(MutableStyleProperties& properties, CSSPropertyID propertyID, const String& string, bool important) |
| { |
| if (propertyID != CSSPropertyTransform) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| |
| static const unsigned shortestValidTransformStringLength = 12; |
| static const unsigned likelyMultipartTransformStringLengthCutoff = 32; |
| if (string.length() < shortestValidTransformStringLength || string.length() > likelyMultipartTransformStringLengthCutoff) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| |
| if (!string.startsWith("translate", false)) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| |
| UChar c9 = toASCIILower(string[9]); |
| UChar c10 = toASCIILower(string[10]); |
| |
| WebKitCSSTransformValue::TransformOperationType transformType; |
| unsigned expectedArgumentCount = 1; |
| unsigned argumentStart = 11; |
| if (c9 == 'x' && c10 == '(') |
| transformType = WebKitCSSTransformValue::TranslateXTransformOperation; |
| else if (c9 == 'y' && c10 == '(') |
| transformType = WebKitCSSTransformValue::TranslateYTransformOperation; |
| else if (c9 == 'z' && c10 == '(') |
| transformType = WebKitCSSTransformValue::TranslateZTransformOperation; |
| else if (c9 == '(') { |
| transformType = WebKitCSSTransformValue::TranslateTransformOperation; |
| expectedArgumentCount = 2; |
| argumentStart = 10; |
| } else if (c9 == '3' && c10 == 'd' && string[11] == '(') { |
| transformType = WebKitCSSTransformValue::Translate3DTransformOperation; |
| expectedArgumentCount = 3; |
| argumentStart = 12; |
| } else |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| |
| auto transformValue = WebKitCSSTransformValue::create(transformType); |
| bool success; |
| if (string.is8Bit()) |
| success = parseTransformTranslateArguments(transformValue, string.characters8(), string.length(), argumentStart, expectedArgumentCount); |
| else |
| success = parseTransformTranslateArguments(transformValue, string.characters16(), string.length(), argumentStart, expectedArgumentCount); |
| if (!success) |
| return CSSParser::ParseResult::Error; |
| |
| auto result = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| result->append(WTFMove(transformValue)); |
| return properties.addParsedProperty(CSSProperty(CSSPropertyTransform, WTFMove(result), important)) ? CSSParser::ParseResult::Changed : CSSParser::ParseResult::Unchanged; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> CSSParser::parseFontFaceValue(const AtomicString& string) |
| { |
| if (string.isEmpty()) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto valueList = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| |
| Vector<String> familyNames; |
| string.string().split(',', true, familyNames); |
| |
| auto& cssValuePool = CSSValuePool::singleton(); |
| for (auto& familyName : familyNames) { |
| String stripped = stripLeadingAndTrailingHTMLSpaces(familyName); |
| if (stripped.isEmpty()) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> value; |
| for (auto propertyID : { CSSValueSerif, CSSValueSansSerif, CSSValueCursive, CSSValueFantasy, CSSValueMonospace, CSSValueWebkitBody }) { |
| if (equalIgnoringASCIICase(stripped, getValueName(propertyID))) { |
| value = cssValuePool.createIdentifierValue(propertyID); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| if (!value) |
| value = cssValuePool.createFontFamilyValue(stripped); |
| valueList->append(value.releaseNonNull()); |
| } |
| |
| return WTFMove(valueList); |
| } |
| |
| CSSParser::ParseResult CSSParser::parseValue(MutableStyleProperties& declaration, CSSPropertyID propertyID, const String& string, bool important, const CSSParserContext& context, StyleSheetContents* contextStyleSheet) |
| { |
| ASSERT(!string.isEmpty()); |
| CSSParser::ParseResult result = parseSimpleLengthValue(declaration, propertyID, string, important, context.mode); |
| if (result != ParseResult::Error) |
| return result; |
| |
| result = parseColorValue(declaration, propertyID, string, important, context.mode); |
| if (result != ParseResult::Error) |
| return result; |
| |
| result = parseKeywordValue(declaration, propertyID, string, important, context, contextStyleSheet); |
| if (result != ParseResult::Error) |
| return result; |
| |
| result = parseTranslateTransformValue(declaration, propertyID, string, important); |
| if (result != ParseResult::Error) |
| return result; |
| |
| CSSParser parser(context); |
| return parser.parseValue(declaration, propertyID, string, important, contextStyleSheet); |
| } |
| |
| CSSParser::ParseResult CSSParser::parseCustomPropertyValue(MutableStyleProperties& declaration, const AtomicString& propertyName, const String& string, bool important, const CSSParserContext& context, StyleSheetContents* contextStyleSheet) |
| { |
| CSSParser parser(context); |
| parser.setCustomPropertyName(propertyName); |
| return parser.parseValue(declaration, CSSPropertyCustom, string, important, contextStyleSheet); |
| } |
| |
| CSSParser::ParseResult CSSParser::parseValue(MutableStyleProperties& declaration, CSSPropertyID propertyID, const String& string, bool important, StyleSheetContents* contextStyleSheet) |
| { |
| setStyleSheet(contextStyleSheet); |
| |
| setupParser("@-webkit-value{", string, "} "); |
| |
| m_id = propertyID; |
| m_important = important; |
| |
| cssyyparse(this); |
| |
| m_rule = nullptr; |
| |
| ParseResult result = ParseResult::Error; |
| |
| if (!m_parsedProperties.isEmpty()) { |
| result = declaration.addParsedProperties(m_parsedProperties) ? ParseResult::Changed : ParseResult::Unchanged; |
| clearProperties(); |
| } |
| |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| Color CSSParser::parseColor(const String& string, bool strict) |
| { |
| if (string.isEmpty()) |
| return Color(); |
| |
| // First try creating a color specified by name, rgba(), rgb() or "#" syntax. |
| Color color = fastParseColor(string, strict); |
| if (color.isValid()) |
| return color; |
| |
| CSSParser parser(HTMLStandardMode); |
| |
| // In case the fast-path parser didn't understand the color, try the full parser. |
| if (!parser.parseColorFromString(string)) |
| return Color(); |
| |
| CSSValue& value = *parser.m_parsedProperties.first().value(); |
| if (!is<CSSPrimitiveValue>(value)) |
| return Color(); |
| |
| CSSPrimitiveValue& primitiveValue = downcast<CSSPrimitiveValue>(value); |
| if (!primitiveValue.isRGBColor()) |
| return Color(); |
| |
| return primitiveValue.color(); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseColorFromString(const String& string) |
| { |
| setupParser("@-webkit-decls{color:", string, "} "); |
| cssyyparse(this); |
| m_rule = nullptr; |
| |
| return !m_parsedProperties.isEmpty() && m_parsedProperties.first().id() == CSSPropertyColor; |
| } |
| |
| Color CSSParser::parseSystemColor(const String& string, Document* document) |
| { |
| if (!document || !document->page()) |
| return Color(); |
| |
| CSSParserString cssColor; |
| cssColor.init(string); |
| CSSValueID id = cssValueKeywordID(cssColor); |
| if (!validPrimitiveValueColor(id)) |
| return Color(); |
| |
| return document->page()->theme().systemColor(id); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::parseSelector(const String& string, CSSSelectorList& selectorList) |
| { |
| m_selectorListForParseSelector = &selectorList; |
| |
| setupParser("@-webkit-selector{", string, "}"); |
| |
| cssyyparse(this); |
| |
| m_selectorListForParseSelector = nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| Ref<ImmutableStyleProperties> CSSParser::parseInlineStyleDeclaration(const String& string, Element* element) |
| { |
| CSSParserContext context(element->document()); |
| context.mode = strictToCSSParserMode(element->isHTMLElement() && !element->document().inQuirksMode()); |
| return CSSParser(context).parseDeclaration(string, nullptr); |
| } |
| |
| Ref<ImmutableStyleProperties> CSSParser::parseDeclaration(const String& string, StyleSheetContents* contextStyleSheet) |
| { |
| setStyleSheet(contextStyleSheet); |
| |
| setupParser("@-webkit-decls{", string, "} "); |
| cssyyparse(this); |
| m_rule = nullptr; |
| |
| Ref<ImmutableStyleProperties> style = createStyleProperties(); |
| clearProperties(); |
| return style; |
| } |
| |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseDeclaration(MutableStyleProperties& declaration, const String& string, RefPtr<CSSRuleSourceData>&& ruleSourceData, StyleSheetContents* contextStyleSheet) |
| { |
| // Length of the "@-webkit-decls{" prefix. |
| static const unsigned prefixLength = 15; |
| |
| setStyleSheet(contextStyleSheet); |
| |
| if (ruleSourceData) { |
| m_currentRuleDataStack = std::make_unique<RuleSourceDataList>(); |
| m_currentRuleDataStack->append(*ruleSourceData); |
| } |
| |
| setupParser("@-webkit-decls{", string, "} "); |
| cssyyparse(this); |
| m_rule = nullptr; |
| |
| bool ok = false; |
| if (!m_parsedProperties.isEmpty()) { |
| ok = true; |
| declaration.addParsedProperties(m_parsedProperties); |
| clearProperties(); |
| } |
| |
| if (ruleSourceData) { |
| ASSERT(m_currentRuleDataStack->size() == 1); |
| ruleSourceData->ruleBodyRange.start = 0; |
| ruleSourceData->ruleBodyRange.end = string.length(); |
| for (size_t i = 0, size = ruleSourceData->styleSourceData->propertyData.size(); i < size; ++i) { |
| CSSPropertySourceData& propertyData = ruleSourceData->styleSourceData->propertyData.at(i); |
| propertyData.range.start -= prefixLength; |
| propertyData.range.end -= prefixLength; |
| } |
| |
| fixUnparsedPropertyRanges(*ruleSourceData); |
| m_currentRuleDataStack.reset(); |
| } |
| |
| return ok; |
| } |
| |
| std::unique_ptr<MediaQuery> CSSParser::parseMediaQuery(const String& string) |
| { |
| if (string.isEmpty()) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| ASSERT(!m_mediaQuery); |
| |
| // can't use { because tokenizer state switches from mediaquery to initial state when it sees { token. |
| // instead insert one " " (which is WHITESPACE in CSSGrammar.y) |
| setupParser("@-webkit-mediaquery ", string, "} "); |
| cssyyparse(this); |
| |
| return WTFMove(m_mediaQuery); |
| } |
| |
| static inline void filterProperties(bool important, const ParsedPropertyVector& input, Vector<CSSProperty, 256>& output, size_t& unusedEntries, std::bitset<numCSSProperties>& seenProperties, HashSet<AtomicString>& seenCustomProperties) |
| { |
| // Add properties in reverse order so that highest priority definitions are reached first. Duplicate definitions can then be ignored when found. |
| for (int i = input.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { |
| const CSSProperty& property = input[i]; |
| if (property.isImportant() != important) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (property.id() == CSSPropertyCustom) { |
| if (property.value()) { |
| auto& name = downcast<CSSCustomPropertyValue>(*property.value()).name(); |
| if (!seenCustomProperties.add(name).isNewEntry) |
| continue; |
| output[--unusedEntries] = property; |
| } |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| const unsigned propertyIDIndex = property.id() - firstCSSProperty; |
| ASSERT(propertyIDIndex < seenProperties.size()); |
| if (seenProperties[propertyIDIndex]) |
| continue; |
| seenProperties.set(propertyIDIndex); |
| output[--unusedEntries] = property; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Ref<ImmutableStyleProperties> CSSParser::createStyleProperties() |
| { |
| std::bitset<numCSSProperties> seenProperties; |
| size_t unusedEntries = m_parsedProperties.size(); |
| Vector<CSSProperty, 256> results(unusedEntries); |
| |
| // Important properties have higher priority, so add them first. Duplicate definitions can then be ignored when found. |
| HashSet<AtomicString> seenCustomProperties; |
| filterProperties(true, m_parsedProperties, results, unusedEntries, seenProperties, seenCustomProperties); |
| filterProperties(false, m_parsedProperties, results, unusedEntries, seenProperties, seenCustomProperties); |
| if (unusedEntries) |
| results.remove(0, unusedEntries); |
| |
| return ImmutableStyleProperties::create(results.data(), results.size(), m_context.mode); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::addProperty(CSSPropertyID propId, RefPtr<CSSValue>&& value, bool important, bool implicit) |
| { |
| // This property doesn't belong to a shorthand or is a CSS variable (which will be resolved later). |
| if (!m_currentShorthand) { |
| m_parsedProperties.append(CSSProperty(propId, WTFMove(value), important, false, CSSPropertyInvalid, m_implicitShorthand || implicit)); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| auto shorthands = matchingShorthandsForLonghand(propId); |
| if (shorthands.size() == 1) |
| m_parsedProperties.append(CSSProperty(propId, WTFMove(value), important, true, CSSPropertyInvalid, m_implicitShorthand || implicit)); |
| else |
| m_parsedProperties.append(CSSProperty(propId, WTFMove(value), important, true, indexOfShorthandForLonghand(m_currentShorthand, shorthands), m_implicitShorthand || implicit)); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::rollbackLastProperties(int num) |
| { |
| ASSERT(num >= 0); |
| ASSERT(m_parsedProperties.size() >= static_cast<unsigned>(num)); |
| m_parsedProperties.shrink(m_parsedProperties.size() - num); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::clearProperties() |
| { |
| m_parsedProperties.clear(); |
| m_numParsedPropertiesBeforeMarginBox = invalidParsedPropertiesCount; |
| } |
| |
| URL CSSParser::completeURL(const CSSParserContext& context, const String& url) |
| { |
| if (url.isNull()) |
| return URL(); |
| if (context.charset.isEmpty()) |
| return URL(context.baseURL, url); |
| return URL(context.baseURL, url, context.charset); |
| } |
| |
| URL CSSParser::completeURL(const String& url) const |
| { |
| return completeURL(m_context, url); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::validateCalculationUnit(ValueWithCalculation& valueWithCalculation, Units unitFlags) |
| { |
| bool mustBeNonNegative = unitFlags & FNonNeg; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSCalcValue> calculation; |
| if (valueWithCalculation.calculation()) { |
| // The calculation value was already parsed so we reuse it. However, we may need to update its range. |
| calculation = valueWithCalculation.calculation(); |
| calculation->setPermittedValueRange(mustBeNonNegative ? ValueRangeNonNegative : ValueRangeAll); |
| } else { |
| valueWithCalculation.setCalculation(parseCalculation(valueWithCalculation, mustBeNonNegative ? ValueRangeNonNegative : ValueRangeAll)); |
| calculation = valueWithCalculation.calculation(); |
| if (!calculation) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool isValid = false; |
| switch (calculation->category()) { |
| case CalcNumber: |
| isValid = (unitFlags & FNumber); |
| if (!isValid && (unitFlags & FInteger) && calculation->isInt()) |
| isValid = true; |
| if (!isValid && (unitFlags & FPositiveInteger) && calculation->isInt() && calculation->isPositive()) |
| isValid = true; |
| break; |
| case CalcLength: |
| isValid = (unitFlags & FLength); |
| break; |
| case CalcPercent: |
| isValid = (unitFlags & FPercent); |
| break; |
| case CalcPercentLength: |
| isValid = (unitFlags & FPercent) && (unitFlags & FLength); |
| break; |
| case CalcPercentNumber: |
| isValid = (unitFlags & FPercent) && (unitFlags & FNumber); |
| break; |
| case CalcAngle: |
| isValid = (unitFlags & FAngle); |
| break; |
| case CalcTime: |
| isValid = (unitFlags & FTime); |
| break; |
| case CalcFrequency: |
| isValid = (unitFlags & FFrequency); |
| break; |
| case CalcOther: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| return isValid; |
| } |
| |
| inline bool CSSParser::shouldAcceptUnitLessValues(CSSParserValue& value, Units unitFlags, CSSParserMode cssParserMode) |
| { |
| // Qirks mode and svg presentation attributes accept unit less values. |
| return (unitFlags & (FLength | FAngle | FTime)) && (!value.fValue || cssParserMode == HTMLQuirksMode || cssParserMode == SVGAttributeMode); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::validateUnit(ValueWithCalculation& valueWithCalculation, Units unitFlags, CSSParserMode cssParserMode) |
| { |
| if (isCalculation(valueWithCalculation)) |
| return validateCalculationUnit(valueWithCalculation, unitFlags); |
| |
| bool b = false; |
| switch (valueWithCalculation.value().unit) { |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER: |
| b = (unitFlags & FNumber); |
| if (!b && shouldAcceptUnitLessValues(valueWithCalculation, unitFlags, cssParserMode)) { |
| valueWithCalculation.value().unit = (unitFlags & FLength) ? CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PX : |
| ((unitFlags & FAngle) ? CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_DEG : CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_MS); |
| b = true; |
| } |
| if (!b && (unitFlags & FInteger) && valueWithCalculation.value().isInt) |
| b = true; |
| if (!b && (unitFlags & FPositiveInteger) && valueWithCalculation.value().isInt && valueWithCalculation.value().fValue > 0) |
| b = true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE: |
| b = (unitFlags & FPercent); |
| break; |
| case CSSParserValue::Q_EMS: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_EMS: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_REMS: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_CHS: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_EXS: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PX: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_CM: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_MM: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IN: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PT: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PC: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_VW: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_VH: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_VMIN: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_VMAX: |
| b = (unitFlags & FLength); |
| break; |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_MS: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_S: |
| b = (unitFlags & FTime); |
| break; |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_DEG: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_RAD: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_GRAD: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_TURN: |
| b = (unitFlags & FAngle); |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_IMAGE_RESOLUTION) || ENABLE(RESOLUTION_MEDIA_QUERY) |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_DPPX: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_DPI: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_DPCM: |
| b = (unitFlags & FResolution); |
| break; |
| #endif |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_HZ: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_KHZ: |
| case CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_DIMENSION: |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| if (b && unitFlags & FNonNeg && valueWithCalculation.value().fValue < 0) |
| b = false; |
| if (b && std::isinf(valueWithCalculation.value().fValue)) |
| b = false; |
| return b; |
| } |
| |
| inline Ref<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::createPrimitiveNumericValue(ValueWithCalculation& valueWithCalculation) |
| { |
| if (valueWithCalculation.calculation()) |
| return CSSPrimitiveValue::create(valueWithCalculation.calculation()); |
| |
| CSSParserValue& value = valueWithCalculation; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_IMAGE_RESOLUTION) || ENABLE(RESOLUTION_MEDIA_QUERY) |
| ASSERT((value.unit >= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER && value.unit <= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_KHZ) |
| || (value.unit >= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_TURN && value.unit <= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_CHS) |
| || (value.unit >= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_VW && value.unit <= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_VMAX) |
| || (value.unit >= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_DPPX && value.unit <= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_DPCM)); |
| #else |
| ASSERT((value.unit >= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER && value.unit <= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_KHZ) |
| || (value.unit >= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_TURN && value.unit <= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_CHS) |
| || (value.unit >= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_VW && value.unit <= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_VMAX)); |
| #endif |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(value.fValue, static_cast<CSSPrimitiveValue::UnitTypes>(value.unit)); |
| } |
| |
| inline Ref<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::createPrimitiveStringValue(CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| ASSERT(value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING || value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT); |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(value.string, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING); |
| } |
| |
| static inline bool isComma(CSSParserValue* value) |
| { |
| return value && value->unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && value->iValue == ','; |
| } |
| |
| static inline bool isForwardSlashOperator(CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| return value.unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && value.iValue == '/'; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::isValidSize(ValueWithCalculation& valueWithCalculation) |
| { |
| int id = valueWithCalculation.value().id; |
| if (id == CSSValueIntrinsic || id == CSSValueMinIntrinsic || id == CSSValueWebkitMinContent || id == CSSValueWebkitMaxContent || id == CSSValueWebkitFillAvailable || id == CSSValueWebkitFitContent) |
| return true; |
| return !id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg); |
| } |
| |
| inline RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseValidPrimitive(CSSValueID identifier, ValueWithCalculation& valueWithCalculation) |
| { |
| if (identifier) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(identifier); |
| |
| if (valueWithCalculation.value().unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) |
| return createPrimitiveStringValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| if (valueWithCalculation.value().unit >= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER && valueWithCalculation.value().unit <= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_KHZ) |
| return createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| if (valueWithCalculation.value().unit >= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_TURN && valueWithCalculation.value().unit <= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_CHS) |
| return createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| if (valueWithCalculation.value().unit >= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_VW && valueWithCalculation.value().unit <= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_VMAX) |
| return createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_IMAGE_RESOLUTION) || ENABLE(RESOLUTION_MEDIA_QUERY) |
| if (valueWithCalculation.value().unit >= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_DPPX && valueWithCalculation.value().unit <= CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_DPCM) |
| return createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| #endif |
| if (valueWithCalculation.value().unit >= CSSParserValue::Q_EMS) |
| return CSSPrimitiveValue::createAllowingMarginQuirk(valueWithCalculation.value().fValue, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_EMS); |
| if (valueWithCalculation.calculation()) |
| return CSSPrimitiveValue::create(valueWithCalculation.calculation()); |
| |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::addExpandedPropertyForValue(CSSPropertyID propId, Ref<CSSValue>&& value, bool important) |
| { |
| const StylePropertyShorthand& shorthand = shorthandForProperty(propId); |
| unsigned shorthandLength = shorthand.length(); |
| if (!shorthandLength) { |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(value), important); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, propId); |
| const CSSPropertyID* longhands = shorthand.properties(); |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < shorthandLength; ++i) |
| addProperty(longhands[i], value.copyRef(), important); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> CSSParser::parseVariableDependentValue(CSSPropertyID propID, const CSSVariableDependentValue& dependentValue, const CustomPropertyValueMap& customProperties, TextDirection direction, WritingMode writingMode) |
| { |
| m_valueList.reset(new CSSParserValueList()); |
| if (!dependentValue.valueList().buildParserValueListSubstitutingVariables(m_valueList.get(), customProperties)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| CSSPropertyID dependentValuePropertyID = dependentValue.propertyID(); |
| if (CSSProperty::isDirectionAwareProperty(dependentValuePropertyID)) |
| dependentValuePropertyID = CSSProperty::resolveDirectionAwareProperty(dependentValuePropertyID, direction, writingMode); |
| |
| if (!parseValue(dependentValuePropertyID, false)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| for (auto& property : m_parsedProperties) { |
| if (property.id() == propID) |
| return property.value(); |
| } |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| static bool isImageSetFunctionValue(const CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| return value.unit == CSSParserValue::Function && (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "image-set(") || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "-webkit-image-set(")); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseValue(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| if (!m_valueList || !m_valueList->current()) |
| return false; |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->current()); |
| CSSValueID id = valueWithCalculation.value().id; |
| |
| if (propId == CSSPropertyCustom) |
| return parseCustomPropertyDeclaration(important, id); |
| |
| if (m_valueList->containsVariables()) { |
| auto valueList = CSSValueList::createFromParserValueList(*m_valueList); |
| addExpandedPropertyForValue(propId, CSSVariableDependentValue::create(WTFMove(valueList), propId), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| auto& cssValuePool = CSSValuePool::singleton(); |
| unsigned num = inShorthand() ? 1 : m_valueList->size(); |
| |
| if (id == CSSValueInherit) { |
| if (num != 1) |
| return false; |
| addExpandedPropertyForValue(propId, cssValuePool.createInheritedValue(), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| else if (id == CSSValueInitial) { |
| if (num != 1) |
| return false; |
| addExpandedPropertyForValue(propId, cssValuePool.createExplicitInitialValue(), important); |
| return true; |
| } else if (id == CSSValueUnset) { |
| if (num != 1) |
| return false; |
| addExpandedPropertyForValue(propId, cssValuePool.createUnsetValue(), important); |
| return true; |
| } else if (id == CSSValueRevert) { |
| if (num != 1) |
| return false; |
| addExpandedPropertyForValue(propId, cssValuePool.createRevertValue(), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (propId == CSSPropertyAll) |
| return false; // "all" doesn't allow you to specify anything other than inherit/initial/unset. |
| |
| if (CSSParserFastPaths::isKeywordPropertyID(propId)) { |
| if (!isValidKeywordPropertyAndValue(propId, id, m_context, m_styleSheet)) |
| return false; |
| if (m_valueList->next() && !inShorthand()) |
| return false; |
| addProperty(propId, cssValuePool.createIdentifierValue(id), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_DEVICE_ADAPTATION) |
| if (inViewport()) |
| return parseViewportProperty(propId, important); |
| #endif |
| |
| bool validPrimitive = false; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> parsedValue; |
| |
| switch (propId) { |
| case CSSPropertySize: // <length>{1,2} | auto | [ <page-size> || [ portrait | landscape] ] |
| return parseSize(propId, important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyQuotes: // [<string> <string>]+ | none | inherit |
| if (id == CSSValueNone) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| return parseQuotes(propId, important); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyContent: // [ <string> | <uri> | <counter> | attr(X) | open-quote | |
| // close-quote | no-open-quote | no-close-quote ]+ | inherit |
| return parseContent(propId, important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyAlt: // [ <string> | attr(X) ] |
| return parseAlt(propId, important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyClip: // <shape> | auto | inherit |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else if (valueWithCalculation.value().unit == CSSParserValue::Function) |
| return parseClipShape(propId, important); |
| break; |
| |
| /* Start of supported CSS properties with validation. This is needed for parseShorthand to work |
| * correctly and allows optimization in WebCore::applyRule(..) |
| */ |
| case CSSPropertyOverflow: { |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, propId); |
| if (num != 1 || !parseValue(CSSPropertyOverflowY, important)) |
| return false; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> overflowXValue; |
| |
| // FIXME: -webkit-paged-x or -webkit-paged-y only apply to overflow-y. If this value has been |
| // set using the shorthand, then for now overflow-x will default to auto, but once we implement |
| // pagination controls, it should default to hidden. If the overflow-y value is anything but |
| // paged-x or paged-y, then overflow-x and overflow-y should have the same value. |
| if (id == CSSValueWebkitPagedX || id == CSSValueWebkitPagedY) |
| overflowXValue = cssValuePool.createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAuto); |
| else |
| overflowXValue = m_parsedProperties.last().value(); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyOverflowX, WTFMove(overflowXValue), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| case CSSPropertyFontWeight: { // normal | bold | bolder | lighter | 100 | 200 | 300 | 400 | 500 | 600 | 700 | 800 | 900 | inherit |
| if (m_valueList->size() != 1) |
| return false; |
| return parseFontWeight(important); |
| } |
| |
| case CSSPropertyFontSynthesis: // none | [ weight || style ] |
| return parseFontSynthesis(important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyBorderSpacing: { |
| if (num == 1) { |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, CSSPropertyBorderSpacing); |
| if (!parseValue(CSSPropertyWebkitBorderHorizontalSpacing, important)) |
| return false; |
| CSSValue* value = m_parsedProperties.last().value(); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitBorderVerticalSpacing, value, important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| else if (num == 2) { |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, CSSPropertyBorderSpacing); |
| if (!parseValue(CSSPropertyWebkitBorderHorizontalSpacing, important) || !parseValue(CSSPropertyWebkitBorderVerticalSpacing, important)) |
| return false; |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderHorizontalSpacing: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderVerticalSpacing: |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FNonNeg); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyOutlineColor: // <color> | invert | inherit |
| // Outline color has "invert" as additional keyword. |
| // Also, we want to allow the special focus color even in strict parsing mode. |
| if (id == CSSValueInvert || id == CSSValueWebkitFocusRingColor) { |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| break; |
| } |
| FALLTHROUGH; |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundColor: // <color> | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyBorderTopColor: // <color> | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyBorderRightColor: |
| case CSSPropertyBorderBottomColor: |
| case CSSPropertyBorderLeftColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderStartColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderEndColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderBeforeColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderAfterColor: |
| case CSSPropertyColor: // <color> | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyTextLineThroughColor: // CSS3 text decoration colors |
| case CSSPropertyTextUnderlineColor: |
| case CSSPropertyTextOverlineColor: |
| case CSSPropertyColumnRuleColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextDecorationColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextEmphasisColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextFillColor: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextStrokeColor: |
| if (id == CSSValueWebkitText) |
| validPrimitive = true; // Always allow this, even when strict parsing is on, |
| // since we use this in our UA sheets. |
| else if (id == CSSValueCurrentcolor) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else if (isValidSystemColorValue(id) || id == CSSValueMenu |
| || (id >= CSSValueWebkitFocusRingColor && id < CSSValueWebkitText && inQuirksMode())) { |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| } else { |
| parsedValue = parseColor(); |
| if (parsedValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyCursor: { |
| // Grammar defined by CSS3 UI and modified by CSS4 images: |
| // [ [<image> [<x> <y>]?,]* |
| // [ auto | crosshair | default | pointer | progress | move | e-resize | ne-resize | |
| // nw-resize | n-resize | se-resize | sw-resize | s-resize | w-resize | ew-resize | |
| // ns-resize | nesw-resize | nwse-resize | col-resize | row-resize | text | wait | help | |
| // vertical-text | cell | context-menu | alias | copy | no-drop | not-allowed | |
| // zoom-in | zoom-out | all-scroll | -webkit-grab | -webkit-grabbing | -webkit-zoom-in | |
| // -webkit-zoom-out ] ] | inherit |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> list; |
| CSSParserValue* value = &valueWithCalculation.value(); |
| while (value) { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> image; |
| if (value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_URI) { |
| String uri = value->string; |
| if (!uri.isNull()) |
| image = CSSImageValue::create(completeURL(uri)); |
| #if ENABLE(MOUSE_CURSOR_SCALE) |
| } else if (isImageSetFunctionValue(*value)) { |
| image = parseImageSet(); |
| if (!image) |
| break; |
| #endif |
| } else |
| break; |
| |
| Vector<int> coords; |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| while (value && value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER) { |
| coords.append(int(value->fValue)); |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| bool hasHotSpot = false; |
| IntPoint hotSpot(-1, -1); |
| int nrcoords = coords.size(); |
| if (nrcoords > 0 && nrcoords != 2) |
| return false; |
| if (nrcoords == 2) { |
| hasHotSpot = true; |
| hotSpot = IntPoint(coords[0], coords[1]); |
| } |
| |
| if (!list) |
| list = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| |
| if (image) |
| list->append(CSSCursorImageValue::create(image.releaseNonNull(), hasHotSpot, hotSpot)); |
| |
| if ((inStrictMode() && !value) || (value && !(value->unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && value->iValue == ','))) |
| return false; |
| value = m_valueList->next(); // comma |
| } |
| if (list) { |
| if (!value) { |
| // no value after url list (MSIE 5 compatibility) |
| if (list->length() != 1) |
| return false; |
| } else if (inQuirksMode() && value->id == CSSValueHand) // MSIE 5 compatibility :/ |
| list->append(cssValuePool.createIdentifierValue(CSSValuePointer)); |
| else if ((value->id >= CSSValueAuto && value->id <= CSSValueWebkitZoomOut) || value->id == CSSValueCopy || value->id == CSSValueNone) |
| list->append(cssValuePool.createIdentifierValue(value->id)); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| parsedValue = WTFMove(list); |
| break; |
| } else if (value) { |
| id = value->id; |
| if (inQuirksMode() && value->id == CSSValueHand) { |
| // MSIE 5 compatibility :/ |
| id = CSSValuePointer; |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| } else if ((value->id >= CSSValueAuto && value->id <= CSSValueWebkitZoomOut) || value->id == CSSValueCopy || value->id == CSSValueNone) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| } else { |
| ASSERT_NOT_REACHED(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundAttachment: |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundBlendMode: |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundClip: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBackgroundClip: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBackgroundComposite: |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundImage: |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundOrigin: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBackgroundOrigin: |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundPosition: |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundPositionX: |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundPositionY: |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundSize: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBackgroundSize: |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeat: |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeatX: |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeatY: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskClip: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskComposite: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskImage: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskOrigin: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPosition: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPositionX: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPositionY: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskSize: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskSourceType: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeat: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeatX: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeatY: |
| { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> val1; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> val2; |
| CSSPropertyID propId1, propId2; |
| bool result = false; |
| if (parseFillProperty(propId, propId1, propId2, val1, val2)) { |
| std::unique_ptr<ShorthandScope> shorthandScope; |
| if (propId == CSSPropertyBackgroundPosition || |
| propId == CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeat || |
| propId == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPosition || |
| propId == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeat) { |
| shorthandScope = std::make_unique<ShorthandScope>(this, propId); |
| } |
| addProperty(propId1, val1.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| if (val2) |
| addProperty(propId2, val2.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| result = true; |
| } |
| m_implicitShorthand = false; |
| return result; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyListStyleImage: // <uri> | none | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyBorderImageSource: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskBoxImageSource: |
| if (id == CSSValueNone) { |
| parsedValue = cssValuePool.createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } else if (valueWithCalculation.value().unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_URI) { |
| parsedValue = CSSImageValue::create(completeURL(valueWithCalculation.value().string)); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } else if (isGeneratedImageValue(valueWithCalculation)) { |
| if (parseGeneratedImage(*m_valueList, parsedValue)) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| else |
| return false; |
| } else if (isImageSetFunctionValue(valueWithCalculation.value())) { |
| parsedValue = parseImageSet(); |
| if (!parsedValue) |
| return false; |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextStrokeWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyOutlineWidth: // <border-width> | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyBorderTopWidth: //// <border-width> | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyBorderRightWidth: // Which is defined as |
| case CSSPropertyBorderBottomWidth: // thin | medium | thick | <length> |
| case CSSPropertyBorderLeftWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderStartWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderEndWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderBeforeWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderAfterWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyColumnRuleWidth: |
| if (id == CSSValueThin || id == CSSValueMedium || id == CSSValueThick) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FNonNeg); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyLetterSpacing: // normal | <length> | inherit |
| if (id == CSSValueNormal) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWordSpacing: // normal | <length> | <percentage> | inherit |
| if (id == CSSValueNormal) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyTextIndent: |
| parsedValue = parseTextIndent(); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyPaddingTop: //// <padding-width> | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyPaddingRight: // Which is defined as |
| case CSSPropertyPaddingBottom: // <length> | <percentage> |
| case CSSPropertyPaddingLeft: //// |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitPaddingStart: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitPaddingEnd: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitPaddingBefore: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitPaddingAfter: |
| validPrimitive = (!id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg)); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyMaxWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaxLogicalWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyMaxHeight: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaxLogicalHeight: |
| validPrimitive = (id == CSSValueNone || isValidSize(valueWithCalculation)); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyMinWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMinLogicalWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyMinHeight: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMinLogicalHeight: |
| validPrimitive = id == CSSValueAuto || isValidSize(valueWithCalculation); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitLogicalWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyHeight: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitLogicalHeight: |
| validPrimitive = (id == CSSValueAuto || isValidSize(valueWithCalculation)); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyFontSize: |
| return parseFontSize(important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyVerticalAlign: |
| // baseline | sub | super | top | text-top | middle | bottom | text-bottom | |
| // <percentage> | <length> | inherit |
| |
| if (id >= CSSValueBaseline && id <= CSSValueWebkitBaselineMiddle) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = (!id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent)); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyBottom: // <length> | <percentage> | auto | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyLeft: // <length> | <percentage> | auto | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyRight: // <length> | <percentage> | auto | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyTop: // <length> | <percentage> | auto | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyMarginTop: //// <margin-width> | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyMarginRight: // Which is defined as |
| case CSSPropertyMarginBottom: // <length> | <percentage> | auto | inherit |
| case CSSPropertyMarginLeft: //// |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarginStart: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarginEnd: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarginBefore: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarginAfter: |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = (!id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent)); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyZIndex: // auto | <integer> | inherit |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = (!id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FInteger, HTMLQuirksMode)); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyOrphans: // <integer> | inherit | auto (We've added support for auto for backwards compatibility) |
| case CSSPropertyWidows: // <integer> | inherit | auto (Ditto) |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = (!id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FPositiveInteger, HTMLQuirksMode)); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyLineHeight: |
| return parseLineHeight(important); |
| case CSSPropertyCounterIncrement: // [ <identifier> <integer>? ]+ | none | inherit |
| if (id != CSSValueNone) |
| return parseCounter(propId, 1, important); |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyCounterReset: // [ <identifier> <integer>? ]+ | none | inherit |
| if (id != CSSValueNone) |
| return parseCounter(propId, 0, important); |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFontFamily: |
| // [[ <family-name> | <generic-family> ],]* [<family-name> | <generic-family>] | inherit |
| { |
| parsedValue = parseFontFamily(); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextDecoration: |
| // [ <text-decoration-line> || <text-decoration-style> || <text-decoration-color> ] | inherit |
| return parseShorthand(CSSPropertyWebkitTextDecoration, webkitTextDecorationShorthand(), important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyTextDecoration: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextDecorationsInEffect: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextDecorationLine: |
| // none | [ underline || overline || line-through || blink ] | inherit |
| return parseTextDecoration(propId, important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextDecorationSkip: |
| // none | [ objects || spaces || ink || edges || box-decoration ] |
| return parseTextDecorationSkip(important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextUnderlinePosition: |
| // auto | alphabetic | under |
| return parseTextUnderlinePosition(important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyZoom: |
| // normal | reset | document | <number> | <percentage> | inherit |
| if (id == CSSValueNormal || id == CSSValueReset || id == CSSValueDocument) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = (!id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FNumber | FPercent | FNonNeg, HTMLStandardMode)); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertySrc: // Only used within @font-face and @-webkit-filter, so cannot use inherit | initial or be !important. This is a list of urls or local references. |
| return parseFontFaceSrc(); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyUnicodeRange: |
| return parseFontFaceUnicodeRange(); |
| |
| /* CSS3 properties */ |
| |
| case CSSPropertyBorderImage: { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> result; |
| return parseBorderImage(propId, result, important); |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderImage: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskBoxImage: { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> result; |
| if (parseBorderImage(propId, result)) { |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(result), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyBorderImageOutset: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskBoxImageOutset: { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> result; |
| if (parseBorderImageOutset(result)) { |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(result), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyBorderImageRepeat: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskBoxImageRepeat: { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> result; |
| if (parseBorderImageRepeat(result)) { |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(result), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyBorderImageSlice: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskBoxImageSlice: { |
| RefPtr<CSSBorderImageSliceValue> result; |
| if (parseBorderImageSlice(propId, result)) { |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(result), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyBorderImageWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskBoxImageWidth: { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> result; |
| if (parseBorderImageWidth(result)) { |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(result), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyBorderTopRightRadius: |
| case CSSPropertyBorderTopLeftRadius: |
| case CSSPropertyBorderBottomLeftRadius: |
| case CSSPropertyBorderBottomRightRadius: { |
| if (num != 1 && num != 2) |
| return false; |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg); |
| if (!validPrimitive) |
| return false; |
| auto parsedValue1 = createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> parsedValue2; |
| if (num == 2) { |
| ValueWithCalculation nextValueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->next()); |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(nextValueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg); |
| if (!validPrimitive) |
| return false; |
| parsedValue2 = createPrimitiveNumericValue(nextValueWithCalculation); |
| } else |
| parsedValue2 = parsedValue1.ptr(); |
| |
| addProperty(propId, createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(parsedValue1), parsedValue2.releaseNonNull()), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyTabSize: |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FInteger | FNonNeg); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitAspectRatio: |
| return parseAspectRatio(important); |
| case CSSPropertyBorderRadius: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderRadius: |
| return parseBorderRadius(propId, important); |
| case CSSPropertyOutlineOffset: |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyTextShadow: // CSS2 property, dropped in CSS2.1, back in CSS3, so treat as CSS3 |
| case CSSPropertyBoxShadow: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBoxShadow: |
| if (id == CSSValueNone) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else { |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> shadowValueList = parseShadow(*m_valueList, propId); |
| if (shadowValueList) { |
| addProperty(propId, shadowValueList.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitInitialLetter: { |
| if (id == CSSValueNormal) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else { |
| if (num != 1 && num != 2) |
| return false; |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FPositiveInteger); |
| if (!validPrimitive) |
| return false; |
| auto height = createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> position; |
| if (num == 2) { |
| ValueWithCalculation nextValueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->next()); |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(nextValueWithCalculation, FPositiveInteger); |
| if (!validPrimitive) |
| return false; |
| position = createPrimitiveNumericValue(nextValueWithCalculation); |
| } else |
| position = height.ptr(); |
| addProperty(propId, createPrimitiveValuePair(position.releaseNonNull(), WTFMove(height)), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBoxReflect: |
| if (id == CSSValueNone) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| return parseReflect(propId, important); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyOpacity: |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FNumber); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBoxFlex: |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FNumber); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBoxFlexGroup: |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FInteger | FNonNeg, HTMLStandardMode); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBoxOrdinalGroup: |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FInteger | FNonNeg, HTMLStandardMode) && valueWithCalculation.value().fValue; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFilter: |
| #if ENABLE(FILTERS_LEVEL_2) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBackdropFilter: |
| #endif |
| if (id == CSSValueNone) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else { |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> currValue; |
| if (!parseFilter(*m_valueList, currValue)) |
| return false; |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(currValue), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFlex: { |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, propId); |
| if (id == CSSValueNone) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFlexGrow, cssValuePool.createValue(0, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFlexShrink, cssValuePool.createValue(0, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFlexBasis, cssValuePool.createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAuto), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return parseFlex(*m_valueList, important); |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyFlexBasis: |
| // FIXME: Support intrinsic dimensions too. |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = (!id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg)); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFlexGrow: |
| case CSSPropertyFlexShrink: |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FNumber | FNonNeg); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyOrder: |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FInteger, HTMLStandardMode)) { |
| // We restrict the smallest value to int min + 2 because we use int min and int min + 1 as special values in a hash set. |
| double result = std::max<double>(std::numeric_limits<int>::min() + 2, parsedDouble(valueWithCalculation)); |
| parsedValue = cssValuePool.createValue(result, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarquee: |
| return parseShorthand(propId, webkitMarqueeShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarqueeIncrement: |
| if (id == CSSValueSmall || id == CSSValueLarge || id == CSSValueMedium) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarqueeRepetition: |
| if (id == CSSValueInfinite) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FInteger | FNonNeg); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarqueeSpeed: |
| if (id == CSSValueNormal || id == CSSValueSlow || id == CSSValueFast) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FTime | FInteger | FNonNeg); |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_REGIONS) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitFlowInto: |
| return parseFlowThread(propId, important); |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitFlowFrom: |
| return parseRegionThread(propId, important); |
| #endif |
| case CSSPropertyTransform: |
| if (id == CSSValueNone) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else { |
| if (RefPtr<CSSValue> transformValue = parseTransform()) { |
| addProperty(propId, transformValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyTransformOrigin: |
| case CSSPropertyTransformOriginX: |
| case CSSPropertyTransformOriginY: |
| case CSSPropertyTransformOriginZ: { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> val1; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> val2; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> val3; |
| CSSPropertyID propId1, propId2, propId3; |
| if (parseTransformOrigin(propId, propId1, propId2, propId3, val1, val2, val3)) { |
| addProperty(propId1, WTFMove(val1), important); |
| if (val2) |
| addProperty(propId2, WTFMove(val2), important); |
| if (val3) |
| addProperty(propId3, WTFMove(val3), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyPerspective: |
| if (id == CSSValueNone) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else { |
| // Accepting valueless numbers is a quirk of the -webkit prefixed version of the property. |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FNumber | FLength | FNonNeg)) { |
| addProperty(propId, createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyPerspectiveOrigin: |
| case CSSPropertyPerspectiveOriginX: |
| case CSSPropertyPerspectiveOriginY: { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> val1; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> val2; |
| CSSPropertyID propId1, propId2; |
| if (parsePerspectiveOrigin(propId, propId1, propId2, val1, val2)) { |
| addProperty(propId1, WTFMove(val1), important); |
| if (val2) |
| addProperty(propId2, WTFMove(val2), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationDelay: |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationDirection: |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationDuration: |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationFillMode: |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationName: |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationPlayState: |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationIterationCount: |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationTimingFunction: |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_ANIMATIONS_LEVEL_2) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitAnimationTrigger: |
| #endif |
| case CSSPropertyTransitionDelay: |
| case CSSPropertyTransitionDuration: |
| case CSSPropertyTransitionTimingFunction: |
| case CSSPropertyTransitionProperty: { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> val; |
| AnimationParseContext context; |
| if (parseAnimationProperty(propId, val, context)) { |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(val), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) |
| case CSSPropertyJustifyContent: |
| ASSERT(RuntimeEnabledFeatures::sharedFeatures().isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| parsedValue = parseContentDistributionOverflowPosition(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyJustifySelf: |
| if (!isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| return parseItemPositionOverflowPosition(propId, important); |
| case CSSPropertyJustifyItems: |
| if (!isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| if (parseLegacyPosition(propId, important)) |
| return true; |
| m_valueList->setCurrentIndex(0); |
| return parseItemPositionOverflowPosition(propId, important); |
| case CSSPropertyGridAutoColumns: |
| case CSSPropertyGridAutoRows: |
| if (!isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| parsedValue = parseGridTrackList(GridAuto); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyGridTemplateColumns: |
| case CSSPropertyGridTemplateRows: |
| if (!isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| parsedValue = parseGridTrackList(GridTemplate); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyGridColumnStart: |
| case CSSPropertyGridColumnEnd: |
| case CSSPropertyGridRowStart: |
| case CSSPropertyGridRowEnd: |
| if (!isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| parsedValue = parseGridPosition(); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyGridColumnGap: |
| case CSSPropertyGridRowGap: |
| if (!isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FNonNeg); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyGridGap: |
| if (!isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| return parseGridGapShorthand(important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyGridColumn: |
| case CSSPropertyGridRow: |
| if (!isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| return parseGridItemPositionShorthand(propId, important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyGridTemplate: |
| if (!isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| return parseGridTemplateShorthand(important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyGrid: |
| if (!isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| return parseGridShorthand(important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyGridArea: |
| if (!isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| return parseGridAreaShorthand(important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyGridTemplateAreas: |
| if (!isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| parsedValue = parseGridTemplateAreas(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyGridAutoFlow: |
| if (!isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| parsedValue = parseGridAutoFlow(*m_valueList); |
| break; |
| #endif /* ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) */ |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMarginCollapse: { |
| if (num == 1) { |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, CSSPropertyWebkitMarginCollapse); |
| if (!parseValue(webkitMarginCollapseShorthand().properties()[0], important)) |
| return false; |
| CSSValue* value = m_parsedProperties.last().value(); |
| addProperty(webkitMarginCollapseShorthand().properties()[1], value, important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| else if (num == 2) { |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, CSSPropertyWebkitMarginCollapse); |
| if (!parseValue(webkitMarginCollapseShorthand().properties()[0], important) || !parseValue(webkitMarginCollapseShorthand().properties()[1], important)) |
| return false; |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyTextLineThroughWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyTextOverlineWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyTextUnderlineWidth: |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto || id == CSSValueNormal || id == CSSValueThin || |
| id == CSSValueMedium || id == CSSValueThick) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = !id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FNumber | FLength | FPercent); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyColumnCount: |
| parsedValue = parseColumnCount(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyColumnGap: // normal | <length> |
| if (id == CSSValueNormal) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FNonNeg); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyColumnSpan: // none | all | 1 (will be dropped in the unprefixed property) |
| if (id == CSSValueAll || id == CSSValueNone) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FNumber | FNonNeg) && parsedDouble(valueWithCalculation) == 1) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyColumnSpan, cssValuePool.createValue(1, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyColumnWidth: // auto | <length> |
| parsedValue = parseColumnWidth(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyObjectPosition: { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> val1; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> val2; |
| parseFillPosition(*m_valueList, val1, val2); |
| if (val1) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyObjectPosition, createPrimitiveValuePair(val1.releaseNonNull(), WTFMove(val2)), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| // End of CSS3 properties |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWillChange: // auto | [scroll-position | contents | <custom-ident>]# |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| return parseWillChange(important); |
| break; |
| |
| // Apple specific properties. These will never be standardized and are purely to |
| // support custom WebKit-based Apple applications. |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitLineClamp: |
| // When specifying number of lines, don't allow 0 as a valid value |
| // When specifying either type of unit, require non-negative integers |
| validPrimitive = (!id && (valueWithCalculation.value().unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE || valueWithCalculation.value().fValue) && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FInteger | FPercent | FNonNeg, HTMLQuirksMode)); |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(TEXT_AUTOSIZING) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextSizeAdjust: |
| // FIXME: Support toggling the validation of this property via a runtime setting that is independent of |
| // whether isTextAutosizingEnabled() is true. We want to enable this property on iOS, when simulating |
| // a iOS device in Safari's responsive design mode and when optionally enabled in DRT/WTR. Otherwise, |
| // this property should be disabled by default. |
| #if !PLATFORM(IOS) |
| if (!isTextAutosizingEnabled()) |
| return false; |
| #endif |
| |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto || id == CSSValueNone) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else { |
| // FIXME: Handle multilength case where we allow relative units. |
| validPrimitive = (!id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FPercent | FNonNeg, HTMLStandardMode)); |
| } |
| break; |
| #endif |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitFontSizeDelta: // <length> |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength); |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitHyphenateCharacter: |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto || valueWithCalculation.value().unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitHyphenateLimitBefore: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitHyphenateLimitAfter: |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto || validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FInteger | FNonNeg, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitHyphenateLimitLines: |
| if (id == CSSValueNoLimit || validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FInteger | FNonNeg, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| break; |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitLineGrid: |
| if (id == CSSValueNone) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else if (valueWithCalculation.value().unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) { |
| String lineGridValue = String(valueWithCalculation.value().string); |
| if (!lineGridValue.isEmpty()) { |
| addProperty(propId, cssValuePool.createValue(lineGridValue, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitLocale: |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto || valueWithCalculation.value().unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| break; |
| |
| #if ENABLE(DASHBOARD_SUPPORT) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitDashboardRegion: // <dashboard-region> | <dashboard-region> |
| if (valueWithCalculation.value().unit == CSSParserValue::Function || id == CSSValueNone) |
| return parseDashboardRegions(propId, important); |
| break; |
| #endif |
| |
| #if ENABLE(TOUCH_EVENTS) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTapHighlightColor: |
| if (isValidSystemColorValue(id) || id == CSSValueMenu |
| || (id >= CSSValueWebkitFocusRingColor && id < CSSValueWebkitText && inQuirksMode())) { |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| } else { |
| parsedValue = parseColor(); |
| if (parsedValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| break; |
| #endif |
| // End Apple-specific properties |
| |
| /* shorthand properties */ |
| case CSSPropertyBackground: { |
| // Position must come before color in this array because a plain old "0" is a legal color |
| // in quirks mode but it's usually the X coordinate of a position. |
| const CSSPropertyID properties[] = { CSSPropertyBackgroundImage, CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeat, |
| CSSPropertyBackgroundAttachment, CSSPropertyBackgroundPosition, CSSPropertyBackgroundOrigin, |
| CSSPropertyBackgroundClip, CSSPropertyBackgroundColor, CSSPropertyBackgroundSize }; |
| return parseFillShorthand(propId, properties, WTF_ARRAY_LENGTH(properties), important); |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMask: { |
| const CSSPropertyID properties[] = { CSSPropertyWebkitMaskImage, CSSPropertyWebkitMaskSourceType, CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeat, |
| CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPosition, CSSPropertyWebkitMaskOrigin, CSSPropertyWebkitMaskClip, CSSPropertyWebkitMaskSize }; |
| return parseFillShorthand(propId, properties, WTF_ARRAY_LENGTH(properties), important); |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyBorder: |
| // [ 'border-width' || 'border-style' || <color> ] | inherit |
| { |
| if (parseShorthand(propId, borderAbridgedShorthand(), important)) { |
| // The CSS3 Borders and Backgrounds specification says that border also resets border-image. It's as |
| // though a value of none was specified for the image. |
| addExpandedPropertyForValue(CSSPropertyBorderImage, cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue(), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyBorderTop: |
| // [ 'border-top-width' || 'border-style' || <color> ] | inherit |
| return parseShorthand(propId, borderTopShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyBorderRight: |
| // [ 'border-right-width' || 'border-style' || <color> ] | inherit |
| return parseShorthand(propId, borderRightShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyBorderBottom: |
| // [ 'border-bottom-width' || 'border-style' || <color> ] | inherit |
| return parseShorthand(propId, borderBottomShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyBorderLeft: |
| // [ 'border-left-width' || 'border-style' || <color> ] | inherit |
| return parseShorthand(propId, borderLeftShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderStart: |
| return parseShorthand(propId, webkitBorderStartShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderEnd: |
| return parseShorthand(propId, webkitBorderEndShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderBefore: |
| return parseShorthand(propId, webkitBorderBeforeShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBorderAfter: |
| return parseShorthand(propId, webkitBorderAfterShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyOutline: |
| // [ 'outline-color' || 'outline-style' || 'outline-width' ] | inherit |
| return parseShorthand(propId, outlineShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyBorderColor: |
| // <color>{1,4} | inherit |
| return parse4Values(propId, borderColorShorthand().properties(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyBorderWidth: |
| // <border-width>{1,4} | inherit |
| return parse4Values(propId, borderWidthShorthand().properties(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyBorderStyle: |
| // <border-style>{1,4} | inherit |
| return parse4Values(propId, borderStyleShorthand().properties(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyMargin: |
| // <margin-width>{1,4} | inherit |
| return parse4Values(propId, marginShorthand().properties(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyPadding: |
| // <padding-width>{1,4} | inherit |
| return parse4Values(propId, paddingShorthand().properties(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyFlexFlow: |
| return parseShorthand(propId, flexFlowShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyFont: |
| // [ [ 'font-style' || 'font-variant' || 'font-weight' ]? 'font-size' [ / 'line-height' ]? |
| // 'font-family' ] | caption | icon | menu | message-box | small-caption | status-bar | inherit |
| if (num == 1 && id >= CSSValueCaption && id <= CSSValueStatusBar) { |
| parseSystemFont(important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return parseFont(important); |
| case CSSPropertyListStyle: |
| return parseShorthand(propId, listStyleShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyColumns: |
| return parseColumnsShorthand(important); |
| case CSSPropertyColumnRule: |
| return parseShorthand(propId, columnRuleShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextStroke: |
| return parseShorthand(propId, webkitTextStrokeShorthand(), important); |
| case CSSPropertyAnimation: |
| return parseAnimationShorthand(propId, important); |
| case CSSPropertyTransition: |
| return parseTransitionShorthand(propId, important); |
| case CSSPropertyInvalid: |
| return false; |
| case CSSPropertyPage: |
| return parsePage(propId, important); |
| case CSSPropertyTextLineThrough: |
| case CSSPropertyTextOverline: |
| case CSSPropertyTextUnderline: |
| return false; |
| // CSS Text Layout Module Level 3: Vertical writing support |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextEmphasis: |
| return parseShorthand(propId, webkitTextEmphasisShorthand(), important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextEmphasisStyle: |
| return parseTextEmphasisStyle(important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitTextEmphasisPosition: |
| return parseTextEmphasisPosition(important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyHangingPunctuation: |
| return parseHangingPunctuation(important); |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitLineBoxContain: |
| if (id == CSSValueNone) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| return parseLineBoxContain(important); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFontFeatureSettings: |
| if (id == CSSValueNormal) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| return parseFontFeatureSettings(important); |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(VARIATION_FONTS) |
| case CSSPropertyFontVariationSettings: |
| if (m_context.variationFontsEnabled) { |
| if (id == CSSValueNormal) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| return parseFontVariationSettings(important); |
| } |
| break; |
| #endif |
| case CSSPropertyFontVariantLigatures: |
| if (id == CSSValueNormal || id == CSSValueNone) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| return parseFontVariantLigatures(important, true, false); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFontVariantNumeric: |
| if (id == CSSValueNormal) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| return parseFontVariantNumeric(important, true, false); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFontVariantEastAsian: |
| if (id == CSSValueNormal) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| return parseFontVariantEastAsian(important, true, false); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyFontVariant: |
| if (id == CSSValueNormal) { |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, CSSPropertyFontVariant); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantLigatures, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal), important, true); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantPosition, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal), important, true); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantCaps, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal), important, true); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantNumeric, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal), important, true); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantAlternates, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal), important, true); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantEastAsian, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal), important, true); |
| return true; |
| } |
| if (id == CSSValueNone) { |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, CSSPropertyFontVariant); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantLigatures, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone), important, true); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return parseFontVariant(important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitClipPath: |
| parsedValue = parseClipPath(); |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_SHAPES) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitShapeOutside: |
| parsedValue = parseShapeProperty(propId); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitShapeMargin: |
| validPrimitive = !id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitShapeImageThreshold: |
| validPrimitive = !id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FNumber); |
| break; |
| #endif |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_IMAGE_ORIENTATION) |
| case CSSPropertyImageOrientation: |
| validPrimitive = !id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FAngle); |
| break; |
| #endif |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_IMAGE_RESOLUTION) |
| case CSSPropertyImageResolution: |
| parsedValue = parseImageResolution(); |
| break; |
| #endif |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) |
| case CSSPropertyAlignContent: |
| ASSERT(RuntimeEnabledFeatures::sharedFeatures().isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| parsedValue = parseContentDistributionOverflowPosition(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyAlignSelf: |
| ASSERT(RuntimeEnabledFeatures::sharedFeatures().isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| return parseItemPositionOverflowPosition(propId, important); |
| |
| case CSSPropertyAlignItems: |
| ASSERT(RuntimeEnabledFeatures::sharedFeatures().isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| return parseItemPositionOverflowPosition(propId, important); |
| #endif |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_DEVICE_ADAPTATION) |
| // Properties bellow are validated inside parseViewportProperty, because we |
| // check for parser state inViewportScope. We need to invalidate if someone |
| // adds them outside a @viewport rule. |
| case CSSPropertyMaxZoom: |
| case CSSPropertyMinZoom: |
| case CSSPropertyOrientation: |
| case CSSPropertyUserZoom: |
| validPrimitive = false; |
| break; |
| #endif |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_SCROLL_SNAP) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitScrollSnapPointsX: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitScrollSnapPointsY: |
| if (id == CSSValueElements) { |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| break; |
| } |
| return parseNonElementSnapPoints(propId, important); |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitScrollSnapDestination: // <length>{2} |
| return parseScrollSnapDestination(propId, important); |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitScrollSnapCoordinate: |
| return parseScrollSnapCoordinate(propId, important); |
| #endif |
| |
| default: |
| return parseSVGValue(propId, important); |
| } |
| |
| if (validPrimitive) { |
| parsedValue = parseValidPrimitive(id, valueWithCalculation); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| if (parsedValue && (!m_valueList->current() || inShorthand())) { |
| addProperty(propId, parsedValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::addFillValue(RefPtr<CSSValue>& lval, Ref<CSSValue>&& rval) |
| { |
| if (!lval) { |
| lval = WTFMove(rval); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| if (lval->isBaseValueList()) { |
| downcast<CSSValueList>(*lval).append(WTFMove(rval)); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| list.get().append(lval.releaseNonNull()); |
| list.get().append(WTFMove(rval)); |
| lval = WTFMove(list); |
| } |
| |
| static bool isContentDistributionKeyword(CSSValueID id) |
| { |
| return id == CSSValueSpaceBetween || id == CSSValueSpaceAround |
| || id == CSSValueSpaceEvenly || id == CSSValueStretch; |
| } |
| |
| static bool isContentPositionKeyword(CSSValueID id) |
| { |
| return id == CSSValueStart || id == CSSValueEnd || id == CSSValueCenter |
| || id == CSSValueFlexStart || id == CSSValueFlexEnd |
| || id == CSSValueLeft || id == CSSValueRight; |
| } |
| |
| static inline bool isBaselinePositionKeyword(CSSValueID id) |
| { |
| return id == CSSValueBaseline || id == CSSValueLastBaseline; |
| } |
| |
| static bool isAlignmentOverflowKeyword(CSSValueID id) |
| { |
| return id == CSSValueUnsafe || id == CSSValueSafe; |
| } |
| |
| static bool isItemPositionKeyword(CSSValueID id) |
| { |
| return id == CSSValueStart || id == CSSValueEnd || id == CSSValueCenter |
| || id == CSSValueSelfStart || id == CSSValueSelfEnd || id == CSSValueFlexStart |
| || id == CSSValueFlexEnd || id == CSSValueLeft || id == CSSValueRight; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseLegacyPosition(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| // [ legacy && [ left | right | center ] |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (value->id == CSSValueLegacy) { |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| if (value->id != CSSValueCenter && value->id != CSSValueLeft && value->id != CSSValueRight) |
| return false; |
| } else if (value->id == CSSValueCenter || value->id == CSSValueLeft || value->id == CSSValueRight) { |
| if (!m_valueList->next() || m_valueList->current()->id != CSSValueLegacy) |
| return false; |
| } else |
| return false; |
| |
| auto& cssValuePool = CSSValuePool::singleton(); |
| addProperty(propId, createPrimitiveValuePair(cssValuePool.createIdentifierValue(CSSValueLegacy), cssValuePool.createIdentifierValue(value->id)), important); |
| return !m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSContentDistributionValue> CSSParser::parseContentDistributionOverflowPosition() |
| { |
| // normal | <baseline-position> | <content-distribution> || [ <overflow-position>? && <content-position> ] |
| // <baseline-position> = baseline | last-baseline; |
| // <content-distribution> = space-between | space-around | space-evenly | stretch; |
| // <content-position> = center | start | end | flex-start | flex-end | left | right; |
| // <overflow-position> = unsafe | safe |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (!value) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // auto | <baseline-position> |
| if (value->id == CSSValueNormal || isBaselinePositionKeyword(value->id)) { |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return CSSContentDistributionValue::create(CSSValueInvalid, value->id, CSSValueInvalid); |
| } |
| |
| CSSValueID distribution = CSSValueInvalid; |
| CSSValueID position = CSSValueInvalid; |
| CSSValueID overflow = CSSValueInvalid; |
| while (value) { |
| if (isContentDistributionKeyword(value->id)) { |
| if (distribution != CSSValueInvalid) |
| return nullptr; |
| distribution = value->id; |
| } else if (isContentPositionKeyword(value->id)) { |
| if (position != CSSValueInvalid) |
| return nullptr; |
| position = value->id; |
| } else if (isAlignmentOverflowKeyword(value->id)) { |
| if (overflow != CSSValueInvalid) |
| return nullptr; |
| overflow = value->id; |
| } else |
| return nullptr; |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| // The grammar states that we should have at least <content-distribution> or |
| // <content-position> ( <content-distribution> || <content-position> ). |
| if (position == CSSValueInvalid && distribution == CSSValueInvalid) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // The grammar states that <overflow-position> must be associated to <content-position>. |
| if (overflow != CSSValueInvalid && position == CSSValueInvalid) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| return CSSContentDistributionValue::create(distribution, position, overflow); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseItemPositionOverflowPosition(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| // auto | normal | stretch | <baseline-position> | [<item-position> && <overflow-position>? ] |
| // <baseline-position> = baseline | last-baseline; |
| // <item-position> = center | start | end | self-start | self-end | flex-start | flex-end | left | right; |
| // <overflow-position> = unsafe | safe |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (value->id == CSSValueAuto || value->id == CSSValueNormal || value->id == CSSValueStretch || isBaselinePositionKeyword(value->id)) { |
| // align-items property does not allow the 'auto' value. |
| if (value->id == CSSValueAuto && propId == CSSPropertyAlignItems) |
| return false; |
| if (m_valueList->next()) |
| return false; |
| |
| addProperty(propId, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> position; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> overflowAlignmentKeyword; |
| if (isItemPositionKeyword(value->id)) { |
| position = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id); |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| if (value) { |
| if (value->id != CSSValueUnsafe && value->id != CSSValueSafe) |
| return false; |
| overflowAlignmentKeyword = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id); |
| } |
| } else if (isAlignmentOverflowKeyword(value->id)) { |
| overflowAlignmentKeyword = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id); |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| if (value && isItemPositionKeyword(value->id)) |
| position = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id); |
| else |
| return false; |
| } else |
| return false; |
| |
| if (m_valueList->next()) |
| return false; |
| |
| ASSERT(position); |
| if (overflowAlignmentKeyword) |
| addProperty(propId, createPrimitiveValuePair(position.releaseNonNull(), overflowAlignmentKeyword.releaseNonNull()), important); |
| else |
| addProperty(propId, position.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| static bool parseBackgroundClip(CSSParserValue& parserValue, RefPtr<CSSValue>& cssValue) |
| { |
| if (parserValue.id == CSSValueBorderBox || parserValue.id == CSSValuePaddingBox |
| || parserValue.id == CSSValueContentBox || parserValue.id == CSSValueWebkitText) { |
| cssValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(parserValue.id); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::useLegacyBackgroundSizeShorthandBehavior() const |
| { |
| return m_context.useLegacyBackgroundSizeShorthandBehavior; |
| } |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_SCROLL_SNAP) |
| bool CSSParser::parseNonElementSnapPoints(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| auto values = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| while (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current()) { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*value); |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FPercent | FLength)) |
| values->append(createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation)); |
| else if (value->unit == CSSParserValue::Function |
| && value->function->args |
| && value->function->args->size() == 1 |
| && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value->function->name, "repeat(")) { |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*value->function->args.get()->current()); |
| if (validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg)) { |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(LengthRepeat::create(createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentWithCalculation)))); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| if (m_valueList->current()) |
| return false; |
| break; |
| } |
| } else |
| return false; |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| if (values->length()) { |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(values), important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseScrollSnapPositions(RefPtr<CSSValue>& cssValueX, RefPtr<CSSValue>& cssValueY) |
| { |
| cssValueX = parsePositionX(*m_valueList); |
| if (!cssValueX) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Don't accept odd-length lists of positions (must always have an X and a Y): |
| if (!m_valueList->next()) |
| return false; |
| |
| cssValueY = parsePositionY(*m_valueList); |
| if (!cssValueY) |
| return false; |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseScrollSnapDestination(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| auto position = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| if (m_valueList->size() != 2) |
| return false; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> cssValueX, cssValueY; |
| if (!parseScrollSnapPositions(cssValueX, cssValueY)) |
| return false; |
| |
| position->append(cssValueX.releaseNonNull()); |
| position->append(cssValueY.releaseNonNull()); |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(position), important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseScrollSnapCoordinate(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| auto positions = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| while (m_valueList->current()) { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> cssValueX, cssValueY; |
| if (!parseScrollSnapPositions(cssValueX, cssValueY)) |
| return false; |
| |
| positions->append(cssValueX.releaseNonNull()); |
| positions->append(cssValueY.releaseNonNull()); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| if (positions->length()) { |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(positions), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| const int cMaxFillProperties = 9; |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFillShorthand(CSSPropertyID propId, const CSSPropertyID* properties, int numProperties, bool important) |
| { |
| ASSERT(numProperties <= cMaxFillProperties); |
| if (numProperties > cMaxFillProperties) |
| return false; |
| |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, propId); |
| |
| bool parsedProperty[cMaxFillProperties] = { false }; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> values[cMaxFillProperties]; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> clipValue; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> positionYValue; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> repeatYValue; |
| bool foundClip = false; |
| int i; |
| bool foundPositionCSSProperty = false; |
| |
| auto& cssValuePool = CSSValuePool::singleton(); |
| while (m_valueList->current()) { |
| CSSParserValue& currentValue = *m_valueList->current(); |
| if (currentValue.unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && currentValue.iValue == ',') { |
| // We hit the end. Fill in all remaining values with the initial value. |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| for (i = 0; i < numProperties; ++i) { |
| if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundColor && parsedProperty[i]) |
| // Color is not allowed except as the last item in a list for backgrounds. |
| // Reject the entire property. |
| return false; |
| |
| if (!parsedProperty[i] && properties[i] != CSSPropertyBackgroundColor) { |
| addFillValue(values[i], cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue()); |
| if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundPosition || properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPosition) |
| addFillValue(positionYValue, cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue()); |
| if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeat || properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeat) |
| addFillValue(repeatYValue, cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue()); |
| if ((properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundOrigin || properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskOrigin) && !parsedProperty[i]) { |
| // If background-origin wasn't present, then reset background-clip also. |
| addFillValue(clipValue, cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue()); |
| } |
| } |
| parsedProperty[i] = false; |
| } |
| if (!m_valueList->current()) |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| bool sizeCSSPropertyExpected = false; |
| if (isForwardSlashOperator(currentValue) && foundPositionCSSProperty) { |
| sizeCSSPropertyExpected = true; |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| foundPositionCSSProperty = false; |
| bool found = false; |
| for (i = 0; !found && i < numProperties; ++i) { |
| |
| if (sizeCSSPropertyExpected && (properties[i] != CSSPropertyBackgroundSize && properties[i] != CSSPropertyWebkitMaskSize)) |
| continue; |
| if (!sizeCSSPropertyExpected && (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundSize || properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskSize)) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (!parsedProperty[i]) { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> val1; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> val2; |
| CSSPropertyID propId1, propId2; |
| CSSParserValue& parserValue = *m_valueList->current(); |
| |
| if (parseFillProperty(properties[i], propId1, propId2, val1, val2)) { |
| parsedProperty[i] = found = true; |
| addFillValue(values[i], val1.releaseNonNull()); |
| if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundPosition || properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPosition) |
| addFillValue(positionYValue, val2.releaseNonNull()); |
| if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeat || properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeat) |
| addFillValue(repeatYValue, val2.releaseNonNull()); |
| if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundOrigin || properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskOrigin) { |
| // Reparse the value as a clip, and see if we succeed. |
| if (parseBackgroundClip(parserValue, val1)) |
| addFillValue(clipValue, val1.releaseNonNull()); // The property parsed successfully. |
| else |
| addFillValue(clipValue, cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue()); // Some value was used for origin that is not supported by clip. Just reset clip instead. |
| } |
| if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundClip || properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskClip) |
| foundClip = true; |
| if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundPosition || properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPosition) |
| foundPositionCSSProperty = true; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // if we didn't find at least one match, this is an |
| // invalid shorthand and we have to ignore it |
| if (!found) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // Now add all of the properties we found. |
| for (i = 0; i < numProperties; ++i) { |
| // Fill in any remaining properties with the initial value. |
| if (!parsedProperty[i]) { |
| addFillValue(values[i], cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue()); |
| if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundPosition || properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPosition) |
| addFillValue(positionYValue, cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue()); |
| if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeat || properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeat) |
| addFillValue(repeatYValue, cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue()); |
| if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundOrigin || properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskOrigin) { |
| // If background-origin wasn't present, then reset background-clip also. |
| addFillValue(clipValue, cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue()); |
| } |
| } |
| if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundPosition) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyBackgroundPositionX, WTFMove(values[i]), important); |
| // it's OK to call WTFMove(positionYValue) since we only see CSSPropertyBackgroundPosition once |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyBackgroundPositionY, WTFMove(positionYValue), important); |
| } else if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPosition) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPositionX, WTFMove(values[i]), important); |
| // it's OK to call WTFMove(positionYValue) since we only see CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPosition once |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPositionY, WTFMove(positionYValue), important); |
| } else if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeat) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeatX, WTFMove(values[i]), important); |
| // it's OK to call WTFMove(repeatYValue) since we only see CSSPropertyBackgroundPosition once |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeatY, WTFMove(repeatYValue), important); |
| } else if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeat) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeatX, WTFMove(values[i]), important); |
| // it's OK to call WTFMove(repeatYValue) since we only see CSSPropertyBackgroundPosition once |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeatY, WTFMove(repeatYValue), important); |
| } else if ((properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundClip || properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskClip) && !foundClip) |
| // Value is already set while updating origin |
| continue; |
| else if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundSize && !parsedProperty[i] && useLegacyBackgroundSizeShorthandBehavior()) |
| continue; |
| else |
| addProperty(properties[i], WTFMove(values[i]), important); |
| |
| // Add in clip values when we hit the corresponding origin property. |
| if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyBackgroundOrigin && !foundClip) |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyBackgroundClip, WTFMove(clipValue), important); |
| else if (properties[i] == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskOrigin && !foundClip) |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitMaskClip, WTFMove(clipValue), important); |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::addAnimationValue(RefPtr<CSSValue>& lval, Ref<CSSValue>&& rval) |
| { |
| if (!lval) { |
| lval = WTFMove(rval); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| if (is<CSSValueList>(*lval)) { |
| downcast<CSSValueList>(*lval).append(WTFMove(rval)); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| list->append(lval.releaseNonNull()); |
| list->append(WTFMove(rval)); |
| lval = WTFMove(list); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseAnimationShorthand(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| ASSERT(propId == CSSPropertyAnimation); |
| |
| const unsigned numProperties = 8; |
| const StylePropertyShorthand& shorthand = animationShorthandForParsing(); |
| |
| // The list of properties in the shorthand should be the same |
| // length as the list with animation name in last position, even though they are |
| // in a different order. |
| ASSERT(numProperties == shorthand.length()); |
| ASSERT(numProperties == animationShorthand().length()); |
| |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, propId); |
| |
| bool parsedProperty[numProperties] = { false }; |
| AnimationParseContext context; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> values[numProperties]; |
| |
| auto& cssValuePool = CSSValuePool::singleton(); |
| unsigned i; |
| while (m_valueList->current()) { |
| CSSParserValue* val = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (val->unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && val->iValue == ',') { |
| // We hit the end. Fill in all remaining values with the initial value. |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| for (i = 0; i < numProperties; ++i) { |
| if (!parsedProperty[i]) |
| addAnimationValue(values[i], cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue()); |
| parsedProperty[i] = false; |
| } |
| if (!m_valueList->current()) |
| break; |
| context.commitFirstAnimation(); |
| } |
| |
| bool found = false; |
| for (i = 0; i < numProperties; ++i) { |
| if (!parsedProperty[i]) { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> val; |
| if (parseAnimationProperty(shorthand.properties()[i], val, context)) { |
| parsedProperty[i] = found = true; |
| addAnimationValue(values[i], val.releaseNonNull()); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // There are more values to process but 'none' or 'all' were already defined as the animation property, the declaration becomes invalid. |
| if (!context.animationPropertyKeywordAllowed() && context.hasCommittedFirstAnimation()) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // if we didn't find at least one match, this is an |
| // invalid shorthand and we have to ignore it |
| if (!found) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // Fill in any remaining properties with the initial value. |
| for (i = 0; i < numProperties; ++i) { |
| if (!parsedProperty[i]) |
| addAnimationValue(values[i], cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue()); |
| } |
| |
| // Now add all of the properties we found. |
| // In this case we have to explicitly set the variant form as well, |
| // to make sure that a shorthand clears all existing prefixed and |
| // unprefixed values. |
| for (i = 0; i < numProperties; ++i) |
| addProperty(shorthand.properties()[i], WTFMove(values[i]), important); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseColumnWidth() |
| { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->current()); |
| CSSValueID id = valueWithCalculation.value().id; |
| // Always parse this property in strict mode, since it would be ambiguous otherwise when used in the 'columns' shorthand property. |
| if (id != CSSValueAuto && !(validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FNonNeg, HTMLStandardMode) && parsedDouble(valueWithCalculation))) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto parsedValue = parseValidPrimitive(id, valueWithCalculation); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return parsedValue; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseColumnCount() |
| { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->current()); |
| CSSValueID id = valueWithCalculation.value().id; |
| |
| if (id != CSSValueAuto && !validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FPositiveInteger, HTMLQuirksMode)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto parsedValue = parseValidPrimitive(id, valueWithCalculation); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return parsedValue; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseColumnsShorthand(bool important) |
| { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> columnWidth; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> columnCount; |
| bool hasPendingExplicitAuto = false; |
| |
| for (unsigned propertiesParsed = 0; CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); ++propertiesParsed) { |
| if (propertiesParsed >= 2) |
| return false; // Too many values for this shorthand. Invalid declaration. |
| if (!propertiesParsed && value->id == CSSValueAuto) { |
| // 'auto' is a valid value for any of the two longhands, and at this point |
| // we don't know which one(s) it is meant for. We need to see if there are other values first. |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| hasPendingExplicitAuto = true; |
| } else { |
| if (!columnWidth) { |
| if ((columnWidth = parseColumnWidth())) |
| continue; |
| } |
| if (!columnCount) { |
| if ((columnCount = parseColumnCount())) |
| continue; |
| } |
| // If we didn't find at least one match, this is an invalid shorthand and we have to ignore it. |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Any unassigned property at this point will become implicit 'auto'. |
| if (columnWidth) |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyColumnWidth, WTFMove(columnWidth), important); |
| else { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyColumnWidth, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAuto), important, !hasPendingExplicitAuto /* implicit */); |
| hasPendingExplicitAuto = false; |
| } |
| |
| if (columnCount) |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyColumnCount, WTFMove(columnCount), important); |
| else |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyColumnCount, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAuto), important, !hasPendingExplicitAuto /* implicit */); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseTransitionShorthand(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| const unsigned numProperties = 4; |
| const StylePropertyShorthand& shorthand = shorthandForProperty(propId); |
| ASSERT(numProperties == shorthand.length()); |
| |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, propId); |
| |
| bool parsedProperty[numProperties] = { false }; |
| AnimationParseContext context; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> values[numProperties]; |
| |
| auto& cssValuePool = CSSValuePool::singleton(); |
| unsigned i; |
| while (m_valueList->current()) { |
| CSSParserValue* val = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (val->unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && val->iValue == ',') { |
| // We hit the end. Fill in all remaining values with the initial value. |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| for (i = 0; i < numProperties; ++i) { |
| if (!parsedProperty[i]) |
| addAnimationValue(values[i], cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue()); |
| parsedProperty[i] = false; |
| } |
| if (!m_valueList->current()) |
| break; |
| context.commitFirstAnimation(); |
| } |
| |
| bool found = false; |
| for (i = 0; !found && i < numProperties; ++i) { |
| if (!parsedProperty[i]) { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> val; |
| if (parseAnimationProperty(shorthand.properties()[i], val, context)) { |
| parsedProperty[i] = found = true; |
| addAnimationValue(values[i], val.releaseNonNull()); |
| } |
| |
| // There are more values to process but 'none' or 'all' were already defined as the animation property, the declaration becomes invalid. |
| if (!context.animationPropertyKeywordAllowed() && context.hasCommittedFirstAnimation()) |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // if we didn't find at least one match, this is an |
| // invalid shorthand and we have to ignore it |
| if (!found) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // Fill in any remaining properties with the initial value. |
| for (i = 0; i < numProperties; ++i) { |
| if (!parsedProperty[i]) |
| addAnimationValue(values[i], cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue()); |
| } |
| |
| // Now add all of the properties we found. |
| // In this case we have to explicitly set the variant form as well, |
| // to make sure that a shorthand clears all existing prefixed and |
| // unprefixed values. |
| for (i = 0; i < numProperties; ++i) |
| addProperty(shorthand.properties()[i], WTFMove(values[i]), important); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseShorthand(CSSPropertyID propId, const StylePropertyShorthand& shorthand, bool important) |
| { |
| // We try to match as many properties as possible |
| // We set up an array of booleans to mark which property has been found, |
| // and we try to search for properties until it makes no longer any sense. |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, propId); |
| |
| bool found = false; |
| unsigned propertiesParsed = 0; |
| bool propertyFound[6]= { false, false, false, false, false, false }; // 6 is enough size. |
| |
| while (m_valueList->current()) { |
| found = false; |
| for (unsigned propIndex = 0; !found && propIndex < shorthand.length(); ++propIndex) { |
| if (!propertyFound[propIndex] && parseValue(shorthand.properties()[propIndex], important)) { |
| propertyFound[propIndex] = found = true; |
| propertiesParsed++; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // if we didn't find at least one match, this is an |
| // invalid shorthand and we have to ignore it |
| if (!found) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (propertiesParsed == shorthand.length()) |
| return true; |
| |
| // Fill in any remaining properties with the initial value. |
| auto& cssValuePool = CSSValuePool::singleton(); |
| ImplicitScope implicitScope(*this, PropertyImplicit); |
| const StylePropertyShorthand* propertiesForInitialization = shorthand.propertiesForInitialization(); |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < shorthand.length(); ++i) { |
| if (propertyFound[i]) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (propertiesForInitialization) { |
| const StylePropertyShorthand& initProperties = propertiesForInitialization[i]; |
| for (unsigned propIndex = 0; propIndex < initProperties.length(); ++propIndex) |
| addProperty(initProperties.properties()[propIndex], cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue(), important); |
| } else |
| addProperty(shorthand.properties()[i], cssValuePool.createImplicitInitialValue(), important); |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parse4Values(CSSPropertyID propId, const CSSPropertyID *properties, bool important) |
| { |
| /* From the CSS 2 specs, 8.3 |
| * If there is only one value, it applies to all sides. If there are two values, the top and |
| * bottom margins are set to the first value and the right and left margins are set to the second. |
| * If there are three values, the top is set to the first value, the left and right are set to the |
| * second, and the bottom is set to the third. If there are four values, they apply to the top, |
| * right, bottom, and left, respectively. |
| */ |
| |
| unsigned num = inShorthand() ? 1 : m_valueList->size(); |
| |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, propId); |
| |
| // the order is top, right, bottom, left |
| switch (num) { |
| case 1: { |
| if (!parseValue(properties[0], important)) |
| return false; |
| CSSValue* value = m_parsedProperties.last().value(); |
| ImplicitScope implicitScope(*this, PropertyImplicit); |
| addProperty(properties[1], value, important); |
| addProperty(properties[2], value, important); |
| addProperty(properties[3], value, important); |
| break; |
| } |
| case 2: { |
| if (!parseValue(properties[0], important) || !parseValue(properties[1], important)) |
| return false; |
| CSSValue* value = m_parsedProperties[m_parsedProperties.size() - 2].value(); |
| ImplicitScope implicitScope(*this, PropertyImplicit); |
| addProperty(properties[2], value, important); |
| value = m_parsedProperties[m_parsedProperties.size() - 2].value(); |
| addProperty(properties[3], value, important); |
| break; |
| } |
| case 3: { |
| if (!parseValue(properties[0], important) || !parseValue(properties[1], important) || !parseValue(properties[2], important)) |
| return false; |
| CSSValue* value = m_parsedProperties[m_parsedProperties.size() - 2].value(); |
| ImplicitScope implicitScope(*this, PropertyImplicit); |
| addProperty(properties[3], value, important); |
| break; |
| } |
| case 4: { |
| if (!parseValue(properties[0], important) || !parseValue(properties[1], important) || |
| !parseValue(properties[2], important) || !parseValue(properties[3], important)) |
| return false; |
| break; |
| } |
| default: { |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // auto | <identifier> |
| bool CSSParser::parsePage(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| ASSERT(propId == CSSPropertyPage); |
| |
| if (m_valueList->size() != 1) |
| return false; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (value->id == CSSValueAuto) { |
| addProperty(propId, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id), important); |
| return true; |
| } else if (value->id == 0 && value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) { |
| addProperty(propId, createPrimitiveStringValue(*value), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // <length>{1,2} | auto | [ <page-size> || [ portrait | landscape] ] |
| bool CSSParser::parseSize(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| ASSERT(propId == CSSPropertySize); |
| |
| if (m_valueList->size() > 2) |
| return false; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| |
| auto parsedValues = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| |
| // First parameter. |
| SizeParameterType paramType = parseSizeParameter(parsedValues, *value, None); |
| if (paramType == None) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Second parameter, if any. |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| if (value) { |
| paramType = parseSizeParameter(parsedValues, *value, paramType); |
| if (paramType == None) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(parsedValues), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| CSSParser::SizeParameterType CSSParser::parseSizeParameter(CSSValueList& parsedValues, CSSParserValue& value, SizeParameterType prevParamType) |
| { |
| switch (value.id) { |
| case CSSValueAuto: |
| if (prevParamType == None) { |
| parsedValues.append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value.id)); |
| return Auto; |
| } |
| return None; |
| case CSSValueLandscape: |
| case CSSValuePortrait: |
| if (prevParamType == None || prevParamType == PageSize) { |
| parsedValues.append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value.id)); |
| return Orientation; |
| } |
| return None; |
| case CSSValueA3: |
| case CSSValueA4: |
| case CSSValueA5: |
| case CSSValueB4: |
| case CSSValueB5: |
| case CSSValueLedger: |
| case CSSValueLegal: |
| case CSSValueLetter: |
| if (prevParamType == None || prevParamType == Orientation) { |
| // Normalize to Page Size then Orientation order by prepending. |
| // This is not specified by the CSS3 Paged Media specification, but for simpler processing later (StyleResolver::applyPageSizeProperty). |
| parsedValues.prepend(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value.id)); |
| return PageSize; |
| } |
| return None; |
| case CSSValueInvalid: { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(value); |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FNonNeg) && (prevParamType == None || prevParamType == Length)) { |
| parsedValues.append(createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation)); |
| return Length; |
| } |
| return None; |
| } |
| default: |
| return None; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // [ <string> <string> ]+ | inherit | none |
| // inherit and none are handled in parseValue. |
| bool CSSParser::parseQuotes(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| auto values = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| while (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current()) { |
| if (value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) |
| break; |
| values->append(CSSPrimitiveValue::create(value->string, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING)); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| if (values->length()) { |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(values), important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseAlt(CSSPropertyID propID, bool important) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue& currentValue = *m_valueList->current(); |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> parsedValue; |
| |
| if (currentValue.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) |
| parsedValue = createPrimitiveStringValue(currentValue); |
| else if (currentValue.unit == CSSParserValue::Function) { |
| CSSParserValueList* args = currentValue.function->args.get(); |
| if (!args) |
| return false; |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(currentValue.function->name, "attr(")) |
| parsedValue = parseAttr(*args); |
| } |
| |
| if (parsedValue) { |
| addProperty(propID, parsedValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseCustomPropertyDeclaration(bool important, CSSValueID id) |
| { |
| if (m_customPropertyName.isEmpty() || !m_valueList) |
| return false; |
| |
| auto& cssValuePool = CSSValuePool::singleton(); |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> value; |
| if (id == CSSValueInherit) |
| value = cssValuePool.createInheritedValue(); |
| else if (id == CSSValueInitial) |
| value = cssValuePool.createExplicitInitialValue(); |
| else if (id == CSSValueUnset) |
| value = cssValuePool.createUnsetValue(); |
| else if (id == CSSValueRevert) |
| value = cssValuePool.createRevertValue(); |
| else { |
| auto valueList = CSSValueList::createFromParserValueList(*m_valueList); |
| if (m_valueList->containsVariables()) |
| value = CSSVariableDependentValue::create(WTFMove(valueList), CSSPropertyCustom); |
| else |
| value = WTFMove(valueList); |
| } |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyCustom, CSSCustomPropertyValue::create(m_customPropertyName, value.releaseNonNull()), important, false); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // [ <string> | <uri> | <counter> | attr(X) | open-quote | close-quote | no-open-quote | no-close-quote ]+ | inherit |
| // in CSS 2.1 this got somewhat reduced: |
| // [ <string> | attr(X) | open-quote | close-quote | no-open-quote | no-close-quote ]+ | inherit |
| bool CSSParser::parseContent(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| auto values = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| |
| while (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current()) { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> parsedValue; |
| if (value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_URI) { |
| // url |
| parsedValue = CSSImageValue::create(completeURL(value->string)); |
| } else if (value->unit == CSSParserValue::Function) { |
| // attr(X) | counter(X [,Y]) | counters(X, Y, [,Z]) | -webkit-gradient(...) |
| CSSParserValueList* args = value->function->args.get(); |
| if (!args) |
| return false; |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value->function->name, "attr(")) { |
| parsedValue = parseAttr(*args); |
| if (!parsedValue) |
| return false; |
| } else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value->function->name, "counter(")) { |
| parsedValue = parseCounterContent(*args, false); |
| if (!parsedValue) |
| return false; |
| } else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value->function->name, "counters(")) { |
| parsedValue = parseCounterContent(*args, true); |
| if (!parsedValue) |
| return false; |
| } else if (isImageSetFunctionValue(*value)) { |
| parsedValue = parseImageSet(); |
| if (!parsedValue) |
| return false; |
| } else if (isGeneratedImageValue(*value)) { |
| if (!parseGeneratedImage(*m_valueList, parsedValue)) |
| return false; |
| } else |
| return false; |
| } else if (value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) { |
| // open-quote |
| // close-quote |
| // no-open-quote |
| // no-close-quote |
| // inherit |
| // FIXME: These are not yet implemented (http://bugs.webkit.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6503). |
| // none |
| // normal |
| switch (value->id) { |
| case CSSValueOpenQuote: |
| case CSSValueCloseQuote: |
| case CSSValueNoOpenQuote: |
| case CSSValueNoCloseQuote: |
| case CSSValueNone: |
| case CSSValueNormal: |
| parsedValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id); |
| break; |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| } else if (value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) { |
| parsedValue = createPrimitiveStringValue(*value); |
| } |
| if (!parsedValue) |
| break; |
| values->append(parsedValue.releaseNonNull()); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| if (values->length()) { |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(values), important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseAttr(CSSParserValueList& args) |
| { |
| if (args.size() != 1) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| CSSParserValue& argument = *args.current(); |
| |
| if (argument.unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| ASSERT(argument.string.length()); |
| |
| // CSS allows identifiers with "-" at the start, like "-webkit-mask-image". |
| // But HTML attribute names can't have those characters, and we should not |
| // even parse them inside attr(). |
| if (argument.string[0] == '-') |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| if (m_context.isHTMLDocument) |
| argument.string.convertToASCIILowercaseInPlace(); |
| |
| // FIXME: Is there some small benefit to creating an AtomicString here instead of a String? |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(String(argument.string), CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_ATTR); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseBackgroundColor() |
| { |
| CSSValueID id = m_valueList->current()->id; |
| if (id == CSSValueWebkitText || isValidSystemColorValue(id) || id == CSSValueMenu || id == CSSValueCurrentcolor |
| || (id >= CSSValueGrey && id < CSSValueWebkitText && inQuirksMode())) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(id); |
| return parseColor(); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFillImage(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSValue>& value) |
| { |
| if (valueList.current()->id == CSSValueNone) { |
| value = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone); |
| return true; |
| } |
| if (valueList.current()->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_URI) { |
| value = CSSImageValue::create(completeURL(valueList.current()->string)); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (isGeneratedImageValue(*valueList.current())) |
| return parseGeneratedImage(valueList, value); |
| |
| if (isImageSetFunctionValue(*valueList.current())) { |
| value = parseImageSet(); |
| if (value) |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parsePositionX(CSSParserValueList& valueList) |
| { |
| int id = valueList.current()->id; |
| if (id == CSSValueLeft || id == CSSValueRight || id == CSSValueCenter) { |
| int percent = 0; |
| if (id == CSSValueRight) |
| percent = 100; |
| else if (id == CSSValueCenter) |
| percent = 50; |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(percent, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE); |
| } |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*valueList.current()); |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FPercent | FLength)) |
| return createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parsePositionY(CSSParserValueList& valueList) |
| { |
| int id = valueList.current()->id; |
| if (id == CSSValueTop || id == CSSValueBottom || id == CSSValueCenter) { |
| int percent = 0; |
| if (id == CSSValueBottom) |
| percent = 100; |
| else if (id == CSSValueCenter) |
| percent = 50; |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(percent, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE); |
| } |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*valueList.current()); |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FPercent | FLength)) |
| return createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseFillPositionComponent(CSSParserValueList& valueList, unsigned& cumulativeFlags, FillPositionFlag& individualFlag, FillPositionParsingMode parsingMode) |
| { |
| CSSValueID id = valueList.current()->id; |
| if (id == CSSValueLeft || id == CSSValueTop || id == CSSValueRight || id == CSSValueBottom || id == CSSValueCenter) { |
| int percent = 0; |
| if (id == CSSValueLeft || id == CSSValueRight) { |
| if (cumulativeFlags & XFillPosition) |
| return nullptr; |
| cumulativeFlags |= XFillPosition; |
| individualFlag = XFillPosition; |
| if (id == CSSValueRight) |
| percent = 100; |
| } |
| else if (id == CSSValueTop || id == CSSValueBottom) { |
| if (cumulativeFlags & YFillPosition) |
| return nullptr; |
| cumulativeFlags |= YFillPosition; |
| individualFlag = YFillPosition; |
| if (id == CSSValueBottom) |
| percent = 100; |
| } else if (id == CSSValueCenter) { |
| // Center is ambiguous, so we're not sure which position we've found yet, an x or a y. |
| percent = 50; |
| cumulativeFlags |= AmbiguousFillPosition; |
| individualFlag = AmbiguousFillPosition; |
| } |
| |
| if (parsingMode == ResolveValuesAsKeyword) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(id); |
| |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(percent, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE); |
| } |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*valueList.current()); |
| if (!validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FPercent | FLength)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| if (!cumulativeFlags) { |
| cumulativeFlags |= XFillPosition; |
| individualFlag = XFillPosition; |
| } else if (cumulativeFlags & (XFillPosition | AmbiguousFillPosition)) { |
| cumulativeFlags |= YFillPosition; |
| individualFlag = YFillPosition; |
| } else |
| return nullptr; |
| return createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| } |
| |
| static bool isValueConflictingWithCurrentEdge(int value1, int value2) |
| { |
| if ((value1 == CSSValueLeft || value1 == CSSValueRight) && (value2 == CSSValueLeft || value2 == CSSValueRight)) |
| return true; |
| |
| if ((value1 == CSSValueTop || value1 == CSSValueBottom) && (value2 == CSSValueTop || value2 == CSSValueBottom)) |
| return true; |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| static bool isFillPositionKeyword(CSSValueID value) |
| { |
| return value == CSSValueLeft || value == CSSValueTop || value == CSSValueBottom || value == CSSValueRight || value == CSSValueCenter; |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::parse4ValuesFillPosition(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value1, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value2, Ref<CSSPrimitiveValue>&& parsedValue1, Ref<CSSPrimitiveValue>&& parsedValue2) |
| { |
| // [ left | right ] [ <percentage] | <length> ] && [ top | bottom ] [ <percentage> | <length> ] |
| // In the case of 4 values <position> requires the second value to be a length or a percentage. |
| if (isFillPositionKeyword(parsedValue2->valueID())) |
| return; |
| |
| unsigned cumulativeFlags = 0; |
| FillPositionFlag value3Flag = InvalidFillPosition; |
| auto value3 = parseFillPositionComponent(valueList, cumulativeFlags, value3Flag, ResolveValuesAsKeyword); |
| if (!value3) |
| return; |
| |
| CSSValueID ident1 = parsedValue1->valueID(); |
| CSSValueID ident3 = value3->valueID(); |
| |
| if (ident1 == CSSValueCenter) |
| return; |
| |
| if (!isFillPositionKeyword(ident3) || ident3 == CSSValueCenter) |
| return; |
| |
| // We need to check if the values are not conflicting, e.g. they are not on the same edge. It is |
| // needed as the second call to parseFillPositionComponent was on purpose not checking it. In the |
| // case of two values top 20px is invalid but in the case of 4 values it becomes valid. |
| if (isValueConflictingWithCurrentEdge(ident1, ident3)) |
| return; |
| |
| valueList.next(); |
| |
| cumulativeFlags = 0; |
| FillPositionFlag value4Flag = InvalidFillPosition; |
| auto value4 = parseFillPositionComponent(valueList, cumulativeFlags, value4Flag, ResolveValuesAsKeyword); |
| if (!value4) |
| return; |
| |
| // 4th value must be a length or a percentage. |
| if (isFillPositionKeyword(value4->valueID())) |
| return; |
| |
| value1 = createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(parsedValue1), WTFMove(parsedValue2)); |
| value2 = createPrimitiveValuePair(value3.releaseNonNull(), value4.releaseNonNull()); |
| |
| if (ident1 == CSSValueTop || ident1 == CSSValueBottom) |
| value1.swap(value2); |
| |
| valueList.next(); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::parse3ValuesFillPosition(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value1, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value2, Ref<CSSPrimitiveValue>&& parsedValue1, Ref<CSSPrimitiveValue>&& parsedValue2) |
| { |
| unsigned cumulativeFlags = 0; |
| FillPositionFlag value3Flag = InvalidFillPosition; |
| auto value3 = parseFillPositionComponent(valueList, cumulativeFlags, value3Flag, ResolveValuesAsKeyword); |
| |
| // value3 is not an expected value, we return. |
| if (!value3) |
| return; |
| |
| valueList.next(); |
| |
| bool swapNeeded = false; |
| CSSValueID ident1 = parsedValue1->valueID(); |
| CSSValueID ident2 = parsedValue2->valueID(); |
| CSSValueID ident3 = value3->valueID(); |
| |
| CSSValueID firstPositionKeyword; |
| CSSValueID secondPositionKeyword; |
| |
| auto& cssValuePool = CSSValuePool::singleton(); |
| if (ident1 == CSSValueCenter) { |
| // <position> requires the first 'center' to be followed by a keyword. |
| if (!isFillPositionKeyword(ident2)) |
| return; |
| |
| // If 'center' is the first keyword then the last one needs to be a length. |
| if (isFillPositionKeyword(ident3)) |
| return; |
| |
| firstPositionKeyword = CSSValueLeft; |
| if (ident2 == CSSValueLeft || ident2 == CSSValueRight) { |
| firstPositionKeyword = CSSValueTop; |
| swapNeeded = true; |
| } |
| value1 = createPrimitiveValuePair(cssValuePool.createIdentifierValue(firstPositionKeyword), cssValuePool.createValue(50, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE)); |
| value2 = createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(parsedValue2), value3.copyRef()); |
| } else if (ident3 == CSSValueCenter) { |
| if (isFillPositionKeyword(ident2)) |
| return; |
| |
| secondPositionKeyword = CSSValueTop; |
| if (ident1 == CSSValueTop || ident1 == CSSValueBottom) { |
| secondPositionKeyword = CSSValueLeft; |
| swapNeeded = true; |
| } |
| value1 = createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(parsedValue1), parsedValue2.copyRef()); |
| value2 = createPrimitiveValuePair(cssValuePool.createIdentifierValue(secondPositionKeyword), cssValuePool.createValue(50, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE)); |
| } else { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> firstPositionValue; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> secondPositionValue; |
| |
| if (isFillPositionKeyword(ident2)) { |
| // To match CSS grammar, we should only accept: [ center | left | right | bottom | top ] [ left | right | top | bottom ] [ <percentage> | <length> ]. |
| ASSERT(ident2 != CSSValueCenter); |
| |
| if (isFillPositionKeyword(ident3)) |
| return; |
| |
| secondPositionValue = value3; |
| secondPositionKeyword = ident2; |
| firstPositionValue = cssValuePool.createValue(0, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE); |
| } else { |
| // Per CSS, we should only accept: [ right | left | top | bottom ] [ <percentage> | <length> ] [ center | left | right | bottom | top ]. |
| if (!isFillPositionKeyword(ident3)) |
| return; |
| |
| firstPositionValue = parsedValue2.ptr(); |
| secondPositionKeyword = ident3; |
| secondPositionValue = cssValuePool.createValue(0, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE); |
| } |
| |
| if (isValueConflictingWithCurrentEdge(ident1, secondPositionKeyword)) |
| return; |
| |
| value1 = createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(parsedValue1), firstPositionValue.releaseNonNull()); |
| value2 = createPrimitiveValuePair(cssValuePool.createIdentifierValue(secondPositionKeyword), secondPositionValue.releaseNonNull()); |
| } |
| |
| if (ident1 == CSSValueTop || ident1 == CSSValueBottom || swapNeeded) |
| value1.swap(value2); |
| |
| #ifndef NDEBUG |
| CSSPrimitiveValue& first = *value1; |
| CSSPrimitiveValue& second = *value2; |
| ident1 = first.pairValue()->first()->valueID(); |
| ident2 = second.pairValue()->first()->valueID(); |
| ASSERT(ident1 == CSSValueLeft || ident1 == CSSValueRight); |
| ASSERT(ident2 == CSSValueBottom || ident2 == CSSValueTop); |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| inline bool CSSParser::isPotentialPositionValue(CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| if (isFillPositionKeyword(value.id)) |
| return true; |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(value); |
| return validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FPercent | FLength); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::parseFillPosition(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value1, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value2) |
| { |
| unsigned numberOfValues = 0; |
| for (unsigned i = valueList.currentIndex(); i < valueList.size(); ++i, ++numberOfValues) { |
| CSSParserValue* current = valueList.valueAt(i); |
| if (!current || isComma(current) || isForwardSlashOperator(*current) || !isPotentialPositionValue(*current)) |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (numberOfValues > 4) |
| return; |
| |
| // If we are parsing two values, we can safely call the CSS 2.1 parsing function and return. |
| if (numberOfValues <= 2) { |
| parse2ValuesFillPosition(valueList, value1, value2); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| ASSERT(numberOfValues > 2 && numberOfValues <= 4); |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = valueList.current(); |
| |
| // <position> requires the first value to be a background keyword. |
| if (!isFillPositionKeyword(value->id)) |
| return; |
| |
| // Parse the first value. We're just making sure that it is one of the valid keywords or a percentage/length. |
| unsigned cumulativeFlags = 0; |
| FillPositionFlag value1Flag = InvalidFillPosition; |
| FillPositionFlag value2Flag = InvalidFillPosition; |
| value1 = parseFillPositionComponent(valueList, cumulativeFlags, value1Flag, ResolveValuesAsKeyword); |
| if (!value1) |
| return; |
| |
| value = valueList.next(); |
| |
| // In case we are parsing more than two values, relax the check inside of parseFillPositionComponent. top 20px is |
| // a valid start for <position>. |
| cumulativeFlags = AmbiguousFillPosition; |
| value2 = parseFillPositionComponent(valueList, cumulativeFlags, value2Flag, ResolveValuesAsKeyword); |
| if (value2) |
| valueList.next(); |
| else { |
| value1 = nullptr; |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| auto parsedValue1 = value1.releaseNonNull(); |
| auto parsedValue2 = value2.releaseNonNull(); |
| |
| // Per CSS3 syntax, <position> can't have 'center' as its second keyword as we have more arguments to follow. |
| if (parsedValue2->valueID() == CSSValueCenter) |
| return; |
| |
| if (numberOfValues == 3) |
| parse3ValuesFillPosition(valueList, value1, value2, WTFMove(parsedValue1), WTFMove(parsedValue2)); |
| else |
| parse4ValuesFillPosition(valueList, value1, value2, WTFMove(parsedValue1), WTFMove(parsedValue2)); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::parse2ValuesFillPosition(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value1, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value2) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue* value = valueList.current(); |
| |
| // Parse the first value. We're just making sure that it is one of the valid keywords or a percentage/length. |
| unsigned cumulativeFlags = 0; |
| FillPositionFlag value1Flag = InvalidFillPosition; |
| FillPositionFlag value2Flag = InvalidFillPosition; |
| value1 = parseFillPositionComponent(valueList, cumulativeFlags, value1Flag); |
| if (!value1) |
| return; |
| |
| // It only takes one value for background-position to be correctly parsed if it was specified in a shorthand (since we |
| // can assume that any other values belong to the rest of the shorthand). If we're not parsing a shorthand, though, the |
| // value was explicitly specified for our property. |
| value = valueList.next(); |
| |
| // First check for the comma. If so, we are finished parsing this value or value pair. |
| if (isComma(value)) |
| value = nullptr; |
| |
| if (value) { |
| value2 = parseFillPositionComponent(valueList, cumulativeFlags, value2Flag); |
| if (value2) |
| valueList.next(); |
| else { |
| if (!inShorthand()) { |
| value1 = nullptr; |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!value2) |
| // Only one value was specified. If that value was not a keyword, then it sets the x position, and the y position |
| // is simply 50%. This is our default. |
| // For keywords, the keyword was either an x-keyword (left/right), a y-keyword (top/bottom), or an ambiguous keyword (center). |
| // For left/right/center, the default of 50% in the y is still correct. |
| value2 = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(50, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE); |
| |
| if (value1Flag == YFillPosition || value2Flag == XFillPosition) |
| value1.swap(value2); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::parseFillRepeat(RefPtr<CSSValue>& value1, RefPtr<CSSValue>& value2) |
| { |
| CSSValueID id = m_valueList->current()->id; |
| if (id == CSSValueRepeatX) { |
| m_implicitShorthand = true; |
| value1 = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueRepeat); |
| value2 = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNoRepeat); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return; |
| } |
| if (id == CSSValueRepeatY) { |
| m_implicitShorthand = true; |
| value1 = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNoRepeat); |
| value2 = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueRepeat); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return; |
| } |
| if (id == CSSValueRepeat || id == CSSValueNoRepeat || id == CSSValueRound || id == CSSValueSpace) |
| value1 = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(id); |
| else { |
| value1 = nullptr; |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->next(); |
| |
| // Parse the second value if one is available |
| if (value && !isComma(value)) { |
| id = value->id; |
| if (id == CSSValueRepeat || id == CSSValueNoRepeat || id == CSSValueRound || id == CSSValueSpace) { |
| value2 = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(id); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // If only one value was specified, value2 is the same as value1. |
| m_implicitShorthand = true; |
| value2 = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(downcast<CSSPrimitiveValue>(*value1).valueID()); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseFillSize(CSSPropertyID propId, bool& allowComma) |
| { |
| allowComma = true; |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| |
| if (value->id == CSSValueContain || value->id == CSSValueCover) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id); |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> parsedValue1; |
| |
| if (value->id == CSSValueAuto) |
| parsedValue1 = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAuto); |
| else { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*value); |
| if (!validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent)) |
| return nullptr; |
| parsedValue1 = createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> parsedValue2; |
| if ((value = m_valueList->next())) { |
| if (value->unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && value->iValue == ',') |
| allowComma = false; |
| else if (value->id != CSSValueAuto) { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*value); |
| if (!validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent)) { |
| if (!inShorthand()) |
| return nullptr; |
| // We need to rewind the value list, so that when it is advanced we'll end up back at this value. |
| m_valueList->previous(); |
| } else |
| parsedValue2 = createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| } |
| } else if (!parsedValue2 && propId == CSSPropertyWebkitBackgroundSize) { |
| // For backwards compatibility we set the second value to the first if it is omitted. |
| // We only need to do this for -webkit-background-size. It should be safe to let masks match |
| // the real property. |
| parsedValue2 = parsedValue1; |
| } |
| |
| if (!parsedValue2) |
| return parsedValue1; |
| return createPrimitiveValuePair(parsedValue1.releaseNonNull(), parsedValue2.releaseNonNull(), propId == CSSPropertyWebkitBackgroundSize ? Pair::IdenticalValueEncoding::Coalesce : Pair::IdenticalValueEncoding::DoNotCoalesce); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFillProperty(CSSPropertyID propId, CSSPropertyID& propId1, CSSPropertyID& propId2, |
| RefPtr<CSSValue>& retValue1, RefPtr<CSSValue>& retValue2) |
| { |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> values; |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> values2; |
| CSSParserValue* currentValue; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> value; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> value2; |
| |
| bool allowComma = false; |
| |
| retValue1 = retValue2 = nullptr; |
| propId1 = propId; |
| propId2 = propId; |
| if (propId == CSSPropertyBackgroundPosition) { |
| propId1 = CSSPropertyBackgroundPositionX; |
| propId2 = CSSPropertyBackgroundPositionY; |
| } else if (propId == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPosition) { |
| propId1 = CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPositionX; |
| propId2 = CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPositionY; |
| } else if (propId == CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeat) { |
| propId1 = CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeatX; |
| propId2 = CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeatY; |
| } else if (propId == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeat) { |
| propId1 = CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeatX; |
| propId2 = CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeatY; |
| } |
| |
| while ((currentValue = m_valueList->current())) { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> currValue; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> currValue2; |
| |
| if (allowComma) { |
| if (!isComma(currentValue)) |
| return false; |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| allowComma = false; |
| } else { |
| allowComma = true; |
| switch (propId) { |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundColor: |
| currValue = parseBackgroundColor(); |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundAttachment: |
| if (currentValue->id == CSSValueScroll || currentValue->id == CSSValueFixed || currentValue->id == CSSValueLocal) { |
| currValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(currentValue->id); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundImage: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskImage: |
| if (parseFillImage(*m_valueList, currValue)) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBackgroundClip: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBackgroundOrigin: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskClip: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskOrigin: |
| // The first three values here are deprecated and do not apply to the version of the property that has |
| // the -webkit- prefix removed. |
| if (currentValue->id == CSSValueBorder || currentValue->id == CSSValuePadding || currentValue->id == CSSValueContent |
| || currentValue->id == CSSValueBorderBox || currentValue->id == CSSValuePaddingBox || currentValue->id == CSSValueContentBox |
| || ((propId == CSSPropertyWebkitBackgroundClip || propId == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskClip) |
| && (currentValue->id == CSSValueText || currentValue->id == CSSValueWebkitText))) { |
| currValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(currentValue->id); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundClip: |
| if (parseBackgroundClip(*currentValue, currValue)) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundOrigin: |
| if (currentValue->id == CSSValueBorderBox || currentValue->id == CSSValuePaddingBox || currentValue->id == CSSValueContentBox) { |
| currValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(currentValue->id); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundPosition: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPosition: { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> value1; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> value2; |
| parseFillPosition(*m_valueList, value1, value2); |
| currValue = WTFMove(value1); |
| currValue2 = WTFMove(value2); |
| // parseFillPosition advances the m_valueList pointer. |
| break; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundPositionX: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPositionX: { |
| currValue = parsePositionX(*m_valueList); |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundPositionY: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskPositionY: { |
| currValue = parsePositionY(*m_valueList); |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBackgroundComposite: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskComposite: |
| if (currentValue->id >= CSSValueClear && currentValue->id <= CSSValuePlusLighter) { |
| currValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(currentValue->id); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundBlendMode: |
| if (currentValue->id == CSSValueNormal || currentValue->id == CSSValueMultiply |
| || currentValue->id == CSSValueScreen || currentValue->id == CSSValueOverlay || currentValue->id == CSSValueDarken |
| || currentValue->id == CSSValueLighten || currentValue->id == CSSValueColorDodge || currentValue->id == CSSValueColorBurn |
| || currentValue->id == CSSValueHardLight || currentValue->id == CSSValueSoftLight || currentValue->id == CSSValueDifference |
| || currentValue->id == CSSValueExclusion) { |
| currValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(currentValue->id); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundRepeat: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskRepeat: |
| parseFillRepeat(currValue, currValue2); |
| // parseFillRepeat advances the m_valueList pointer |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyBackgroundSize: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitBackgroundSize: |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskSize: { |
| currValue = parseFillSize(propId, allowComma); |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitMaskSourceType: { |
| if (currentValue->id == CSSValueAuto || currentValue->id == CSSValueAlpha || currentValue->id == CSSValueLuminance) { |
| currValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(currentValue->id); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } else |
| currValue = nullptr; |
| break; |
| } |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| if (!currValue) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (value && !values) { |
| values = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| values->append(value.releaseNonNull()); |
| } |
| |
| if (value2 && !values2) { |
| values2 = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| values2->append(value2.releaseNonNull()); |
| } |
| |
| if (values) |
| values->append(currValue.releaseNonNull()); |
| else |
| value = WTFMove(currValue); |
| if (currValue2) { |
| if (values2) |
| values2->append(currValue2.releaseNonNull()); |
| else |
| value2 = WTFMove(currValue2); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // When parsing any fill shorthand property, we let it handle building up the lists for all |
| // properties. |
| if (inShorthand()) |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (values && values->length()) { |
| retValue1 = WTFMove(values); |
| if (values2 && values2->length()) |
| retValue2 = WTFMove(values2); |
| return true; |
| } |
| if (value) { |
| retValue1 = WTFMove(value); |
| retValue2 = WTFMove(value2); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseAnimationDelay() |
| { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->current()); |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FTime)) |
| return createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseAnimationDirection() |
| { |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value->id == CSSValueNormal || value->id == CSSValueAlternate || value->id == CSSValueReverse || value->id == CSSValueAlternateReverse) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseAnimationDuration() |
| { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->current()); |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FTime | FNonNeg)) |
| return createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseAnimationFillMode() |
| { |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value->id == CSSValueNone || value->id == CSSValueForwards || value->id == CSSValueBackwards || value->id == CSSValueBoth) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseAnimationIterationCount() |
| { |
| CSSParserValue& value = *m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value.id == CSSValueInfinite) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value.id); |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(value); |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FNumber | FNonNeg)) |
| return createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseAnimationName() |
| { |
| CSSParserValue& value = *m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING || value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) { |
| if (value.id == CSSValueNone || (value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value, "none"))) { |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone); |
| } |
| return createPrimitiveStringValue(value); |
| } |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseAnimationPlayState() |
| { |
| CSSParserValue& value = *m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value.id == CSSValueRunning || value.id == CSSValuePaused) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value.id); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_ANIMATIONS_LEVEL_2) |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> CSSParser::parseAnimationTrigger() |
| { |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value->id == CSSValueAuto) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAuto); |
| |
| if (value->unit != CSSParserValue::Function) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| CSSParserValueList* args = value->function->args.get(); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value->function->name, "container-scroll(")) { |
| if (!args || (args->size() != 1 && args->size() != 3)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args->current(); |
| ValueWithCalculation firstArgumentWithCalculation(*argument); |
| if (!validateUnit(firstArgumentWithCalculation, FLength)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto startValue = createPrimitiveNumericValue(firstArgumentWithCalculation); |
| |
| argument = args->next(); |
| |
| if (!argument) |
| return CSSAnimationTriggerScrollValue::create(WTFMove(startValue)); |
| |
| if (!isComma(argument)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| argument = args->next(); |
| ValueWithCalculation secondArgumentWithCalculation(*argument); |
| if (!validateUnit(secondArgumentWithCalculation, FLength)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto endValue = createPrimitiveNumericValue(secondArgumentWithCalculation); |
| |
| return CSSAnimationTriggerScrollValue::create(WTFMove(startValue), WTFMove(endValue)); |
| } |
| |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseAnimationProperty(AnimationParseContext& context) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue& value = *m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value.unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return nullptr; |
| CSSPropertyID result = cssPropertyID(value.string); |
| if (result && result != CSSPropertyAll) // "all" value in animation is not equivalent to the all property. |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(result); |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value, "all")) { |
| context.sawAnimationPropertyKeyword(); |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAll); |
| } |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value, "none")) { |
| context.commitAnimationPropertyKeyword(); |
| context.sawAnimationPropertyKeyword(); |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone); |
| } |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| /* static */ |
| Vector<double> CSSParser::parseKeyframeSelector(const String& selector) { |
| Vector<double> keys; |
| Vector<String> strings; |
| selector.split(',', strings); |
| |
| keys.reserveInitialCapacity(strings.size()); |
| for (size_t i = 0; i < strings.size(); ++i) { |
| double key = -1; |
| String cur = strings[i].stripWhiteSpace(); |
| |
| // For now the syntax MUST be 'xxx%' or 'from' or 'to', where xxx is a legal floating point number |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(cur, "from")) |
| key = 0; |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(cur, "to")) |
| key = 1; |
| else if (cur.endsWith('%')) { |
| double k = cur.substring(0, cur.length() - 1).toDouble(); |
| if (k >= 0 && k <= 100) |
| key = k / 100; |
| } |
| if (key < 0) { |
| keys.clear(); |
| break; |
| } |
| keys.uncheckedAppend(key); |
| } |
| |
| return keys; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseTransformOriginShorthand(RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value1, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value2, RefPtr<CSSValue>& value3) |
| { |
| parse2ValuesFillPosition(*m_valueList, value1, value2); |
| |
| // now get z |
| if (m_valueList->current()) { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->current()); |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength)) { |
| value3 = createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| value3 = CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::isSpringTimingFunctionEnabled() const |
| { |
| return m_context.springTimingFunctionEnabled; |
| } |
| |
| Optional<double> CSSParser::parseCubicBezierTimingFunctionValue(CSSParserValueList& args) |
| { |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*args.current()); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FNumber)) |
| return Nullopt; |
| Optional<double> result = parsedDouble(argumentWithCalculation); |
| CSSParserValue* nextValue = args.next(); |
| if (!nextValue) { |
| // The last number in the function has no comma after it, so we're done. |
| return result; |
| } |
| if (!isComma(nextValue)) |
| return Nullopt; |
| args.next(); |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| Optional<double> CSSParser::parseSpringTimingFunctionValue(CSSParserValueList& args) |
| { |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*args.current()); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FNumber)) |
| return Nullopt; |
| Optional<double> result = parsedDouble(argumentWithCalculation); |
| args.next(); |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> CSSParser::parseAnimationTimingFunction() |
| { |
| CSSParserValue& value = *m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value.id == CSSValueEase || value.id == CSSValueLinear || value.id == CSSValueEaseIn || value.id == CSSValueEaseOut |
| || value.id == CSSValueEaseInOut || value.id == CSSValueStepStart || value.id == CSSValueStepEnd) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value.id); |
| |
| // We must be a function. |
| if (value.unit != CSSParserValue::Function) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| CSSParserValueList* args = value.function->args.get(); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "steps(")) { |
| // For steps, 1 or 2 params must be specified (comma-separated) |
| if (!args || (args->size() != 1 && args->size() != 3)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // There are two values. |
| int numSteps; |
| bool stepAtStart = false; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args->current(); |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*argument); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FInteger)) |
| return nullptr; |
| numSteps = clampToInteger(parsedDouble(argumentWithCalculation)); |
| if (numSteps < 1) |
| return nullptr; |
| argument = args->next(); |
| |
| if (argument) { |
| // There is a comma so we need to parse the second value |
| if (!isComma(argument)) |
| return nullptr; |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (argument->id != CSSValueStart && argument->id != CSSValueEnd) |
| return nullptr; |
| stepAtStart = argument->id == CSSValueStart; |
| } |
| |
| return CSSStepsTimingFunctionValue::create(numSteps, stepAtStart); |
| } |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "cubic-bezier(")) { |
| // For cubic bezier, 4 values must be specified (comma-separated). |
| if (!args || args->size() != 7) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // There are two points specified. The x values must be between 0 and 1 but the y values can exceed this range. |
| |
| auto x1 = parseCubicBezierTimingFunctionValue(*args); |
| if (!x1 || x1.value() < 0 || x1.value() > 1) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto y1 = parseCubicBezierTimingFunctionValue(*args); |
| if (!y1) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto x2 = parseCubicBezierTimingFunctionValue(*args); |
| if (!x2 || x2.value() < 0 || x2.value() > 1) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto y2 = parseCubicBezierTimingFunctionValue(*args); |
| if (!y2) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| return CSSCubicBezierTimingFunctionValue::create(x1.value(), y1.value(), x2.value(), y2.value()); |
| } |
| |
| if (isSpringTimingFunctionEnabled() && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "spring(")) { |
| // For a spring, 4 values must be specified (space-separated). |
| // FIXME: Make the arguments all optional. |
| if (!args || args->size() != 4) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // Mass must be greater than 0. |
| auto mass = parseSpringTimingFunctionValue(*args); |
| if (!mass || mass.value() <= 0) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // Stiffness must be greater than 0. |
| auto stiffness = parseSpringTimingFunctionValue(*args); |
| if (!stiffness || stiffness.value() <= 0) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // Damping coefficient must be greater than or equal to 0. |
| auto damping = parseSpringTimingFunctionValue(*args); |
| if (!damping || damping.value() < 0) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // Initial velocity may have any value. |
| auto initialVelocity = parseSpringTimingFunctionValue(*args); |
| if (!initialVelocity) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| return CSSSpringTimingFunctionValue::create(mass.value(), stiffness.value(), damping.value(), initialVelocity.value()); |
| } |
| |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseAnimationProperty(CSSPropertyID propId, RefPtr<CSSValue>& result, AnimationParseContext& context) |
| { |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> values; |
| CSSParserValue* val; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> value; |
| bool allowComma = false; |
| |
| result = nullptr; |
| |
| while ((val = m_valueList->current())) { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> currValue; |
| if (allowComma) { |
| if (!isComma(val)) |
| return false; |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| allowComma = false; |
| } |
| else { |
| switch (propId) { |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationDelay: |
| case CSSPropertyTransitionDelay: |
| currValue = parseAnimationDelay(); |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationDirection: |
| currValue = parseAnimationDirection(); |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationDuration: |
| case CSSPropertyTransitionDuration: |
| currValue = parseAnimationDuration(); |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationFillMode: |
| currValue = parseAnimationFillMode(); |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationIterationCount: |
| currValue = parseAnimationIterationCount(); |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationName: |
| currValue = parseAnimationName(); |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationPlayState: |
| currValue = parseAnimationPlayState(); |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyTransitionProperty: |
| currValue = parseAnimationProperty(context); |
| if (value && !context.animationPropertyKeywordAllowed()) |
| return false; |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyAnimationTimingFunction: |
| case CSSPropertyTransitionTimingFunction: |
| currValue = parseAnimationTimingFunction(); |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_ANIMATIONS_LEVEL_2) |
| case CSSPropertyWebkitAnimationTrigger: |
| currValue = parseAnimationTrigger(); |
| if (currValue) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| #endif |
| default: |
| ASSERT_NOT_REACHED(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (!currValue) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (value && !values) { |
| values = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| values->append(value.releaseNonNull()); |
| } |
| |
| if (values) |
| values->append(currValue.releaseNonNull()); |
| else |
| value = WTFMove(currValue); |
| |
| allowComma = true; |
| } |
| |
| // When parsing the 'transition' shorthand property, we let it handle building up the lists for all |
| // properties. |
| if (inShorthand()) |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (values && values->length()) { |
| result = WTFMove(values); |
| return true; |
| } |
| if (value) { |
| result = WTFMove(value); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) |
| static inline bool isValidGridPositionCustomIdent(const CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| return value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT && value.id != CSSValueSpan && value.id != CSSValueAuto; |
| } |
| |
| // The function parses [ <integer> || <custom-ident> ] in <grid-line> (which can be stand alone or with 'span'). |
| bool CSSParser::parseIntegerOrCustomIdentFromGridPosition(RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& numericValue, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& gridLineName) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->current()); |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FInteger) && valueWithCalculation.value().fValue) { |
| numericValue = createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| CSSParserValue* nextValue = m_valueList->next(); |
| if (nextValue && isValidGridPositionCustomIdent(*nextValue)) { |
| gridLineName = createPrimitiveStringValue(*nextValue); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (isValidGridPositionCustomIdent(valueWithCalculation)) { |
| gridLineName = createPrimitiveStringValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| if (CSSParserValue* nextValue = m_valueList->next()) { |
| ValueWithCalculation nextValueWithCalculation(*nextValue); |
| if (validateUnit(nextValueWithCalculation, FInteger) && nextValueWithCalculation.value().fValue) { |
| numericValue = createPrimitiveNumericValue(nextValueWithCalculation); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> CSSParser::parseGridPosition() |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value->id == CSSValueAuto) { |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAuto); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> numericValue; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> gridLineName; |
| bool hasSeenSpanKeyword = false; |
| |
| if (value->id == CSSValueSpan) { |
| hasSeenSpanKeyword = true; |
| if (auto* nextValue = m_valueList->next()) { |
| if (!isForwardSlashOperator(*nextValue) && !parseIntegerOrCustomIdentFromGridPosition(numericValue, gridLineName)) |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| } else if (parseIntegerOrCustomIdentFromGridPosition(numericValue, gridLineName)) { |
| value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value && value->id == CSSValueSpan) { |
| hasSeenSpanKeyword = true; |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Check that we have consumed all the value list. For shorthands, the parser will pass |
| // the whole value list (including the opposite position). |
| if (m_valueList->current() && !isForwardSlashOperator(*m_valueList->current())) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // If we didn't parse anything, this is not a valid grid position. |
| if (!hasSeenSpanKeyword && !gridLineName && !numericValue) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // If we have "span" keyword alone is invalid. |
| if (hasSeenSpanKeyword && !gridLineName && !numericValue) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // Negative numbers are not allowed for span (but are for <integer>). |
| if (hasSeenSpanKeyword && numericValue && numericValue->intValue() < 0) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // For the <custom-ident> case. |
| if (gridLineName && !numericValue && !hasSeenSpanKeyword) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(gridLineName->stringValue(), CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING); |
| |
| auto values = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| if (hasSeenSpanKeyword) |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueSpan)); |
| if (numericValue) |
| values->append(numericValue.releaseNonNull()); |
| if (gridLineName) |
| values->append(gridLineName.releaseNonNull()); |
| ASSERT(values->length()); |
| return WTFMove(values); |
| } |
| |
| static Ref<CSSValue> gridMissingGridPositionValue(CSSValue& value) |
| { |
| if (is<CSSPrimitiveValue>(value) && downcast<CSSPrimitiveValue>(value).isString()) |
| return value; |
| |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAuto); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseGridItemPositionShorthand(CSSPropertyID shorthandId, bool important) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, shorthandId); |
| const StylePropertyShorthand& shorthand = shorthandForProperty(shorthandId); |
| ASSERT(shorthand.length() == 2); |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> startValue = parseGridPosition(); |
| if (!startValue) |
| return false; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> endValue; |
| if (m_valueList->current()) { |
| if (!isForwardSlashOperator(*m_valueList->current())) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (!m_valueList->next()) |
| return false; |
| |
| endValue = parseGridPosition(); |
| if (!endValue || m_valueList->current()) |
| return false; |
| } else |
| endValue = gridMissingGridPositionValue(*startValue); |
| |
| addProperty(shorthand.properties()[0], startValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| addProperty(shorthand.properties()[1], endValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseGridGapShorthand(bool important) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, CSSPropertyGridGap); |
| ASSERT(shorthandForProperty(CSSPropertyGridGap).length() == 2); |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation rowValueWithCalculation(*value); |
| if (!validateUnit(rowValueWithCalculation, FLength | FNonNeg)) |
| return false; |
| |
| auto rowGap = createPrimitiveNumericValue(rowValueWithCalculation); |
| |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| if (!value) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridColumnGap, rowGap.copyRef(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridRowGap, WTFMove(rowGap), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation columnValueWithCalculation(*value); |
| if (!validateUnit(columnValueWithCalculation, FLength | FNonNeg)) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (m_valueList->next()) |
| return false; |
| |
| auto columnGap = createPrimitiveNumericValue(columnValueWithCalculation); |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridRowGap, WTFMove(rowGap), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridColumnGap, WTFMove(columnGap), important); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> CSSParser::parseGridTemplateColumns(TrackListType trackListType) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| if (!(m_valueList->current() && isForwardSlashOperator(*m_valueList->current()) && m_valueList->next())) |
| return nullptr; |
| if (auto columnsValue = parseGridTrackList(trackListType)) { |
| if (m_valueList->current()) |
| return nullptr; |
| return columnsValue; |
| } |
| |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseGridTemplateRowsAndAreasAndColumns(bool important) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| // At least template-areas strings must be defined. |
| if (!m_valueList->current() || isForwardSlashOperator(*m_valueList->current())) |
| return false; |
| |
| NamedGridAreaMap gridAreaMap; |
| unsigned rowCount = 0; |
| unsigned columnCount = 0; |
| bool trailingIdentWasAdded = false; |
| auto templateRows = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| |
| while (m_valueList->current() && !isForwardSlashOperator(*m_valueList->current())) { |
| // Handle leading <custom-ident>*. |
| if (m_valueList->current()->unit == CSSParserValue::ValueList) { |
| if (trailingIdentWasAdded) { |
| // A row's trailing ident must be concatenated with the next row's leading one. |
| parseGridLineNames(*m_valueList, templateRows, downcast<CSSGridLineNamesValue>(templateRows->item(templateRows->length() - 1))); |
| } else |
| parseGridLineNames(*m_valueList, templateRows); |
| } |
| |
| // Handle a template-area's row. |
| if (!parseGridTemplateAreasRow(gridAreaMap, rowCount, columnCount)) |
| return false; |
| ++rowCount; |
| |
| // Handle template-rows's track-size. |
| if (m_valueList->current() && m_valueList->current()->unit != CSSParserValue::Operator && m_valueList->current()->unit != CSSParserValue::ValueList && m_valueList->current()->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> value = parseGridTrackSize(*m_valueList); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| templateRows->append(value.releaseNonNull()); |
| } else |
| templateRows->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAuto)); |
| |
| // This will handle the trailing/leading <custom-ident>* in the grammar. |
| trailingIdentWasAdded = false; |
| if (m_valueList->current() && m_valueList->current()->unit == CSSParserValue::ValueList) |
| trailingIdentWasAdded = parseGridLineNames(*m_valueList, templateRows); |
| } |
| |
| // [/ <explicit-track-list> ]? |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> templateColumns; |
| if (m_valueList->current()) { |
| ASSERT(isForwardSlashOperator(*m_valueList->current())); |
| templateColumns = parseGridTemplateColumns(GridTemplateNoRepeat); |
| if (!templateColumns) |
| return false; |
| // The template-columns <track-list> can't be 'none'. |
| if (templateColumns->isPrimitiveValue() && downcast<CSSPrimitiveValue>(*templateColumns).valueID() == CSSValueNone) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplateRows, WTFMove(templateRows), important); |
| if (templateColumns) |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplateColumns, templateColumns.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| else |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplateColumns, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplateAreas, CSSGridTemplateAreasValue::create(gridAreaMap, rowCount, columnCount), important); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseGridTemplateShorthand(bool important) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, CSSPropertyGridTemplate); |
| ASSERT(shorthandForProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplate).length() == 3); |
| |
| // At least "none" must be defined. |
| if (!m_valueList->current()) |
| return false; |
| |
| bool firstValueIsNone = m_valueList->current()->id == CSSValueNone; |
| |
| // 1- 'none' case. |
| if (firstValueIsNone && !m_valueList->next()) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplateColumns, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplateRows, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplateAreas, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // 2- <grid-template-rows> / <grid-template-columns> syntax. |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> rowsValue; |
| if (firstValueIsNone) |
| rowsValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone); |
| else |
| rowsValue = parseGridTrackList(GridTemplate); |
| |
| if (rowsValue) { |
| auto columnsValue = parseGridTemplateColumns(); |
| if (!columnsValue) |
| return false; |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplateColumns, columnsValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplateRows, rowsValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplateAreas, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| |
| // 3- [<line-names>? <string> <track-size>? <line-names>? ]+ syntax. |
| // It requires to rewind parsing due to previous syntax failures. |
| m_valueList->setCurrentIndex(0); |
| return parseGridTemplateRowsAndAreasAndColumns(important); |
| } |
| |
| static RefPtr<CSSValue> parseImplicitAutoFlow(CSSParserValueList& inputList, Ref<CSSPrimitiveValue>&& flowDirection) |
| { |
| // [ auto-flow && dense? ] |
| auto value = inputList.current(); |
| if (!value) |
| return nullptr; |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| list->append(WTFMove(flowDirection)); |
| if (value->id == CSSValueAutoFlow) { |
| value = inputList.next(); |
| if (value && value->id == CSSValueDense) { |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueDense)); |
| inputList.next(); |
| } |
| } else { |
| if (value->id != CSSValueDense) |
| return nullptr; |
| value = inputList.next(); |
| if (!value || value->id != CSSValueAutoFlow) |
| return nullptr; |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueDense)); |
| inputList.next(); |
| } |
| |
| return WTFMove(list); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseGridShorthand(bool important) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, CSSPropertyGrid); |
| ASSERT(shorthandForProperty(CSSPropertyGrid).length() == 8); |
| |
| // 1- <grid-template> |
| if (parseGridTemplateShorthand(important)) { |
| // It can only be specified the explicit or the implicit grid properties in a single grid declaration. |
| // The sub-properties not specified are set to their initial value, as normal for shorthands. |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridAutoFlow, CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridAutoColumns, CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridAutoRows, CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridColumnGap, CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridRowGap, CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // Need to rewind parsing to explore the alternative syntax of this shorthand. |
| m_valueList->setCurrentIndex(0); |
| auto value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> autoColumnsValue; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> autoRowsValue; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> templateRows; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> templateColumns; |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> gridAutoFlow; |
| if (value->id == CSSValueDense || value->id == CSSValueAutoFlow) { |
| // 2- [ auto-flow && dense? ] <grid-auto-rows>? / <grid-template-columns> |
| gridAutoFlow = parseImplicitAutoFlow(*m_valueList, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueRow)); |
| if (!gridAutoFlow) |
| return false; |
| if (!m_valueList->current()) |
| return false; |
| if (isForwardSlashOperator(*m_valueList->current())) |
| autoRowsValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(); |
| else { |
| autoRowsValue = parseGridTrackList(GridAuto); |
| if (!autoRowsValue) |
| return false; |
| if (!(m_valueList->current() && isForwardSlashOperator(*m_valueList->current()))) |
| return false; |
| } |
| if (!m_valueList->next()) |
| return false; |
| templateColumns = parseGridTrackList(GridTemplate); |
| if (!templateColumns) |
| return false; |
| templateRows = CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(); |
| autoColumnsValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(); |
| } else { |
| // 3- <grid-template-rows> / [ auto-flow && dense? ] <grid-auto-columns>? |
| templateRows = parseGridTrackList(GridTemplate); |
| if (!templateRows) |
| return false; |
| if (!(m_valueList->current() && isForwardSlashOperator(*m_valueList->current()))) |
| return false; |
| if (!m_valueList->next()) |
| return false; |
| gridAutoFlow = parseImplicitAutoFlow(*m_valueList, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueColumn)); |
| if (!gridAutoFlow) |
| return false; |
| if (!m_valueList->current()) |
| autoColumnsValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(); |
| else { |
| autoColumnsValue = parseGridTrackList(GridAuto); |
| if (!autoColumnsValue) |
| return false; |
| } |
| templateColumns = CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(); |
| autoRowsValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(); |
| } |
| |
| if (m_valueList->current()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // It can only be specified the explicit or the implicit grid properties in a single grid declaration. |
| // The sub-properties not specified are set to their initial value, as normal for shorthands. |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplateColumns, templateColumns.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplateRows, templateRows.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridTemplateAreas, CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridAutoFlow, gridAutoFlow.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridAutoColumns, autoColumnsValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridAutoRows, autoRowsValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridColumnGap, CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridRowGap, CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(), important); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseGridAreaShorthand(bool important) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, CSSPropertyGridArea); |
| ASSERT(shorthandForProperty(CSSPropertyGridArea).length() == 4); |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> rowStartValue = parseGridPosition(); |
| if (!rowStartValue) |
| return false; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> columnStartValue; |
| if (!parseSingleGridAreaLonghand(columnStartValue)) |
| return false; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> rowEndValue; |
| if (!parseSingleGridAreaLonghand(rowEndValue)) |
| return false; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> columnEndValue; |
| if (!parseSingleGridAreaLonghand(columnEndValue)) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (!columnStartValue) |
| columnStartValue = gridMissingGridPositionValue(*rowStartValue); |
| |
| if (!rowEndValue) |
| rowEndValue = gridMissingGridPositionValue(*rowStartValue); |
| |
| if (!columnEndValue) |
| columnEndValue = gridMissingGridPositionValue(*columnStartValue); |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridRowStart, rowStartValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridColumnStart, columnStartValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridRowEnd, rowEndValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyGridColumnEnd, columnEndValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseSingleGridAreaLonghand(RefPtr<CSSValue>& property) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| if (!m_valueList->current()) |
| return true; |
| |
| if (!isForwardSlashOperator(*m_valueList->current())) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (!m_valueList->next()) |
| return false; |
| |
| property = parseGridPosition(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseGridLineNames(CSSParserValueList& inputList, CSSValueList& valueList, CSSGridLineNamesValue* previousNamedAreaTrailingLineNames) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| ASSERT(inputList.current() && inputList.current()->unit == CSSParserValue::ValueList); |
| |
| CSSParserValueList& identList = *inputList.current()->valueList; |
| if (!identList.size()) { |
| inputList.next(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // Need to ensure the identList is at the heading index, since the parserList might have been rewound. |
| identList.setCurrentIndex(0); |
| Ref<CSSGridLineNamesValue> lineNames = previousNamedAreaTrailingLineNames ? Ref<CSSGridLineNamesValue>(*previousNamedAreaTrailingLineNames) : CSSGridLineNamesValue::create(); |
| while (CSSParserValue* identValue = identList.current()) { |
| ASSERT(identValue->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT); |
| lineNames->append(createPrimitiveStringValue(*identValue)); |
| identList.next(); |
| } |
| if (!previousNamedAreaTrailingLineNames) |
| valueList.append(WTFMove(lineNames)); |
| |
| inputList.next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| static bool isGridTrackFixedSized(const CSSPrimitiveValue& value) |
| { |
| CSSValueID valueID = value.valueID(); |
| if (valueID == CSSValueWebkitMinContent || valueID == CSSValueWebkitMaxContent || valueID == CSSValueAuto || value.isFlex()) |
| return false; |
| |
| ASSERT(value.isLength() || value.isPercentage() || value.isCalculated()); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| static bool isGridTrackFixedSized(const CSSValue& value) |
| { |
| if (value.isPrimitiveValue()) |
| return isGridTrackFixedSized(downcast<CSSPrimitiveValue>(value)); |
| |
| ASSERT(value.isFunctionValue()); |
| auto& arguments = *downcast<CSSFunctionValue>(value).arguments(); |
| // fit-content |
| if (arguments.length() == 1) |
| return false; |
| |
| ASSERT(arguments.length() == 2); |
| auto& min = downcast<CSSPrimitiveValue>(*arguments.itemWithoutBoundsCheck(0)); |
| auto& max = downcast<CSSPrimitiveValue>(*arguments.itemWithoutBoundsCheck(1)); |
| return isGridTrackFixedSized(min) || isGridTrackFixedSized(max); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> CSSParser::parseGridTrackList(TrackListType trackListType) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value->id == CSSValueNone) { |
| if (trackListType == GridAuto) |
| return nullptr; |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone); |
| } |
| |
| auto values = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| // Handle leading <custom-ident>*. |
| value = m_valueList->current(); |
| bool allowGridLineNames = trackListType != GridAuto; |
| if (value && value->unit == CSSParserValue::ValueList) { |
| if (!allowGridLineNames) |
| return nullptr; |
| parseGridLineNames(*m_valueList, values); |
| } |
| |
| bool seenTrackSizeOrRepeatFunction = false; |
| bool seenAutoRepeat = false; |
| bool allTracksAreFixedSized = true; |
| bool repeatAllowed = trackListType == GridTemplate; |
| while (CSSParserValue* currentValue = m_valueList->current()) { |
| if (isForwardSlashOperator(*currentValue)) |
| break; |
| if (currentValue->unit == CSSParserValue::Function && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(currentValue->function->name, "repeat(")) { |
| if (!repeatAllowed) |
| return nullptr; |
| bool isAutoRepeat; |
| if (!parseGridTrackRepeatFunction(values, isAutoRepeat, allTracksAreFixedSized)) |
| return nullptr; |
| if (isAutoRepeat && seenAutoRepeat) |
| return nullptr; |
| seenAutoRepeat = seenAutoRepeat || isAutoRepeat; |
| } else { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> value = parseGridTrackSize(*m_valueList); |
| if (!value) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| allTracksAreFixedSized = allTracksAreFixedSized && isGridTrackFixedSized(*value); |
| values->append(value.releaseNonNull()); |
| } |
| seenTrackSizeOrRepeatFunction = true; |
| |
| if (seenAutoRepeat && !allTracksAreFixedSized) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // This will handle the trailing <custom-ident>* in the grammar. |
| value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value && value->unit == CSSParserValue::ValueList) { |
| if (!allowGridLineNames) |
| return nullptr; |
| parseGridLineNames(*m_valueList, values); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!seenTrackSizeOrRepeatFunction) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| return WTFMove(values); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseGridTrackRepeatFunction(CSSValueList& list, bool& isAutoRepeat, bool& allTracksAreFixedSized) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| CSSParserValueList* arguments = m_valueList->current()->function->args.get(); |
| if (!arguments || arguments->size() < 3 || !isComma(arguments->valueAt(1))) |
| return false; |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation firstValueWithCalculation(*arguments->valueAt(0)); |
| CSSValueID firstValueID = firstValueWithCalculation.value().id; |
| isAutoRepeat = firstValueID == CSSValueAutoFill || firstValueID == CSSValueAutoFit; |
| if (!isAutoRepeat && !validateUnit(firstValueWithCalculation, FPositiveInteger)) |
| return false; |
| |
| // If arguments->valueAt(0)->fValue > SIZE_MAX then repetitions becomes 0 during the type casting, that's why we |
| // clamp it down to kGridMaxTracks before the type casting. |
| // The number of repetitions for <auto-repeat> is not important at parsing level |
| // because it will be computed later, let's set it to 1. |
| unsigned repetitions = isAutoRepeat ? 1 : clampTo<unsigned>(parsedDouble(firstValueWithCalculation), 0, kGridMaxTracks); |
| |
| Ref<CSSValueList> repeatedValues = isAutoRepeat ? Ref<CSSValueList>(CSSGridAutoRepeatValue::create(firstValueID)) : CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| arguments->next(); // Skip the repetition count. |
| arguments->next(); // Skip the comma. |
| |
| // Handle leading <custom-ident>*. |
| CSSParserValue* currentValue = arguments->current(); |
| if (currentValue && currentValue->unit == CSSParserValue::ValueList) |
| parseGridLineNames(*arguments, repeatedValues); |
| |
| unsigned numberOfTracks = 0; |
| while (arguments->current()) { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> trackSize = parseGridTrackSize(*arguments); |
| if (!trackSize) |
| return false; |
| |
| allTracksAreFixedSized = allTracksAreFixedSized && isGridTrackFixedSized(*trackSize); |
| repeatedValues->append(trackSize.releaseNonNull()); |
| ++numberOfTracks; |
| |
| // This takes care of any trailing <custom-ident>* in the grammar. |
| currentValue = arguments->current(); |
| if (currentValue && currentValue->unit == CSSParserValue::ValueList) |
| parseGridLineNames(*arguments, repeatedValues); |
| } |
| |
| // We should have found at least one <track-size>, otherwise the declaration is invalid. |
| if (!numberOfTracks) |
| return false; |
| |
| // We clamp the number of repetitions to a multiple of the repeat() track list's size, while staying below the max |
| // grid size. |
| repetitions = std::min(repetitions, kGridMaxTracks / numberOfTracks); |
| |
| if (isAutoRepeat) |
| list.append(WTFMove(repeatedValues)); |
| else { |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < repetitions; ++i) { |
| for (unsigned j = 0; j < repeatedValues->length(); ++j) |
| list.append(*repeatedValues->itemWithoutBoundsCheck(j)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> CSSParser::parseGridTrackSize(CSSParserValueList& inputList) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| CSSParserValue& currentValue = *inputList.current(); |
| inputList.next(); |
| |
| if (currentValue.id == CSSValueAuto) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAuto); |
| |
| if (currentValue.unit == CSSParserValue::Function && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(currentValue.function->name, "fit-content(")) { |
| CSSParserValueList* arguments = currentValue.function->args.get(); |
| if (!arguments || arguments->size() != 1) |
| return nullptr; |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*arguments->valueAt(0)); |
| if (!validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FNonNeg | FLength | FPercent)) |
| return nullptr; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> trackBreadth = createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| if (!trackBreadth) |
| return nullptr; |
| auto parsedArguments = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| parsedArguments->append(trackBreadth.releaseNonNull()); |
| return CSSFunctionValue::create("fit-content(", WTFMove(parsedArguments)); |
| } |
| |
| if (currentValue.unit == CSSParserValue::Function && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(currentValue.function->name, "minmax(")) { |
| // The spec defines the following grammar: minmax( <track-breadth> , <track-breadth> ) |
| CSSParserValueList* arguments = currentValue.function->args.get(); |
| if (!arguments || arguments->size() != 3 || !isComma(arguments->valueAt(1))) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> minTrackBreadth = parseGridBreadth(*arguments->valueAt(0)); |
| if (!minTrackBreadth || minTrackBreadth->isFlex()) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> maxTrackBreadth = parseGridBreadth(*arguments->valueAt(2)); |
| if (!maxTrackBreadth) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto parsedArguments = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| parsedArguments->append(minTrackBreadth.releaseNonNull()); |
| parsedArguments->append(maxTrackBreadth.releaseNonNull()); |
| return CSSFunctionValue::create("minmax(", WTFMove(parsedArguments)); |
| } |
| |
| return parseGridBreadth(currentValue); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseGridBreadth(CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| if (value.id == CSSValueWebkitMinContent || value.id == CSSValueWebkitMaxContent || value.id == CSSValueAuto) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value.id); |
| |
| if (value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_FR) { |
| double flexValue = value.fValue; |
| |
| // Fractional unit is a non-negative dimension. |
| if (flexValue <= 0) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(flexValue, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_FR); |
| } |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(value); |
| if (!validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FNonNeg | FLength | FPercent)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| return createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| } |
| |
| static inline bool isValidGridAutoFlowId(CSSValueID id) |
| { |
| return (id == CSSValueRow || id == CSSValueColumn || id == CSSValueDense); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> CSSParser::parseGridAutoFlow(CSSParserValueList& inputList) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| // [ row | column ] || dense |
| CSSParserValue* value = inputList.current(); |
| if (!value) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto parsedValues = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| |
| // First parameter. |
| CSSValueID firstId = value->id; |
| if (!isValidGridAutoFlowId(firstId)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // Second parameter, if any. |
| // If second parameter is not valid we should process anyway the first one as we can be inside the "grid" shorthand. |
| value = inputList.next(); |
| if (!value || !isValidGridAutoFlowId(value->id)) { |
| if (firstId == CSSValueDense) |
| parsedValues->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueRow)); |
| |
| parsedValues->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(firstId)); |
| return WTFMove(parsedValues); |
| } |
| |
| switch (firstId) { |
| case CSSValueRow: |
| case CSSValueColumn: |
| parsedValues->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(firstId)); |
| if (value->id == CSSValueDense) { |
| parsedValues->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id)); |
| inputList.next(); |
| } |
| break; |
| case CSSValueDense: |
| if (value->id == CSSValueRow || value->id == CSSValueColumn) { |
| parsedValues->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id)); |
| inputList.next(); |
| } |
| parsedValues->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(firstId)); |
| break; |
| default: |
| ASSERT_NOT_REACHED(); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| return WTFMove(parsedValues); |
| } |
| #endif /* ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) */ |
| |
| #if ENABLE(DASHBOARD_SUPPORT) |
| |
| static const int dashboardRegionParameterCount = 6; |
| static const int dashboardRegionShortParameterCount = 2; |
| |
| static CSSParserValue* skipCommaInDashboardRegion(CSSParserValueList *args) |
| { |
| if (args->size() == (dashboardRegionParameterCount * 2 - 1) || args->size() == (dashboardRegionShortParameterCount * 2 - 1)) { |
| CSSParserValue& current = *args->current(); |
| if (current.unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && current.iValue == ',') |
| return args->next(); |
| } |
| return args->current(); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseDashboardRegions(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| bool valid = true; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| |
| if (value->id == CSSValueNone) { |
| if (m_valueList->next()) |
| return false; |
| addProperty(propId, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id), important); |
| return valid; |
| } |
| |
| auto firstRegion = DashboardRegion::create(); |
| DashboardRegion* region = nullptr; |
| |
| while (value) { |
| if (!region) { |
| region = firstRegion.ptr(); |
| } else { |
| auto nextRegion = DashboardRegion::create(); |
| region->m_next = nextRegion.copyRef(); |
| region = nextRegion.ptr(); |
| } |
| |
| if (value->unit != CSSParserValue::Function) { |
| valid = false; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| // Commas count as values, so allow (function name is dashboard-region for DASHBOARD_SUPPORT feature): |
| // dashboard-region(label, type, t, r, b, l) or dashboard-region(label type t r b l) |
| // dashboard-region(label, type, t, r, b, l) or dashboard-region(label type t r b l) |
| // also allow |
| // dashboard-region(label, type) or dashboard-region(label type) |
| // dashboard-region(label, type) or dashboard-region(label type) |
| CSSParserValueList* args = value->function->args.get(); |
| if (!equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value->function->name, "dashboard-region(") || !args) { |
| valid = false; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| int numArgs = args->size(); |
| if ((numArgs != dashboardRegionParameterCount && numArgs != (dashboardRegionParameterCount*2-1)) |
| && (numArgs != dashboardRegionShortParameterCount && numArgs != (dashboardRegionShortParameterCount*2-1))) { |
| valid = false; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| // First arg is a label. |
| CSSParserValue* arg = args->current(); |
| if (arg->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) { |
| valid = false; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| region->m_label = arg->string; |
| |
| // Second arg is a type. |
| arg = args->next(); |
| arg = skipCommaInDashboardRegion(args); |
| if (arg->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) { |
| valid = false; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(*arg, "circle")) |
| region->m_isCircle = true; |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(*arg, "rectangle")) |
| region->m_isRectangle = true; |
| else { |
| valid = false; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| region->m_geometryType = arg->string; |
| |
| if (numArgs == dashboardRegionShortParameterCount || numArgs == (dashboardRegionShortParameterCount*2-1)) { |
| // This originally used CSSValueInvalid by accident. It might be more logical to use something else. |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> amount = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueInvalid); |
| |
| region->setTop(amount.copyRef()); |
| region->setRight(amount.copyRef()); |
| region->setBottom(amount.copyRef()); |
| region->setLeft(WTFMove(amount)); |
| } else { |
| // Next four arguments must be offset numbers |
| for (int i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { |
| arg = args->next(); |
| arg = skipCommaInDashboardRegion(args); |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation argWithCalculation(*arg); |
| valid = arg->id == CSSValueAuto || validateUnit(argWithCalculation, FLength); |
| if (!valid) |
| break; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> amount = arg->id == CSSValueAuto ? CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAuto) : createPrimitiveNumericValue(argWithCalculation); |
| |
| if (i == 0) |
| region->setTop(WTFMove(amount)); |
| else if (i == 1) |
| region->setRight(WTFMove(amount)); |
| else if (i == 2) |
| region->setBottom(WTFMove(amount)); |
| else |
| region->setLeft(WTFMove(amount)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (args->next()) |
| return false; |
| |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| if (valid) |
| addProperty(propId, CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(RefPtr<DashboardRegion>(WTFMove(firstRegion))), important); |
| |
| return valid; |
| } |
| |
| #endif /* ENABLE(DASHBOARD_SUPPORT) */ |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) |
| static Vector<String> parseGridTemplateAreasColumnNames(const String& gridRowNames) |
| { |
| ASSERT(!gridRowNames.isEmpty()); |
| Vector<String> columnNames; |
| // Using StringImpl to avoid checks and indirection in every call to String::operator[]. |
| StringImpl& text = *gridRowNames.impl(); |
| unsigned length = text.length(); |
| unsigned index = 0; |
| while (index < length) { |
| if (text[index] != ' ' && text[index] != '.') { |
| unsigned gridAreaStart = index; |
| while (index < length && text[index] != ' ' && text[index] != '.') |
| ++index; |
| columnNames.append(text.substring(gridAreaStart, index - gridAreaStart)); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (text[index] == '.') { |
| while (index < length && text[index] == '.') |
| ++index; |
| columnNames.append("."); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| ++index; |
| } |
| |
| return columnNames; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseGridTemplateAreasRow(NamedGridAreaMap& gridAreaMap, const unsigned rowCount, unsigned& columnCount) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| CSSParserValue* currentValue = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (!currentValue || currentValue->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) |
| return false; |
| |
| String gridRowNames = currentValue->string; |
| if (gridRowNames.containsOnlyWhitespace()) |
| return false; |
| |
| Vector<String> columnNames = parseGridTemplateAreasColumnNames(gridRowNames); |
| if (!columnCount) { |
| columnCount = columnNames.size(); |
| ASSERT(columnCount); |
| } else if (columnCount != columnNames.size()) { |
| // The declaration is invalid is all the rows don't have the number of columns. |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| for (unsigned currentColumn = 0; currentColumn < columnCount; ++currentColumn) { |
| const String& gridAreaName = columnNames[currentColumn]; |
| |
| // Unamed areas are always valid (we consider them to be 1x1). |
| if (gridAreaName == ".") |
| continue; |
| |
| // We handle several grid areas with the same name at once to simplify the validation code. |
| unsigned lookAheadColumn; |
| for (lookAheadColumn = currentColumn + 1; lookAheadColumn < columnCount; ++lookAheadColumn) { |
| if (columnNames[lookAheadColumn] != gridAreaName) |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| auto gridAreaIterator = gridAreaMap.find(gridAreaName); |
| if (gridAreaIterator == gridAreaMap.end()) |
| gridAreaMap.add(gridAreaName, GridArea(GridSpan::translatedDefiniteGridSpan(rowCount, rowCount + 1), GridSpan::translatedDefiniteGridSpan(currentColumn, lookAheadColumn))); |
| else { |
| GridArea& gridArea = gridAreaIterator->value; |
| |
| // The following checks test that the grid area is a single filled-in rectangle. |
| // 1. The new row is adjacent to the previously parsed row. |
| if (rowCount != gridArea.rows.endLine()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // 2. The new area starts at the same position as the previously parsed area. |
| if (currentColumn != gridArea.columns.startLine()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // 3. The new area ends at the same position as the previously parsed area. |
| if (lookAheadColumn != gridArea.columns.endLine()) |
| return false; |
| |
| gridArea.rows = GridSpan::translatedDefiniteGridSpan(gridArea.rows.startLine(), gridArea.rows.endLine() + 1); |
| } |
| currentColumn = lookAheadColumn - 1; |
| } |
| |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> CSSParser::parseGridTemplateAreas() |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCSSGridLayoutEnabled()); |
| |
| if (m_valueList->current() && m_valueList->current()->id == CSSValueNone) { |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone); |
| } |
| |
| NamedGridAreaMap gridAreaMap; |
| unsigned rowCount = 0; |
| unsigned columnCount = 0; |
| |
| while (m_valueList->current()) { |
| if (!parseGridTemplateAreasRow(gridAreaMap, rowCount, columnCount)) |
| return nullptr; |
| ++rowCount; |
| } |
| |
| if (!rowCount || !columnCount) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| return CSSGridTemplateAreasValue::create(gridAreaMap, rowCount, columnCount); |
| } |
| #endif /* ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) */ |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseCounterContent(CSSParserValueList& args, bool counters) |
| { |
| unsigned numArgs = args.size(); |
| if (counters && numArgs != 3 && numArgs != 5) |
| return nullptr; |
| if (!counters && numArgs != 1 && numArgs != 3) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args.current(); |
| if (argument->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return nullptr; |
| auto identifier = createPrimitiveStringValue(*argument); |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> separator; |
| if (!counters) |
| separator = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(String(), CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING); |
| else { |
| argument = args.next(); |
| if (argument->unit != CSSParserValue::Operator || argument->iValue != ',') |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| argument = args.next(); |
| if (argument->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| separator = createPrimitiveStringValue(*argument); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> listStyle; |
| argument = args.next(); |
| if (!argument) // Make the list style default decimal |
| listStyle = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueDecimal); |
| else { |
| if (argument->unit != CSSParserValue::Operator || argument->iValue != ',') |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| argument = args.next(); |
| if (argument->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| CSSValueID listStyleID = CSSValueInvalid; |
| if (argument->id == CSSValueNone || (argument->id >= CSSValueDisc && argument->id <= CSSValueKatakanaIroha)) |
| listStyleID = argument->id; |
| else |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| listStyle = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(listStyleID); |
| } |
| |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(Counter::create(WTFMove(identifier), listStyle.releaseNonNull(), separator.releaseNonNull())); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseClipShape(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue& value = *m_valueList->current(); |
| CSSParserValueList* args = value.function->args.get(); |
| |
| if (!equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "rect(") || !args) |
| return false; |
| |
| // rect(t, r, b, l) || rect(t r b l) |
| if (args->size() != 4 && args->size() != 7) |
| return false; |
| auto rect = Rect::create(); |
| bool valid = true; |
| int i = 0; |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args->current(); |
| while (argument) { |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*argument); |
| valid = argument->id == CSSValueAuto || validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FLength); |
| if (!valid) |
| break; |
| Ref<CSSPrimitiveValue> length = argument->id == CSSValueAuto ? CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAuto) : createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentWithCalculation); |
| if (i == 0) |
| rect->setTop(WTFMove(length)); |
| else if (i == 1) |
| rect->setRight(WTFMove(length)); |
| else if (i == 2) |
| rect->setBottom(WTFMove(length)); |
| else |
| rect->setLeft(WTFMove(length)); |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (argument && args->size() == 7) { |
| if (argument->unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && argument->iValue == ',') { |
| argument = args->next(); |
| } else { |
| valid = false; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| i++; |
| } |
| if (valid) { |
| addProperty(propId, CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(WTFMove(rect)), important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| static void completeBorderRadii(RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> radii[4]) |
| { |
| if (radii[3]) |
| return; |
| if (!radii[2]) { |
| if (!radii[1]) |
| radii[1] = radii[0]; |
| radii[2] = radii[0]; |
| } |
| radii[3] = radii[1]; |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: This should be refactored with CSSParser::parseBorderRadius. |
| // CSSParser::parseBorderRadius contains support for some legacy radius construction. |
| RefPtr<CSSBasicShapeInset> CSSParser::parseInsetRoundedCorners(Ref<CSSBasicShapeInset>&& shape, CSSParserValueList& args) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args.next(); |
| |
| if (!argument) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| Vector<CSSParserValue*> radiusArguments; |
| while (argument) { |
| radiusArguments.append(argument); |
| argument = args.next(); |
| } |
| |
| unsigned num = radiusArguments.size(); |
| if (!num || num > 9) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> radii[2][4]; |
| |
| unsigned indexAfterSlash = 0; |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < num; ++i) { |
| CSSParserValue& value = *radiusArguments.at(i); |
| if (value.unit == CSSParserValue::Operator) { |
| if (value.iValue != '/') |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| if (!i || indexAfterSlash || i + 1 == num || num > i + 5) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| indexAfterSlash = i + 1; |
| completeBorderRadii(radii[0]); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (i - indexAfterSlash >= 4) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(value); |
| if (!validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto radius = createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| |
| if (!indexAfterSlash) |
| radii[0][i] = WTFMove(radius); |
| else |
| radii[1][i - indexAfterSlash] = WTFMove(radius); |
| } |
| |
| if (!indexAfterSlash) { |
| completeBorderRadii(radii[0]); |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) |
| radii[1][i] = radii[0][i]; |
| } else |
| completeBorderRadii(radii[1]); |
| |
| shape->setTopLeftRadius(createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(radii[0][0]), WTFMove(radii[1][0]))); |
| shape->setTopRightRadius(createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(radii[0][1]), WTFMove(radii[1][1]))); |
| shape->setBottomRightRadius(createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(radii[0][2]), WTFMove(radii[1][2]))); |
| shape->setBottomLeftRadius(createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(radii[0][3]), WTFMove(radii[1][3]))); |
| |
| return WTFMove(shape); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSBasicShapeInset> CSSParser::parseBasicShapeInset(CSSParserValueList& args) |
| { |
| auto shape = CSSBasicShapeInset::create(); |
| |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args.current(); |
| Vector<Ref<CSSPrimitiveValue> > widthArguments; |
| bool hasRoundedInset = false; |
| while (argument) { |
| if (argument->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(argument->string, "round")) { |
| hasRoundedInset = true; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| Units unitFlags = FLength | FPercent; |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*argument); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, unitFlags) || widthArguments.size() > 4) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| widthArguments.append(createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentWithCalculation)); |
| argument = args.next(); |
| } |
| |
| switch (widthArguments.size()) { |
| case 1: { |
| shape->updateShapeSize1Value(WTFMove(widthArguments[0])); |
| break; |
| } |
| case 2: { |
| shape->updateShapeSize2Values(WTFMove(widthArguments[0]), WTFMove(widthArguments[1])); |
| break; |
| } |
| case 3: { |
| shape->updateShapeSize3Values(WTFMove(widthArguments[0]), WTFMove(widthArguments[1]), WTFMove(widthArguments[2])); |
| break; |
| } |
| case 4: { |
| shape->updateShapeSize4Values(WTFMove(widthArguments[0]), WTFMove(widthArguments[1]), WTFMove(widthArguments[2]), WTFMove(widthArguments[3])); |
| break; |
| } |
| default: |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| if (hasRoundedInset) |
| return parseInsetRoundedCorners(WTFMove(shape), args); |
| return WTFMove(shape); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseShapeRadius(CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| if (value.id == CSSValueClosestSide || value.id == CSSValueFarthestSide) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value.id); |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(value); |
| if (!validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| return createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSBasicShapeCircle> CSSParser::parseBasicShapeCircle(CSSParserValueList& args) |
| { |
| // circle(radius) |
| // circle(radius at <position>) |
| // circle(at <position>) |
| // where position defines centerX and centerY using a CSS <position> data type. |
| auto shape = CSSBasicShapeCircle::create(); |
| |
| for (CSSParserValue* argument = args.current(); argument; argument = args.next()) { |
| // The call to parseFillPosition below should consume all of the |
| // arguments except the first two. Thus, and index greater than one |
| // indicates an invalid production. |
| if (args.currentIndex() > 1) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| if (!args.currentIndex() && argument->id != CSSValueAt) { |
| if (RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> radius = parseShapeRadius(*argument)) { |
| shape->setRadius(radius.releaseNonNull()); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| if (argument->id == CSSValueAt && args.next()) { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> centerX; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> centerY; |
| parseFillPosition(args, centerX, centerY); |
| if (centerX && centerY && !args.current()) { |
| shape->setCenterX(centerX.releaseNonNull()); |
| shape->setCenterY(centerY.releaseNonNull()); |
| } else |
| return nullptr; |
| } else |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| return WTFMove(shape); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSBasicShapeEllipse> CSSParser::parseBasicShapeEllipse(CSSParserValueList& args) |
| { |
| // ellipse(radiusX) |
| // ellipse(radiusX at <position>) |
| // ellipse(radiusX radiusY) |
| // ellipse(radiusX radiusY at <position>) |
| // ellipse(at <position>) |
| // where position defines centerX and centerY using a CSS <position> data type. |
| auto shape = CSSBasicShapeEllipse::create(); |
| |
| for (CSSParserValue* argument = args.current(); argument; argument = args.next()) { |
| // The call to parseFillPosition below should consume all of the |
| // arguments except the first three. Thus, an index greater than two |
| // indicates an invalid production. |
| if (args.currentIndex() > 2) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| if (args.currentIndex() < 2 && argument->id != CSSValueAt) { |
| if (RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> radius = parseShapeRadius(*argument)) { |
| if (!shape->radiusX()) |
| shape->setRadiusX(radius.releaseNonNull()); |
| else |
| shape->setRadiusY(radius.releaseNonNull()); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| if (argument->id != CSSValueAt || !args.next()) // expecting ellipse(.. at <position>) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> centerX; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> centerY; |
| parseFillPosition(args, centerX, centerY); |
| if (!centerX || !centerY || args.current()) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| shape->setCenterX(centerX.releaseNonNull()); |
| shape->setCenterY(centerY.releaseNonNull()); |
| } |
| |
| return WTFMove(shape); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSBasicShapePolygon> CSSParser::parseBasicShapePolygon(CSSParserValueList& args) |
| { |
| unsigned size = args.size(); |
| if (!size) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto shape = CSSBasicShapePolygon::create(); |
| |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args.current(); |
| if (argument->id == CSSValueEvenodd || argument->id == CSSValueNonzero) { |
| shape->setWindRule(argument->id == CSSValueEvenodd ? RULE_EVENODD : RULE_NONZERO); |
| |
| if (!isComma(args.next())) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| argument = args.next(); |
| size -= 2; |
| } |
| |
| // <length> <length>, ... <length> <length> -> each pair has 3 elements except the last one |
| if (!size || (size % 3) - 2) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* argumentX = argument; |
| while (argumentX) { |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentXWithCalculation(*argumentX); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentXWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent)) |
| return nullptr; |
| auto xLength = createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentXWithCalculation); |
| |
| CSSParserValue* argumentY = args.next(); |
| if (!argumentY) |
| return nullptr; |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentYWithCalculation(*argumentY); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentYWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent)) |
| return nullptr; |
| auto yLength = createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentYWithCalculation); |
| |
| shape->appendPoint(WTFMove(xLength), WTFMove(yLength)); |
| |
| CSSParserValue* commaOrNull = args.next(); |
| if (!commaOrNull) |
| argumentX = nullptr; |
| else if (!isComma(commaOrNull)) |
| return nullptr; |
| else |
| argumentX = args.next(); |
| } |
| |
| return WTFMove(shape); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSBasicShapePath> CSSParser::parseBasicShapePath(CSSParserValueList& args) |
| { |
| unsigned size = args.size(); |
| if (size != 1 && size != 3) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| WindRule windRule = RULE_NONZERO; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args.current(); |
| if (argument->id == CSSValueEvenodd || argument->id == CSSValueNonzero) { |
| windRule = argument->id == CSSValueEvenodd ? RULE_EVENODD : RULE_NONZERO; |
| |
| if (!isComma(args.next())) |
| return nullptr; |
| argument = args.next(); |
| } |
| |
| if (argument->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto byteStream = std::make_unique<SVGPathByteStream>(); |
| if (!buildSVGPathByteStreamFromString(argument->string, *byteStream, UnalteredParsing)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto shape = CSSBasicShapePath::create(WTFMove(byteStream)); |
| shape->setWindRule(windRule); |
| |
| args.next(); |
| return WTFMove(shape); |
| } |
| |
| static bool isBoxValue(CSSValueID valueId, CSSPropertyID propId) |
| { |
| switch (valueId) { |
| case CSSValueContentBox: |
| case CSSValuePaddingBox: |
| case CSSValueBorderBox: |
| case CSSValueMarginBox: |
| return true; |
| case CSSValueFill: |
| case CSSValueStroke: |
| case CSSValueViewBox: |
| return propId == CSSPropertyWebkitClipPath; |
| default: break; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> CSSParser::parseBasicShapeAndOrBox(CSSPropertyID propId) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| |
| bool shapeFound = false; |
| bool boxFound = false; |
| CSSValueID valueId; |
| |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { |
| if (!value) |
| break; |
| valueId = value->id; |
| if (value->unit == CSSParserValue::Function && !shapeFound) { |
| // parseBasicShape already asks for the next value list item. |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> shapeValue = parseBasicShape(); |
| if (!shapeValue) |
| return nullptr; |
| list->append(shapeValue.releaseNonNull()); |
| shapeFound = true; |
| } else if (isBoxValue(valueId, propId) && !boxFound) { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> parsedValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(valueId); |
| list->append(parsedValue.releaseNonNull()); |
| boxFound = true; |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } else |
| return nullptr; |
| value = m_valueList->current(); |
| } |
| |
| if (m_valueList->current()) |
| return nullptr; |
| return WTFMove(list); |
| } |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_SHAPES) |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> CSSParser::parseShapeProperty(CSSPropertyID propId) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue& value = *m_valueList->current(); |
| CSSValueID valueId = value.id; |
| |
| if (valueId == CSSValueNone) { |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(valueId); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> imageValue; |
| if (valueId != CSSValueNone && parseFillImage(*m_valueList, imageValue)) { |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return imageValue; |
| } |
| |
| return parseBasicShapeAndOrBox(propId); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> CSSParser::parseClipPath() |
| { |
| CSSParserValue& value = *m_valueList->current(); |
| CSSValueID valueId = value.id; |
| |
| if (valueId == CSSValueNone) { |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(valueId); |
| } |
| if (value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_URI) { |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return CSSPrimitiveValue::create(value.string, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_URI); |
| } |
| |
| return parseBasicShapeAndOrBox(CSSPropertyWebkitClipPath); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseBasicShape() |
| { |
| CSSParserValue& value = *m_valueList->current(); |
| ASSERT(value.unit == CSSParserValue::Function); |
| CSSParserValueList* args = value.function->args.get(); |
| |
| if (!args) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSBasicShape> shape; |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "circle(")) |
| shape = parseBasicShapeCircle(*args); |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "ellipse(")) |
| shape = parseBasicShapeEllipse(*args); |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "polygon(")) |
| shape = parseBasicShapePolygon(*args); |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "path(")) |
| shape = parseBasicShapePath(*args); |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "inset(")) |
| shape = parseBasicShapeInset(*args); |
| |
| if (!shape) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(shape.releaseNonNull()); |
| } |
| |
| // [ 'font-style' || 'font-variant' || 'font-weight' ]? 'font-size' [ / 'line-height' ]? 'font-family' |
| bool CSSParser::parseFont(bool important) |
| { |
| // Let's check if there is an inherit or initial somewhere in the shorthand. |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < m_valueList->size(); ++i) { |
| if (m_valueList->valueAt(i)->id == CSSValueInherit || m_valueList->valueAt(i)->id == CSSValueInitial) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, CSSPropertyFont); |
| // Optional font-style, font-variant and font-weight. |
| bool fontStyleParsed = false; |
| bool fontVariantParsed = false; |
| bool fontWeightParsed = false; |
| CSSParserValue* value; |
| while ((value = m_valueList->current())) { |
| if (!fontStyleParsed && isValidKeywordPropertyAndValue(CSSPropertyFontStyle, value->id, m_context, m_styleSheet)) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontStyle, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id), important); |
| fontStyleParsed = true; |
| } else if (!fontVariantParsed && (value->id == CSSValueNormal || value->id == CSSValueSmallCaps)) { |
| // Font variant in the shorthand is particular, it only accepts normal or small-caps. |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantCaps, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id), important); |
| fontVariantParsed = true; |
| } else if (!fontWeightParsed && parseFontWeight(important)) |
| fontWeightParsed = true; |
| else |
| break; |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (!fontStyleParsed) |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontStyle, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal), important, true); |
| if (!fontVariantParsed) |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantCaps, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal), important, true); |
| if (!fontWeightParsed) |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontWeight, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal), important, true); |
| |
| // Now a font size _must_ come. |
| // <absolute-size> | <relative-size> | <length> | <percentage> | inherit |
| if (!parseFontSize(important)) |
| return false; |
| |
| value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (isForwardSlashOperator(*value)) { |
| // The line-height property. |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| if (!parseLineHeight(important)) |
| return false; |
| } else |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyLineHeight, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal), important, true); |
| |
| // Font family must come now. |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> parsedFamilyValue = parseFontFamily(); |
| if (!parsedFamilyValue) |
| return false; |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontFamily, parsedFamilyValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| |
| // FIXME: http://www.w3.org/TR/2011/WD-css3-fonts-20110324/#font-prop requires that |
| // "font-stretch", "font-size-adjust", and "font-kerning" be reset to their initial values |
| // but we don't seem to support them at the moment. They should also be added here once implemented. |
| if (m_valueList->current()) |
| return false; |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::parseSystemFont(bool important) |
| { |
| ASSERT(m_valueList->size() == 1); |
| CSSValueID systemFontID = m_valueList->valueAt(0)->id; |
| ASSERT(systemFontID >= CSSValueCaption && systemFontID <= CSSValueStatusBar); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| |
| FontCascadeDescription fontDescription; |
| RenderTheme::defaultTheme()->systemFont(systemFontID, fontDescription); |
| if (!fontDescription.isAbsoluteSize()) |
| return; |
| |
| // We must set font's constituent properties, even for system fonts, so the cascade functions correctly. |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, CSSPropertyFont); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontStyle, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(fontDescription.italic() == FontItalicOn ? CSSValueItalic : CSSValueNormal), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontWeight, CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(fontDescription.weight()), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontSize, CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(fontDescription.specifiedSize(), CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PX), important); |
| Ref<CSSValueList> fontFamilyList = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| fontFamilyList->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createFontFamilyValue(fontDescription.familyAt(0), FromSystemFontID::Yes)); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontFamily, WTFMove(fontFamilyList), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantCaps, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyLineHeight, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal), important); |
| } |
| |
| class FontFamilyValueBuilder { |
| public: |
| FontFamilyValueBuilder(CSSValueList& list) |
| : m_list(list) |
| { |
| } |
| |
| void add(const CSSParserString& string) |
| { |
| if (!m_builder.isEmpty()) |
| m_builder.append(' '); |
| |
| if (string.is8Bit()) { |
| m_builder.append(string.characters8(), string.length()); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| m_builder.append(string.characters16(), string.length()); |
| } |
| |
| void commit() |
| { |
| if (m_builder.isEmpty()) |
| return; |
| m_list.append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createFontFamilyValue(m_builder.toString())); |
| m_builder.clear(); |
| } |
| |
| private: |
| StringBuilder m_builder; |
| CSSValueList& m_list; |
| }; |
| |
| static bool valueIsCSSKeyword(const CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| // FIXME: when we add "unset", we should handle it here. |
| return value.id == CSSValueInitial || value.id == CSSValueInherit || value.id == CSSValueDefault; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> CSSParser::parseFontFamily() |
| { |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| |
| FontFamilyValueBuilder familyBuilder(list); |
| bool inFamily = false; |
| |
| while (value) { |
| CSSParserValue* nextValue = m_valueList->next(); |
| bool nextValBreaksFont = !nextValue || |
| (nextValue->unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && nextValue->iValue == ','); |
| bool nextValIsFontName = nextValue && |
| ((nextValue->id >= CSSValueSerif && nextValue->id <= CSSValueWebkitBody) || |
| (nextValue->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING || nextValue->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT)); |
| |
| bool valueIsKeyword = valueIsCSSKeyword(*value); |
| if (valueIsKeyword && !inFamily) { |
| if (nextValBreaksFont) |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| else if (nextValIsFontName) |
| value = nextValue; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (value->id >= CSSValueSerif && value->id <= CSSValueWebkitBody) { |
| if (inFamily) |
| familyBuilder.add(value->string); |
| else if (nextValBreaksFont || !nextValIsFontName) |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id)); |
| else { |
| familyBuilder.commit(); |
| familyBuilder.add(value->string); |
| inFamily = true; |
| } |
| } else if (value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) { |
| // Strings never share in a family name. |
| inFamily = false; |
| familyBuilder.commit(); |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createFontFamilyValue(value->string)); |
| } else if (value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) { |
| if (inFamily) |
| familyBuilder.add(value->string); |
| else if (nextValBreaksFont || !nextValIsFontName) |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createFontFamilyValue(value->string)); |
| else { |
| familyBuilder.commit(); |
| familyBuilder.add(value->string); |
| inFamily = true; |
| } |
| } else { |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (!nextValue) |
| break; |
| |
| if (nextValBreaksFont) { |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| familyBuilder.commit(); |
| inFamily = false; |
| } |
| else if (nextValIsFontName) |
| value = nextValue; |
| else |
| break; |
| } |
| familyBuilder.commit(); |
| |
| if (!list->length()) |
| return nullptr; |
| return WTFMove(list); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseLineHeight(bool important) |
| { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->current()); |
| CSSValueID id = valueWithCalculation.value().id; |
| bool validPrimitive = false; |
| // normal | <number> | <length> | <percentage> | inherit |
| if (id == CSSValueNormal) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = (!id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FNumber | FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg)); |
| if (validPrimitive && (!m_valueList->next() || inShorthand())) |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyLineHeight, parseValidPrimitive(id, valueWithCalculation), important); |
| return validPrimitive; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontSize(bool important) |
| { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->current()); |
| CSSValueID id = valueWithCalculation.value().id; |
| bool validPrimitive = false; |
| // <absolute-size> | <relative-size> | <length> | <percentage> | inherit |
| if (id >= CSSValueXxSmall && id <= CSSValueLarger) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg); |
| if (validPrimitive && (!m_valueList->next() || inShorthand())) |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontSize, parseValidPrimitive(id, valueWithCalculation), important); |
| return validPrimitive; |
| } |
| |
| static CSSValueID createFontWeightValueKeyword(int weight) |
| { |
| ASSERT(!(weight % 100) && weight >= 100 && weight <= 900); |
| CSSValueID value = static_cast<CSSValueID>(CSSValue100 + weight / 100 - 1); |
| ASSERT(value >= CSSValue100 && value <= CSSValue900); |
| return value; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontWeight(bool important) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue& value = *m_valueList->current(); |
| if ((value.id >= CSSValueNormal) && (value.id <= CSSValue900)) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontWeight, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value.id), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(value); |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FInteger | FNonNeg, HTMLQuirksMode)) { |
| int weight = static_cast<int>(parsedDouble(valueWithCalculation)); |
| if (!(weight % 100) && weight >= 100 && weight <= 900) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontWeight, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(createFontWeightValueKeyword(weight)), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontSynthesis(bool important) |
| { |
| // none | [ weight || style ] |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value && value->id == CSSValueNone) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontSynthesis, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone), important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool encounteredWeight = false; |
| bool encounteredStyle = false; |
| while (value) { |
| switch (value->id) { |
| case CSSValueWeight: |
| encounteredWeight = true; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueStyle: |
| encounteredStyle = true; |
| break; |
| default: |
| return false; |
| } |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| if (encounteredWeight) |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueWeight)); |
| if (encounteredStyle) |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueStyle)); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontSynthesis, WTFMove(list), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontFaceSrcURI(CSSValueList& valueList) |
| { |
| auto uriValue = CSSFontFaceSrcValue::create(completeURL(m_valueList->current()->string)); |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->next(); |
| if (!value) { |
| valueList.append(WTFMove(uriValue)); |
| return true; |
| } |
| if (value->unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && value->iValue == ',') { |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| valueList.append(WTFMove(uriValue)); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (value->unit != CSSParserValue::Function || !equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value->function->name, "format(")) |
| return false; |
| |
| // FIXME: http://www.w3.org/TR/2011/WD-css3-fonts-20111004/ says that format() contains a comma-separated list of strings, |
| // but CSSFontFaceSrcValue stores only one format. Allowing one format for now. |
| CSSParserValueList* args = value->function->args.get(); |
| if (!args || args->size() != 1 || (args->current()->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING && args->current()->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT)) |
| return false; |
| uriValue->setFormat(args->current()->string); |
| valueList.append(WTFMove(uriValue)); |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| if (value && value->unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && value->iValue == ',') |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontFaceSrcLocal(CSSValueList& valueList) |
| { |
| CSSParserValueList* args = m_valueList->current()->function->args.get(); |
| if (!args || !args->size()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (args->size() == 1 && args->current()->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) |
| valueList.append(CSSFontFaceSrcValue::createLocal(args->current()->string)); |
| else if (args->current()->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) { |
| StringBuilder builder; |
| for (CSSParserValue* localValue = args->current(); localValue; localValue = args->next()) { |
| if (localValue->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return false; |
| if (!builder.isEmpty()) |
| builder.append(' '); |
| builder.append(localValue->string.toStringView()); |
| } |
| valueList.append(CSSFontFaceSrcValue::createLocal(builder.toString())); |
| } else |
| return false; |
| |
| if (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->next()) { |
| if (value->unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && value->iValue == ',') |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontFaceSrc() |
| { |
| auto values = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| |
| while (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current()) { |
| if (value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_URI) { |
| if (!parseFontFaceSrcURI(values)) |
| return false; |
| } else if (value->unit == CSSParserValue::Function && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value->function->name, "local(")) { |
| if (!parseFontFaceSrcLocal(values)) |
| return false; |
| } else |
| return false; |
| } |
| if (!values->length()) |
| return false; |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertySrc, WTFMove(values), m_important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontFaceUnicodeRange() |
| { |
| auto values = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| bool failed = false; |
| bool operatorExpected = false; |
| for (; m_valueList->current(); m_valueList->next(), operatorExpected = !operatorExpected) { |
| if (operatorExpected) { |
| if (m_valueList->current()->unit == CSSParserValue::Operator && m_valueList->current()->iValue == ',') |
| continue; |
| failed = true; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (m_valueList->current()->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_UNICODE_RANGE) { |
| failed = true; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| String rangeString = m_valueList->current()->string; |
| UChar32 from = 0; |
| UChar32 to = 0; |
| unsigned length = rangeString.length(); |
| |
| if (length < 3) { |
| failed = true; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| unsigned i = 2; |
| while (i < length) { |
| UChar c = rangeString[i]; |
| if (c == '-' || c == '?') |
| break; |
| from *= 16; |
| if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') |
| from += c - '0'; |
| else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F') |
| from += 10 + c - 'A'; |
| else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') |
| from += 10 + c - 'a'; |
| else { |
| failed = true; |
| break; |
| } |
| i++; |
| } |
| if (failed) |
| break; |
| |
| if (i == length) |
| to = from; |
| else if (rangeString[i] == '?') { |
| unsigned span = 1; |
| while (i < length && rangeString[i] == '?') { |
| span *= 16; |
| from *= 16; |
| i++; |
| } |
| if (i < length) |
| failed = true; |
| to = from + span - 1; |
| } else { |
| if (length < i + 2) { |
| failed = true; |
| break; |
| } |
| i++; |
| while (i < length) { |
| UChar c = rangeString[i]; |
| to *= 16; |
| if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') |
| to += c - '0'; |
| else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F') |
| to += 10 + c - 'A'; |
| else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') |
| to += 10 + c - 'a'; |
| else { |
| failed = true; |
| break; |
| } |
| i++; |
| } |
| if (failed) |
| break; |
| } |
| if (from <= to) |
| values->append(CSSUnicodeRangeValue::create(from, to)); |
| } |
| if (failed || !values->length()) |
| return false; |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyUnicodeRange, WTFMove(values), m_important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // Returns the number of characters which form a valid double |
| // and are terminated by the given terminator character |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static int checkForValidDouble(const CharacterType* string, const CharacterType* end, const char terminator) |
| { |
| int length = end - string; |
| if (length < 1) |
| return 0; |
| |
| bool decimalMarkSeen = false; |
| int processedLength = 0; |
| |
| for (int i = 0; i < length; ++i) { |
| if (string[i] == terminator) { |
| processedLength = i; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (!isASCIIDigit(string[i])) { |
| if (!decimalMarkSeen && string[i] == '.') |
| decimalMarkSeen = true; |
| else |
| return 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (decimalMarkSeen && processedLength == 1) |
| return 0; |
| |
| return processedLength; |
| } |
| |
| // Returns the number of characters consumed for parsing a valid double |
| // terminated by the given terminator character |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static int parseDouble(const CharacterType* string, const CharacterType* end, const char terminator, double& value) |
| { |
| int length = checkForValidDouble(string, end, terminator); |
| if (!length) |
| return 0; |
| |
| int position = 0; |
| double localValue = 0; |
| |
| // The consumed characters here are guaranteed to be |
| // ASCII digits with or without a decimal mark |
| for (; position < length; ++position) { |
| if (string[position] == '.') |
| break; |
| localValue = localValue * 10 + string[position] - '0'; |
| } |
| |
| if (++position == length) { |
| value = localValue; |
| return length; |
| } |
| |
| double fraction = 0; |
| double scale = 1; |
| |
| while (position < length && scale < MAX_SCALE) { |
| fraction = fraction * 10 + string[position++] - '0'; |
| scale *= 10; |
| } |
| |
| value = localValue + fraction / scale; |
| return length; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static bool parseColorIntOrPercentage(const CharacterType*& string, const CharacterType* end, const char terminator, CSSPrimitiveValue::UnitTypes& expect, int& value) |
| { |
| const CharacterType* current = string; |
| double localValue = 0; |
| bool negative = false; |
| while (current != end && isHTMLSpace(*current)) |
| current++; |
| if (current != end && *current == '-') { |
| negative = true; |
| current++; |
| } |
| if (current == end || !isASCIIDigit(*current)) |
| return false; |
| while (current != end && isASCIIDigit(*current)) { |
| double newValue = localValue * 10 + *current++ - '0'; |
| if (newValue >= 255) { |
| // Clamp values at 255. |
| localValue = 255; |
| while (current != end && isASCIIDigit(*current)) |
| ++current; |
| break; |
| } |
| localValue = newValue; |
| } |
| |
| if (current == end) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (expect == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER && (*current == '.' || *current == '%')) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (*current == '.') { |
| // We already parsed the integral part, try to parse |
| // the fraction part of the percentage value. |
| double percentage = 0; |
| int numCharactersParsed = parseDouble(current, end, '%', percentage); |
| if (!numCharactersParsed) |
| return false; |
| current += numCharactersParsed; |
| if (*current != '%') |
| return false; |
| localValue += percentage; |
| } |
| |
| if (expect == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE && *current != '%') |
| return false; |
| |
| if (*current == '%') { |
| expect = CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE; |
| localValue = localValue / 100.0 * 256.0; |
| // Clamp values at 255 for percentages over 100% |
| if (localValue > 255) |
| localValue = 255; |
| current++; |
| } else |
| expect = CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER; |
| |
| while (current != end && isHTMLSpace(*current)) |
| current++; |
| if (current == end || *current++ != terminator) |
| return false; |
| // Clamp negative values at zero. |
| value = negative ? 0 : static_cast<int>(localValue); |
| string = current; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool isTenthAlpha(const CharacterType* string, const int length) |
| { |
| // "0.X" |
| if (length == 3 && string[0] == '0' && string[1] == '.' && isASCIIDigit(string[2])) |
| return true; |
| |
| // ".X" |
| if (length == 2 && string[0] == '.' && isASCIIDigit(string[1])) |
| return true; |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool parseAlphaValue(const CharacterType*& string, const CharacterType* end, const char terminator, int& value) |
| { |
| while (string != end && isHTMLSpace(*string)) |
| ++string; |
| |
| bool negative = false; |
| |
| if (string != end && *string == '-') { |
| negative = true; |
| ++string; |
| } |
| |
| value = 0; |
| |
| int length = end - string; |
| if (length < 2) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (string[length - 1] != terminator || !isASCIIDigit(string[length - 2])) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (string[0] != '0' && string[0] != '1' && string[0] != '.') { |
| if (checkForValidDouble(string, end, terminator)) { |
| value = negative ? 0 : 255; |
| string = end; |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (length == 2 && string[0] != '.') { |
| value = !negative && string[0] == '1' ? 255 : 0; |
| string = end; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (isTenthAlpha(string, length - 1)) { |
| static const int tenthAlphaValues[] = { 0, 25, 51, 76, 102, 127, 153, 179, 204, 230 }; |
| value = negative ? 0 : tenthAlphaValues[string[length - 2] - '0']; |
| string = end; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| double alpha = 0; |
| if (!parseDouble(string, end, terminator, alpha)) |
| return false; |
| value = negative ? 0 : static_cast<int>(alpha * nextafter(256.0, 0.0)); |
| string = end; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool mightBeRGBA(const CharacterType* characters, unsigned length) |
| { |
| if (length < 5) |
| return false; |
| return characters[4] == '(' |
| && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(characters[0], 'r') |
| && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(characters[1], 'g') |
| && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(characters[2], 'b') |
| && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(characters[3], 'a'); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool mightBeRGB(const CharacterType* characters, unsigned length) |
| { |
| if (length < 4) |
| return false; |
| return characters[3] == '(' |
| && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(characters[0], 'r') |
| && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(characters[1], 'g') |
| && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(characters[2], 'b'); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline Color fastParseColorInternal(const CharacterType* characters, unsigned length , bool strict) |
| { |
| CSSPrimitiveValue::UnitTypes expect = CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_UNKNOWN; |
| |
| if (!strict && length >= 3) { |
| RGBA32 rgb; |
| if (characters[0] == '#') { |
| if (Color::parseHexColor(characters + 1, length - 1, rgb)) |
| return Color(rgb); |
| } else { |
| if (Color::parseHexColor(characters, length, rgb)) |
| return Color(rgb); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Try rgba() syntax. |
| if (mightBeRGBA(characters, length)) { |
| const CharacterType* current = characters + 5; |
| const CharacterType* end = characters + length; |
| int red; |
| int green; |
| int blue; |
| int alpha; |
| |
| if (!parseColorIntOrPercentage(current, end, ',', expect, red)) |
| return Color(); |
| if (!parseColorIntOrPercentage(current, end, ',', expect, green)) |
| return Color(); |
| if (!parseColorIntOrPercentage(current, end, ',', expect, blue)) |
| return Color(); |
| if (!parseAlphaValue(current, end, ')', alpha)) |
| return Color(); |
| if (current != end) |
| return Color(); |
| return Color(makeRGBA(red, green, blue, alpha)); |
| } |
| |
| // Try rgb() syntax. |
| if (mightBeRGB(characters, length)) { |
| const CharacterType* current = characters + 4; |
| const CharacterType* end = characters + length; |
| int red; |
| int green; |
| int blue; |
| if (!parseColorIntOrPercentage(current, end, ',', expect, red)) |
| return Color(); |
| if (!parseColorIntOrPercentage(current, end, ',', expect, green)) |
| return Color(); |
| if (!parseColorIntOrPercentage(current, end, ')', expect, blue)) |
| return Color(); |
| if (current != end) |
| return Color(); |
| return Color(makeRGB(red, green, blue)); |
| } |
| |
| return Color(); |
| } |
| |
| template<typename StringType> |
| Color CSSParser::fastParseColor(const StringType& name, bool strict) |
| { |
| unsigned length = name.length(); |
| |
| if (!length) |
| return Color(); |
| |
| Color color; |
| if (name.is8Bit()) |
| color = fastParseColorInternal(name.characters8(), length, strict); |
| else |
| color = fastParseColorInternal(name.characters16(), length, strict); |
| |
| if (color.isValid()) |
| return color; |
| |
| // Try named colors. |
| color.setNamedColor(name); |
| return color; |
| } |
| |
| inline double CSSParser::parsedDouble(ValueWithCalculation& valueWithCalculation) |
| { |
| return valueWithCalculation.calculation() ? valueWithCalculation.calculation()->doubleValue() : valueWithCalculation.value().fValue; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::isCalculation(CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| return value.unit == CSSParserValue::Function |
| && (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "calc(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "-webkit-calc(")); |
| } |
| |
| inline int CSSParser::colorIntFromValue(ValueWithCalculation& valueWithCalculation) |
| { |
| bool isPercent; |
| |
| if (valueWithCalculation.calculation()) |
| isPercent = valueWithCalculation.calculation()->category() == CalcPercent; |
| else |
| isPercent = valueWithCalculation.value().unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE; |
| |
| const double doubleValue = parsedDouble(valueWithCalculation); |
| |
| if (doubleValue <= 0.0) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (isPercent) { |
| if (doubleValue >= 100.0) |
| return 255; |
| return static_cast<int>(doubleValue * 256.0 / 100.0); |
| } |
| |
| if (doubleValue >= 255.0) |
| return 255; |
| |
| return static_cast<int>(doubleValue); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseRGBParameters(CSSParserValue& value, int* colorArray, bool parseAlpha) |
| { |
| CSSParserValueList* args = value.function->args.get(); |
| ValueWithCalculation firstArgumentWithCalculation(*args->current()); |
| Units unitType = FUnknown; |
| // Get the first value and its type |
| if (validateUnit(firstArgumentWithCalculation, FInteger, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| unitType = FInteger; |
| else if (validateUnit(firstArgumentWithCalculation, FPercent, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| unitType = FPercent; |
| else |
| return false; |
| |
| colorArray[0] = colorIntFromValue(firstArgumentWithCalculation); |
| for (int i = 1; i < 3; i++) { |
| CSSParserValue& operatorArgument = *args->next(); |
| if (operatorArgument.unit != CSSParserValue::Operator && operatorArgument.iValue != ',') |
| return false; |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*args->next()); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, unitType, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return false; |
| colorArray[i] = colorIntFromValue(argumentWithCalculation); |
| } |
| if (parseAlpha) { |
| CSSParserValue& operatorArgument = *args->next(); |
| if (operatorArgument.unit != CSSParserValue::Operator && operatorArgument.iValue != ',') |
| return false; |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*args->next()); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FNumber, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return false; |
| double doubleValue = parsedDouble(argumentWithCalculation); |
| // Convert the floating pointer number of alpha to an integer in the range [0, 256), |
| // with an equal distribution across all 256 values. |
| colorArray[3] = static_cast<int>(std::max<double>(0, std::min<double>(1, doubleValue)) * nextafter(256.0, 0.0)); |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // The CSS3 specification defines the format of a HSL color as |
| // hsl(<number>, <percent>, <percent>) |
| // and with alpha, the format is |
| // hsla(<number>, <percent>, <percent>, <number>) |
| // The first value, HUE, is in an angle with a value between 0 and 360 |
| bool CSSParser::parseHSLParameters(CSSParserValue& value, double* colorArray, bool parseAlpha) |
| { |
| CSSParserValueList* args = value.function->args.get(); |
| ValueWithCalculation firstArgumentWithCalculation(*args->current()); |
| // Get the first value |
| if (!validateUnit(firstArgumentWithCalculation, FNumber, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return false; |
| // normalize the Hue value and change it to be between 0 and 1.0 |
| colorArray[0] = (((static_cast<int>(parsedDouble(firstArgumentWithCalculation)) % 360) + 360) % 360) / 360.0; |
| for (int i = 1; i < 3; ++i) { |
| CSSParserValue& operatorArgument = *args->next(); |
| if (operatorArgument.unit != CSSParserValue::Operator && operatorArgument.iValue != ',') |
| return false; |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*args->next()); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FPercent, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return false; |
| colorArray[i] = std::max<double>(0, std::min<double>(100, parsedDouble(argumentWithCalculation))) / 100.0; // needs to be value between 0 and 1.0 |
| } |
| if (parseAlpha) { |
| CSSParserValue& operatorArgument = *args->next(); |
| if (operatorArgument.unit != CSSParserValue::Operator && operatorArgument.iValue != ',') |
| return false; |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*args->next()); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FNumber, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return false; |
| colorArray[3] = std::max<double>(0, std::min<double>(1, parsedDouble(argumentWithCalculation))); |
| } |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> CSSParser::parseColor(CSSParserValue* value) |
| { |
| Color color = parseColorFromValue(value ? *value : *m_valueList->current()); |
| if (!color.isValid()) |
| return nullptr; |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createColorValue(color); |
| } |
| |
| Color CSSParser::parseColorFromValue(CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| if (inQuirksMode() && value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER |
| && value.fValue >= 0. && value.fValue < 1000000.) { |
| String str = String::format("%06d", static_cast<int>((value.fValue+.5))); |
| // FIXME: This should be strict parsing for SVG as well. |
| return fastParseColor(str, inStrictMode()); |
| } else if (value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PARSER_HEXCOLOR |
| || value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT |
| || (inQuirksMode() && value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_DIMENSION)) { |
| return fastParseColor(value.string, inStrictMode() && value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT); |
| } else if (value.unit == CSSParserValue::Function |
| && value.function->args |
| && value.function->args->size() == 5 /* rgb + two commas */ |
| && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "rgb(")) { |
| int colorValues[3]; |
| if (!parseRGBParameters(value, colorValues, false)) |
| return Color(); |
| return Color(makeRGB(colorValues[0], colorValues[1], colorValues[2])); |
| } else if (value.unit == CSSParserValue::Function |
| && value.function->args |
| && value.function->args->size() == 7 /* rgba + three commas */ |
| && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "rgba(")) { |
| int colorValues[4]; |
| if (!parseRGBParameters(value, colorValues, true)) |
| return Color(); |
| return Color(makeRGBA(colorValues[0], colorValues[1], colorValues[2], colorValues[3])); |
| } else if (value.unit == CSSParserValue::Function |
| && value.function->args |
| && value.function->args->size() == 5 /* hsl + two commas */ |
| && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "hsl(")) { |
| double colorValues[3]; |
| if (!parseHSLParameters(value, colorValues, false)) |
| return Color(); |
| return Color(makeRGBAFromHSLA(colorValues[0], colorValues[1], colorValues[2], 1.0)); |
| } else if (value.unit == CSSParserValue::Function |
| && value.function->args |
| && value.function->args->size() == 7 /* hsla + three commas */ |
| && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "hsla(")) { |
| double colorValues[4]; |
| if (!parseHSLParameters(value, colorValues, true)) |
| return Color(); |
| return Color(makeRGBAFromHSLA(colorValues[0], colorValues[1], colorValues[2], colorValues[3])); |
| } |
| |
| return Color(); |
| } |
| |
| // This class tracks parsing state for shadow values. If it goes out of scope (e.g., due to an early return) |
| // without the allowBreak bit being set, then it will clean up all of the objects and destroy them. |
| struct ShadowParseContext { |
| ShadowParseContext(CSSPropertyID prop, CSSParser& parser) |
| : property(prop) |
| , m_parser(parser) |
| , allowX(true) |
| , allowY(false) |
| , allowBlur(false) |
| , allowSpread(false) |
| , allowColor(true) |
| , allowStyle(prop == CSSPropertyWebkitBoxShadow || prop == CSSPropertyBoxShadow) |
| , allowBreak(true) |
| { |
| } |
| |
| bool allowLength() { return allowX || allowY || allowBlur || allowSpread; } |
| |
| void commitValue() |
| { |
| // Handle the ,, case gracefully by doing nothing. |
| if (x || y || blur || spread || color || style) { |
| if (!values) |
| values = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| |
| // Construct the current shadow value and add it to the list. |
| values->append(CSSShadowValue::create(WTFMove(x), WTFMove(y), WTFMove(blur), WTFMove(spread), WTFMove(style), WTFMove(color))); |
| } |
| |
| // Now reset for the next shadow value. |
| x = nullptr; |
| y = nullptr; |
| blur = nullptr; |
| spread = nullptr; |
| style = nullptr; |
| color = nullptr; |
| |
| allowX = true; |
| allowColor = true; |
| allowBreak = true; |
| allowY = false; |
| allowBlur = false; |
| allowSpread = false; |
| allowStyle = property == CSSPropertyWebkitBoxShadow || property == CSSPropertyBoxShadow; |
| } |
| |
| void commitLength(CSSParser::ValueWithCalculation& valueWithCalculation) |
| { |
| auto primitiveValue = m_parser.createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| |
| if (allowX) { |
| x = WTFMove(primitiveValue); |
| allowX = false; |
| allowY = true; |
| allowColor = false; |
| allowStyle = false; |
| allowBreak = false; |
| } else if (allowY) { |
| y = WTFMove(primitiveValue); |
| allowY = false; |
| allowBlur = true; |
| allowColor = true; |
| allowStyle = property == CSSPropertyWebkitBoxShadow || property == CSSPropertyBoxShadow; |
| allowBreak = true; |
| } else if (allowBlur) { |
| blur = WTFMove(primitiveValue); |
| allowBlur = false; |
| allowSpread = property == CSSPropertyWebkitBoxShadow || property == CSSPropertyBoxShadow; |
| } else if (allowSpread) { |
| spread = WTFMove(primitiveValue); |
| allowSpread = false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void commitColor(RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>&& val) |
| { |
| color = val; |
| allowColor = false; |
| if (allowX) { |
| allowStyle = false; |
| allowBreak = false; |
| } else { |
| allowBlur = false; |
| allowSpread = false; |
| allowStyle = property == CSSPropertyWebkitBoxShadow || property == CSSPropertyBoxShadow; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void commitStyle(CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| style = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value.id); |
| allowStyle = false; |
| if (allowX) |
| allowBreak = false; |
| else { |
| allowBlur = false; |
| allowSpread = false; |
| allowColor = false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| CSSPropertyID property; |
| CSSParser& m_parser; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> values; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> x; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> y; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> blur; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> spread; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> style; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> color; |
| |
| bool allowX; |
| bool allowY; |
| bool allowBlur; |
| bool allowSpread; |
| bool allowColor; |
| bool allowStyle; // inset or not. |
| bool allowBreak; |
| }; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> CSSParser::parseShadow(CSSParserValueList& valueList, CSSPropertyID propId) |
| { |
| ShadowParseContext context(propId, *this); |
| CSSParserValue* value; |
| while ((value = valueList.current())) { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*value); |
| // Check for a comma break first. |
| if (value->unit == CSSParserValue::Operator) { |
| if (value->iValue != ',' || !context.allowBreak) { |
| // Other operators aren't legal or we aren't done with the current shadow |
| // value. Treat as invalid. |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| // -webkit-svg-shadow does not support multiple values. |
| if (propId == CSSPropertyWebkitSvgShadow) |
| return nullptr; |
| // The value is good. Commit it. |
| context.commitValue(); |
| } else if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength, HTMLStandardMode)) { |
| // We required a length and didn't get one. Invalid. |
| if (!context.allowLength()) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // Blur radius must be non-negative. |
| if (context.allowBlur && !validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FNonNeg, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // A length is allowed here. Construct the value and add it. |
| context.commitLength(valueWithCalculation); |
| } else if (value->id == CSSValueInset) { |
| if (!context.allowStyle) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| context.commitStyle(valueWithCalculation); |
| } else { |
| // The only other type of value that's ok is a color value. |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> parsedColor; |
| bool isColor = (isValidSystemColorValue(value->id) || value->id == CSSValueMenu |
| || (value->id >= CSSValueWebkitFocusRingColor && value->id <= CSSValueWebkitText && inQuirksMode()) |
| || value->id == CSSValueCurrentcolor); |
| if (isColor) { |
| if (!context.allowColor) |
| return nullptr; |
| parsedColor = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id); |
| } |
| |
| if (!parsedColor) |
| // It's not built-in. Try to parse it as a color. |
| parsedColor = parseColor(value); |
| |
| if (!parsedColor || !context.allowColor) |
| return nullptr; // This value is not a color or length and is invalid or |
| // it is a color, but a color isn't allowed at this point. |
| |
| context.commitColor(parsedColor.releaseNonNull()); |
| } |
| |
| valueList.next(); |
| } |
| |
| if (context.allowBreak) { |
| context.commitValue(); |
| if (context.values && context.values->length()) |
| return WTFMove(context.values); |
| } |
| |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseReflect(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| // box-reflect: <direction> <offset> <mask> |
| |
| // Direction comes first. |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> direction; |
| switch (value->id) { |
| case CSSValueAbove: |
| case CSSValueBelow: |
| case CSSValueLeft: |
| case CSSValueRight: |
| direction = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id); |
| break; |
| default: |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // The offset comes next. |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> offset; |
| if (!value) |
| offset = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(0, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PX); |
| else { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*value); |
| if (!validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent)) |
| return false; |
| offset = createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| } |
| |
| // Now for the mask. |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> mask; |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| if (value) { |
| if (!parseBorderImage(propId, mask)) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| addProperty(propId, CSSReflectValue::create(direction.releaseNonNull(), offset.releaseNonNull(), WTFMove(mask)), important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFlex(CSSParserValueList& args, bool important) |
| { |
| if (!args.size() || args.size() > 3) |
| return false; |
| static const double unsetValue = -1; |
| double flexGrow = unsetValue; |
| double flexShrink = unsetValue; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> flexBasis; |
| |
| while (CSSParserValue* argument = args.current()) { |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*argument); |
| if (validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FNumber | FNonNeg)) { |
| if (flexGrow == unsetValue) |
| flexGrow = parsedDouble(argumentWithCalculation); |
| else if (flexShrink == unsetValue) |
| flexShrink = parsedDouble(argumentWithCalculation); |
| else if (!parsedDouble(argumentWithCalculation)) { |
| // flex only allows a basis of 0 (sans units) if flex-grow and flex-shrink values have already been set. |
| flexBasis = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(0, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PX); |
| } else { |
| // We only allow 3 numbers without units if the last value is 0. E.g., flex:1 1 1 is invalid. |
| return false; |
| } |
| } else if (!flexBasis && (argumentWithCalculation.value().id == CSSValueAuto || validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg))) |
| flexBasis = parseValidPrimitive(argumentWithCalculation.value().id, argumentWithCalculation); |
| else { |
| // Not a valid arg for flex. |
| return false; |
| } |
| args.next(); |
| } |
| |
| if (flexGrow == unsetValue) |
| flexGrow = 1; |
| if (flexShrink == unsetValue) |
| flexShrink = 1; |
| if (!flexBasis) |
| flexBasis = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(0, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PX); |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFlexGrow, CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(clampToFloat(flexGrow), CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFlexShrink, CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(clampToFloat(flexShrink), CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFlexBasis, flexBasis.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| struct BorderImageParseContext { |
| BorderImageParseContext() |
| : m_canAdvance(false) |
| , m_allowCommit(true) |
| , m_allowImage(true) |
| , m_allowImageSlice(true) |
| , m_allowRepeat(true) |
| , m_allowForwardSlashOperator(false) |
| , m_requireWidth(false) |
| , m_requireOutset(false) |
| {} |
| |
| bool canAdvance() const { return m_canAdvance; } |
| void setCanAdvance(bool canAdvance) { m_canAdvance = canAdvance; } |
| |
| bool allowCommit() const { return m_allowCommit; } |
| bool allowImage() const { return m_allowImage; } |
| bool allowImageSlice() const { return m_allowImageSlice; } |
| bool allowRepeat() const { return m_allowRepeat; } |
| bool allowForwardSlashOperator() const { return m_allowForwardSlashOperator; } |
| |
| bool requireWidth() const { return m_requireWidth; } |
| bool requireOutset() const { return m_requireOutset; } |
| |
| void commitImage(RefPtr<CSSValue>&& image) |
| { |
| m_image = WTFMove(image); |
| m_canAdvance = true; |
| m_allowCommit = true; |
| m_allowImage = m_allowForwardSlashOperator = m_requireWidth = m_requireOutset = false; |
| m_allowImageSlice = !m_imageSlice; |
| m_allowRepeat = !m_repeat; |
| } |
| void commitImageSlice(RefPtr<CSSBorderImageSliceValue>&& slice) |
| { |
| m_imageSlice = WTFMove(slice); |
| m_canAdvance = true; |
| m_allowCommit = m_allowForwardSlashOperator = true; |
| m_allowImageSlice = m_requireWidth = m_requireOutset = false; |
| m_allowImage = !m_image; |
| m_allowRepeat = !m_repeat; |
| } |
| void commitForwardSlashOperator() |
| { |
| m_canAdvance = true; |
| m_allowCommit = m_allowImage = m_allowImageSlice = m_allowRepeat = m_allowForwardSlashOperator = false; |
| if (!m_borderSlice) { |
| m_requireWidth = true; |
| m_requireOutset = false; |
| } else { |
| m_requireOutset = true; |
| m_requireWidth = false; |
| } |
| } |
| void commitBorderWidth(RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>&& slice) |
| { |
| m_borderSlice = WTFMove(slice); |
| m_canAdvance = true; |
| m_allowCommit = m_allowForwardSlashOperator = true; |
| m_allowImageSlice = m_requireWidth = m_requireOutset = false; |
| m_allowImage = !m_image; |
| m_allowRepeat = !m_repeat; |
| } |
| void commitBorderOutset(RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>&& outset) |
| { |
| m_outset = WTFMove(outset); |
| m_canAdvance = true; |
| m_allowCommit = true; |
| m_allowImageSlice = m_allowForwardSlashOperator = m_requireWidth = m_requireOutset = false; |
| m_allowImage = !m_image; |
| m_allowRepeat = !m_repeat; |
| } |
| void commitRepeat(RefPtr<CSSValue>&& repeat) |
| { |
| m_repeat = WTFMove(repeat); |
| m_canAdvance = true; |
| m_allowCommit = true; |
| m_allowRepeat = m_allowForwardSlashOperator = m_requireWidth = m_requireOutset = false; |
| m_allowImageSlice = !m_imageSlice; |
| m_allowImage = !m_image; |
| } |
| |
| Ref<CSSValue> commitWebKitBorderImage() |
| { |
| return createBorderImageValue(m_image.copyRef(), m_imageSlice.copyRef(), m_borderSlice.copyRef(), m_outset.copyRef(), m_repeat.copyRef()); |
| } |
| |
| void commitBorderImage(CSSParser& parser, bool important) |
| { |
| commitBorderImageProperty(CSSPropertyBorderImageSource, parser, WTFMove(m_image), important); |
| commitBorderImageProperty(CSSPropertyBorderImageSlice, parser, m_imageSlice, important); |
| commitBorderImageProperty(CSSPropertyBorderImageWidth, parser, m_borderSlice, important); |
| commitBorderImageProperty(CSSPropertyBorderImageOutset, parser, m_outset, important); |
| commitBorderImageProperty(CSSPropertyBorderImageRepeat, parser, WTFMove(m_repeat), important); |
| } |
| |
| void commitBorderImageProperty(CSSPropertyID propId, CSSParser& parser, RefPtr<CSSValue>&& value, bool important) |
| { |
| if (value) |
| parser.addProperty(propId, value.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| else |
| parser.addProperty(propId, CSSValuePool::singleton().createImplicitInitialValue(), important, true); |
| } |
| |
| bool m_canAdvance; |
| |
| bool m_allowCommit; |
| bool m_allowImage; |
| bool m_allowImageSlice; |
| bool m_allowRepeat; |
| bool m_allowForwardSlashOperator; |
| |
| bool m_requireWidth; |
| bool m_requireOutset; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> m_image; |
| RefPtr<CSSBorderImageSliceValue> m_imageSlice; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> m_borderSlice; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> m_outset; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> m_repeat; |
| }; |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseBorderImage(CSSPropertyID propId, RefPtr<CSSValue>& result, bool important) |
| { |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, propId); |
| BorderImageParseContext context; |
| while (CSSParserValue* currentValue = m_valueList->current()) { |
| context.setCanAdvance(false); |
| |
| if (!context.canAdvance() && context.allowForwardSlashOperator() && isForwardSlashOperator(*currentValue)) |
| context.commitForwardSlashOperator(); |
| |
| if (!context.canAdvance() && context.allowImage()) { |
| if (currentValue->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_URI) |
| context.commitImage(CSSImageValue::create(completeURL(currentValue->string))); |
| else if (isGeneratedImageValue(*currentValue)) { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> value; |
| if (parseGeneratedImage(*m_valueList, value)) |
| context.commitImage(WTFMove(value)); |
| else |
| return false; |
| } else if (isImageSetFunctionValue(*currentValue)) { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> value = parseImageSet(); |
| if (value) |
| context.commitImage(value.releaseNonNull()); |
| else |
| return false; |
| } else if (currentValue->id == CSSValueNone) |
| context.commitImage(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone)); |
| } |
| |
| if (!context.canAdvance() && context.allowImageSlice()) { |
| RefPtr<CSSBorderImageSliceValue> imageSlice; |
| if (parseBorderImageSlice(propId, imageSlice)) |
| context.commitImageSlice(WTFMove(imageSlice)); |
| } |
| |
| if (!context.canAdvance() && context.allowRepeat()) { |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> repeat; |
| if (parseBorderImageRepeat(repeat)) |
| context.commitRepeat(WTFMove(repeat)); |
| } |
| |
| if (!context.canAdvance() && context.requireWidth()) { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> borderSlice; |
| if (parseBorderImageWidth(borderSlice)) |
| context.commitBorderWidth(WTFMove(borderSlice)); |
| } |
| |
| if (!context.canAdvance() && context.requireOutset()) { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> borderOutset; |
| if (parseBorderImageOutset(borderOutset)) |
| context.commitBorderOutset(WTFMove(borderOutset)); |
| } |
| |
| if (!context.canAdvance()) |
| return false; |
| |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| if (context.allowCommit()) { |
| if (propId == CSSPropertyBorderImage) |
| context.commitBorderImage(*this, important); |
| else |
| // Need to fully commit as a single value. |
| result = context.commitWebKitBorderImage(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| static bool isBorderImageRepeatKeyword(int id) |
| { |
| return id == CSSValueStretch || id == CSSValueRepeat || id == CSSValueSpace || id == CSSValueRound; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseBorderImageRepeat(RefPtr<CSSValue>& result) |
| { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> firstValue; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> secondValue; |
| CSSParserValue* val = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (!val) |
| return false; |
| if (isBorderImageRepeatKeyword(val->id)) |
| firstValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(val->id); |
| else |
| return false; |
| |
| val = m_valueList->next(); |
| if (val) { |
| if (isBorderImageRepeatKeyword(val->id)) |
| secondValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(val->id); |
| else if (!inShorthand()) { |
| // If we're not parsing a shorthand then we are invalid. |
| return false; |
| } else { |
| // We need to rewind the value list, so that when its advanced we'll |
| // end up back at this value. |
| m_valueList->previous(); |
| secondValue = firstValue; |
| } |
| } else |
| secondValue = firstValue; |
| |
| result = createPrimitiveValuePair(firstValue.releaseNonNull(), secondValue.releaseNonNull()); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| class BorderImageSliceParseContext { |
| public: |
| BorderImageSliceParseContext(CSSParser& parser) |
| : m_parser(parser) |
| , m_allowNumber(true) |
| , m_allowFill(true) |
| , m_allowFinalCommit(false) |
| , m_fill(false) |
| { } |
| |
| bool allowNumber() const { return m_allowNumber; } |
| bool allowFill() const { return m_allowFill; } |
| bool allowFinalCommit() const { return m_allowFinalCommit; } |
| CSSPrimitiveValue* top() const { return m_top.get(); } |
| |
| void commitNumber(CSSParser::ValueWithCalculation& valueWithCalculation) |
| { |
| auto primitiveValue = m_parser.createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| if (!m_top) |
| m_top = WTFMove(primitiveValue); |
| else if (!m_right) |
| m_right = WTFMove(primitiveValue); |
| else if (!m_bottom) |
| m_bottom = WTFMove(primitiveValue); |
| else { |
| ASSERT(!m_left); |
| m_left = WTFMove(primitiveValue); |
| } |
| |
| m_allowNumber = !m_left; |
| m_allowFinalCommit = true; |
| } |
| |
| void commitFill() { m_fill = true; m_allowFill = false; m_allowNumber = !m_top; } |
| |
| Ref<CSSBorderImageSliceValue> commitBorderImageSlice() |
| { |
| // We need to clone and repeat values for any omissions. |
| ASSERT(m_top); |
| if (!m_right) { |
| m_right = m_top; |
| m_bottom = m_top; |
| m_left = m_top; |
| } |
| if (!m_bottom) { |
| m_bottom = m_top; |
| m_left = m_right; |
| } |
| if (!m_left) |
| m_left = m_right; |
| |
| // Now build a rect value to hold all four of our primitive values. |
| auto quad = Quad::create(); |
| quad->setTop(m_top.copyRef()); |
| quad->setRight(m_right.copyRef()); |
| quad->setBottom(m_bottom.copyRef()); |
| quad->setLeft(m_left.copyRef()); |
| |
| // Make our new border image value now. |
| return CSSBorderImageSliceValue::create(CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(WTFMove(quad)), m_fill); |
| } |
| |
| private: |
| CSSParser& m_parser; |
| |
| bool m_allowNumber; |
| bool m_allowFill; |
| bool m_allowFinalCommit; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> m_top; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> m_right; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> m_bottom; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> m_left; |
| |
| bool m_fill; |
| }; |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseBorderImageSlice(CSSPropertyID propId, RefPtr<CSSBorderImageSliceValue>& result) |
| { |
| BorderImageSliceParseContext context(*this); |
| CSSParserValue* value; |
| while ((value = m_valueList->current())) { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*value); |
| // FIXME calc() http://webkit.org/b/16662 : calc is parsed but values are not created yet. |
| if (context.allowNumber() && !isCalculation(valueWithCalculation) && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FInteger | FNonNeg | FPercent, HTMLStandardMode)) { |
| context.commitNumber(valueWithCalculation); |
| } else if (context.allowFill() && value->id == CSSValueFill) |
| context.commitFill(); |
| else if (!inShorthand()) { |
| // If we're not parsing a shorthand then we are invalid. |
| return false; |
| } else { |
| if (context.allowFinalCommit()) { |
| // We're going to successfully parse, but we don't want to consume this token. |
| m_valueList->previous(); |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| if (context.allowFinalCommit()) { |
| // FIXME: For backwards compatibility, -webkit-border-image, -webkit-mask-box-image and -webkit-box-reflect have to do a fill by default. |
| // FIXME: What do we do with -webkit-box-reflect and -webkit-mask-box-image? Probably just have to leave them filling... |
| if (propId == CSSPropertyWebkitBorderImage || propId == CSSPropertyWebkitMaskBoxImage || propId == CSSPropertyWebkitBoxReflect) |
| context.commitFill(); |
| |
| // Need to fully commit as a single value. |
| result = context.commitBorderImageSlice(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| class BorderImageQuadParseContext { |
| public: |
| BorderImageQuadParseContext(CSSParser& parser) |
| : m_parser(parser) |
| , m_allowNumber(true) |
| , m_allowFinalCommit(false) |
| { } |
| |
| bool allowNumber() const { return m_allowNumber; } |
| bool allowFinalCommit() const { return m_allowFinalCommit; } |
| CSSPrimitiveValue* top() const { return m_top.get(); } |
| |
| void commitNumber(CSSParser::ValueWithCalculation& valueWithCalculation) |
| { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> primitiveValue; |
| if (valueWithCalculation.value().id == CSSValueAuto) |
| primitiveValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(valueWithCalculation.value().id); |
| else |
| primitiveValue = m_parser.createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| |
| if (!m_top) |
| m_top = WTFMove(primitiveValue); |
| else if (!m_right) |
| m_right = WTFMove(primitiveValue); |
| else if (!m_bottom) |
| m_bottom = WTFMove(primitiveValue); |
| else { |
| ASSERT(!m_left); |
| m_left = WTFMove(primitiveValue); |
| } |
| |
| m_allowNumber = !m_left; |
| m_allowFinalCommit = true; |
| } |
| |
| void setAllowFinalCommit() { m_allowFinalCommit = true; } |
| void setTop(RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>&& val) { m_top = WTFMove(val); } |
| |
| Ref<CSSPrimitiveValue> commitBorderImageQuad() |
| { |
| // We need to clone and repeat values for any omissions. |
| ASSERT(m_top); |
| if (!m_right) { |
| m_right = m_top; |
| m_bottom = m_top; |
| m_left = m_top; |
| } |
| if (!m_bottom) { |
| m_bottom = m_top; |
| m_left = m_right; |
| } |
| if (!m_left) |
| m_left = m_right; |
| |
| // Now build a quad value to hold all four of our primitive values. |
| auto quad = Quad::create(); |
| quad->setTop(m_top.copyRef()); |
| quad->setRight(m_right.copyRef()); |
| quad->setBottom(m_bottom.copyRef()); |
| quad->setLeft(m_left.copyRef()); |
| |
| // Make our new value now. |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(WTFMove(quad)); |
| } |
| |
| private: |
| CSSParser& m_parser; |
| |
| bool m_allowNumber; |
| bool m_allowFinalCommit; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> m_top; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> m_right; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> m_bottom; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> m_left; |
| }; |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseBorderImageQuad(Units validUnits, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& result) |
| { |
| BorderImageQuadParseContext context(*this); |
| CSSParserValue* value; |
| while ((value = m_valueList->current())) { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*value); |
| if (context.allowNumber() && (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, validUnits, HTMLStandardMode) || value->id == CSSValueAuto)) { |
| context.commitNumber(valueWithCalculation); |
| } else if (!inShorthand()) { |
| // If we're not parsing a shorthand then we are invalid. |
| return false; |
| } else { |
| if (context.allowFinalCommit()) |
| m_valueList->previous(); // The shorthand loop will advance back to this point. |
| break; |
| } |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| if (context.allowFinalCommit()) { |
| // Need to fully commit as a single value. |
| result = context.commitBorderImageQuad(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseBorderImageWidth(RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& result) |
| { |
| return parseBorderImageQuad(FLength | FInteger | FNonNeg | FPercent, result); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseBorderImageOutset(RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& result) |
| { |
| return parseBorderImageQuad(FLength | FInteger | FNonNeg, result); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseBorderRadius(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| unsigned num = m_valueList->size(); |
| if (num > 9) |
| return false; |
| |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, propId); |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> radii[2][4]; |
| |
| unsigned indexAfterSlash = 0; |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < num; ++i) { |
| CSSParserValue& value = *m_valueList->valueAt(i); |
| if (value.unit == CSSParserValue::Operator) { |
| if (value.iValue != '/') |
| return false; |
| |
| if (!i || indexAfterSlash || i + 1 == num || num > i + 5) |
| return false; |
| |
| indexAfterSlash = i + 1; |
| completeBorderRadii(radii[0]); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (i - indexAfterSlash >= 4) |
| return false; |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(value); |
| if (!validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg)) |
| return false; |
| |
| auto radius = createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| |
| if (!indexAfterSlash) { |
| radii[0][i] = WTFMove(radius); |
| |
| // Legacy syntax: -webkit-border-radius: l1 l2; is equivalent to border-radius: l1 / l2; |
| if (num == 2 && propId == CSSPropertyWebkitBorderRadius) { |
| indexAfterSlash = 1; |
| completeBorderRadii(radii[0]); |
| } |
| } else |
| radii[1][i - indexAfterSlash] = WTFMove(radius); |
| } |
| |
| if (!indexAfterSlash) { |
| completeBorderRadii(radii[0]); |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) |
| radii[1][i] = radii[0][i]; |
| } else |
| completeBorderRadii(radii[1]); |
| |
| ImplicitScope implicitScope(*this, PropertyImplicit); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyBorderTopLeftRadius, createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(radii[0][0]), WTFMove(radii[1][0])), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyBorderTopRightRadius, createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(radii[0][1]), WTFMove(radii[1][1])), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyBorderBottomRightRadius, createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(radii[0][2]), WTFMove(radii[1][2])), important); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyBorderBottomLeftRadius, createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(radii[0][3]), WTFMove(radii[1][3])), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseAspectRatio(bool important) |
| { |
| unsigned num = m_valueList->size(); |
| if (num == 1) { |
| CSSValueID valueId = m_valueList->valueAt(0)->id; |
| if (valueId == CSSValueAuto || valueId == CSSValueFromDimensions || valueId == CSSValueFromIntrinsic) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitAspectRatio, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(valueId), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (num != 3) |
| return false; |
| |
| CSSParserValue& op = *m_valueList->valueAt(1); |
| |
| if (!isForwardSlashOperator(op)) |
| return false; |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation lvalueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->valueAt(0)); |
| ValueWithCalculation rvalueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->valueAt(2)); |
| if (!validateUnit(lvalueWithCalculation, FNumber | FNonNeg) || !validateUnit(rvalueWithCalculation, FNumber | FNonNeg)) |
| return false; |
| |
| // FIXME: This doesn't handle calculated values. |
| if (!lvalueWithCalculation.value().fValue || !rvalueWithCalculation.value().fValue) |
| return false; |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitAspectRatio, CSSAspectRatioValue::create(narrowPrecisionToFloat(lvalueWithCalculation.value().fValue), narrowPrecisionToFloat(rvalueWithCalculation.value().fValue)), important); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseCounter(CSSPropertyID propId, int defaultValue, bool important) |
| { |
| enum { ID, VAL } state = ID; |
| |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> counterName; |
| |
| while (true) { |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| switch (state) { |
| case ID: |
| if (value && value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) { |
| counterName = createPrimitiveStringValue(*value); |
| state = VAL; |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| continue; |
| } |
| break; |
| case VAL: { |
| int i = defaultValue; |
| if (value && value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER) { |
| i = clampToInteger(value->fValue); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| list->append(createPrimitiveValuePair(WTFMove(counterName), |
| CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(i, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER))); |
| state = ID; |
| continue; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (list->length() > 0) { |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(list), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // This should go away once we drop support for -webkit-gradient |
| static RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> parseDeprecatedGradientPoint(CSSParserValue& value, bool horizontal) |
| { |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> result; |
| if (value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) { |
| if ((equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value, "left") && horizontal) |
| || (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value, "top") && !horizontal)) |
| result = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(0., CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE); |
| else if ((equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value, "right") && horizontal) |
| || (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value, "bottom") && !horizontal)) |
| result = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(100., CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE); |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value, "center")) |
| result = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(50., CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE); |
| } else if (value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER || value.unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE) |
| result = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(value.fValue, static_cast<CSSPrimitiveValue::UnitTypes>(value.unit)); |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| static bool parseDeprecatedGradientColorStop(CSSParser& parser, CSSParserValue& value, CSSGradientColorStop& stop) |
| { |
| if (value.unit != CSSParserValue::Function) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (!equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "from(") |
| && !equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "to(") |
| && !equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "color-stop(")) |
| return false; |
| |
| CSSParserValueList* args = value.function->args.get(); |
| if (!args) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "from(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "to(")) { |
| // The "from" and "to" stops expect 1 argument. |
| if (args->size() != 1) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "from(")) |
| stop.m_position = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(0, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER); |
| else |
| stop.m_position = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(1, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER); |
| |
| CSSValueID id = args->current()->id; |
| if (id == CSSValueWebkitText || CSSParser::isValidSystemColorValue(id) || id == CSSValueMenu) |
| stop.m_color = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(id); |
| else |
| stop.m_color = parser.parseColor(args->current()); |
| if (!stop.m_color) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // The "color-stop" function expects 3 arguments. |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "color-stop(")) { |
| if (args->size() != 3) |
| return false; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* stopArg = args->current(); |
| if (stopArg->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE) |
| stop.m_position = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(stopArg->fValue / 100, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER); |
| else if (stopArg->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER) |
| stop.m_position = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(stopArg->fValue, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER); |
| else |
| return false; |
| |
| stopArg = args->next(); |
| if (stopArg->unit != CSSParserValue::Operator || stopArg->iValue != ',') |
| return false; |
| |
| stopArg = args->next(); |
| CSSValueID id = stopArg->id; |
| if (id == CSSValueWebkitText || CSSParser::isValidSystemColorValue(id) || id == CSSValueMenu) |
| stop.m_color = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(id); |
| else |
| stop.m_color = parser.parseColor(stopArg); |
| if (!stop.m_color) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseDeprecatedGradient(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSValue>& gradient) |
| { |
| // Walk the arguments. |
| CSSParserValueList* args = valueList.current()->function->args.get(); |
| if (!args || args->size() == 0) |
| return false; |
| |
| // The first argument is the gradient type. It is an identifier. |
| CSSGradientType gradientType; |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args->current(); |
| if (!argument || argument->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return false; |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(*argument, "linear")) |
| gradientType = CSSDeprecatedLinearGradient; |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(*argument, "radial")) |
| gradientType = CSSDeprecatedRadialGradient; |
| else |
| return false; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSGradientValue> result; |
| switch (gradientType) { |
| case CSSDeprecatedLinearGradient: |
| result = CSSLinearGradientValue::create(NonRepeating, gradientType); |
| break; |
| case CSSDeprecatedRadialGradient: |
| result = CSSRadialGradientValue::create(NonRepeating, gradientType); |
| break; |
| default: |
| // The rest of the gradient types shouldn't appear here. |
| ASSERT_NOT_REACHED(); |
| } |
| |
| // Comma. |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!isComma(argument)) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Next comes the starting point for the gradient as an x y pair. There is no |
| // comma between the x and the y values. |
| // First X. It can be left, right, number or percent. |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> point = parseDeprecatedGradientPoint(*argument, true); |
| if (!point) |
| return false; |
| result->setFirstX(point.releaseNonNull()); |
| |
| // First Y. It can be top, bottom, number or percent. |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| point = parseDeprecatedGradientPoint(*argument, false); |
| if (!point) |
| return false; |
| result->setFirstY(point.releaseNonNull()); |
| |
| // Comma after the first point. |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!isComma(argument)) |
| return false; |
| |
| // For radial gradients only, we now expect a numeric radius. |
| if (gradientType == CSSDeprecatedRadialGradient) { |
| argument = args->next(); |
| // FIXME: This does not handle calculation values. |
| if (!argument || argument->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER) |
| return false; |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*argument); |
| downcast<CSSRadialGradientValue>(*result).setFirstRadius(createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentWithCalculation)); |
| |
| // Comma after the first radius. |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!isComma(argument)) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // Next is the ending point for the gradient as an x, y pair. |
| // Second X. It can be left, right, number or percent. |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| point = parseDeprecatedGradientPoint(*argument, true); |
| if (!point) |
| return false; |
| result->setSecondX(point.releaseNonNull()); |
| |
| // Second Y. It can be top, bottom, number or percent. |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| point = parseDeprecatedGradientPoint(*argument, false); |
| if (!point) |
| return false; |
| result->setSecondY(point.releaseNonNull()); |
| |
| // For radial gradients only, we now expect the second radius. |
| if (gradientType == CSSDeprecatedRadialGradient) { |
| // Comma after the second point. |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!isComma(argument)) |
| return false; |
| |
| argument = args->next(); |
| // FIXME: This does not handle calculation values. |
| if (!argument || argument->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER) |
| return false; |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*argument); |
| downcast<CSSRadialGradientValue>(*result).setSecondRadius(createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentWithCalculation)); |
| } |
| |
| // We now will accept any number of stops (0 or more). |
| argument = args->next(); |
| while (argument) { |
| // Look for the comma before the next stop. |
| if (!isComma(argument)) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Now examine the stop itself. |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| |
| // The function name needs to be one of "from", "to", or "color-stop." |
| CSSGradientColorStop stop; |
| if (!parseDeprecatedGradientColorStop(*this, *argument, stop)) |
| return false; |
| result->addStop(stop); |
| |
| // Advance |
| argument = args->next(); |
| } |
| |
| gradient = WTFMove(result); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| static RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> valueFromSideKeyword(CSSParserValue& value, bool& isHorizontal) |
| { |
| if (value.unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| switch (value.id) { |
| case CSSValueLeft: |
| case CSSValueRight: |
| isHorizontal = true; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueTop: |
| case CSSValueBottom: |
| isHorizontal = false; |
| break; |
| default: |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value.id); |
| } |
| |
| static RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> parseGradientColorOrKeyword(CSSParser& parser, CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| CSSValueID id = value.id; |
| if (id == CSSValueWebkitText || CSSParser::isValidSystemColorValue(id) || id == CSSValueMenu || id == CSSValueCurrentcolor) |
| return CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(id); |
| |
| return parser.parseColor(&value); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseDeprecatedLinearGradient(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSValue>& gradient, CSSGradientRepeat repeating) |
| { |
| auto result = CSSLinearGradientValue::create(repeating, CSSPrefixedLinearGradient); |
| |
| // Walk the arguments. |
| CSSParserValueList* args = valueList.current()->function->args.get(); |
| if (!args || !args->size()) |
| return false; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args->current(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*argument); |
| |
| bool expectComma = false; |
| // Look for angle. |
| if (validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FAngle, HTMLStandardMode)) { |
| result->setAngle(createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentWithCalculation)); |
| |
| args->next(); |
| expectComma = true; |
| } else { |
| // Look one or two optional keywords that indicate a side or corner. |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> startX, startY; |
| bool isHorizontal = false; |
| if (RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> location = valueFromSideKeyword(*argument, isHorizontal)) { |
| if (isHorizontal) |
| startX = WTFMove(location); |
| else |
| startY = WTFMove(location); |
| |
| if ((argument = args->next())) { |
| if ((location = valueFromSideKeyword(*argument, isHorizontal))) { |
| if (isHorizontal) { |
| if (startX) |
| return false; |
| startX = WTFMove(location); |
| } else { |
| if (startY) |
| return false; |
| startY = WTFMove(location); |
| } |
| |
| args->next(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| expectComma = true; |
| } |
| |
| if (!startX && !startY) |
| startY = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueTop); |
| |
| result->setFirstX(WTFMove(startX)); |
| result->setFirstY(WTFMove(startY)); |
| } |
| |
| if (!parseGradientColorStops(*args, result, expectComma)) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (!result->stopCount()) |
| return false; |
| |
| gradient = WTFMove(result); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseDeprecatedRadialGradient(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSValue>& gradient, CSSGradientRepeat repeating) |
| { |
| auto result = CSSRadialGradientValue::create(repeating, CSSPrefixedRadialGradient); |
| |
| // Walk the arguments. |
| CSSParserValueList* args = valueList.current()->function->args.get(); |
| if (!args || !args->size()) |
| return false; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args->current(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| |
| bool expectComma = false; |
| |
| // Optional background-position |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> centerX; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> centerY; |
| // parse2ValuesFillPosition advances the args next pointer. |
| parse2ValuesFillPosition(*args, centerX, centerY); |
| argument = args->current(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (centerX || centerY) { |
| // Comma |
| if (!isComma(argument)) |
| return false; |
| |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| result->setFirstX(centerX.copyRef()); |
| result->setSecondX(WTFMove(centerX)); |
| // CSS3 radial gradients always share the same start and end point. |
| result->setFirstY(centerY.copyRef()); |
| result->setSecondY(WTFMove(centerY)); |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> shapeValue; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> sizeValue; |
| |
| // Optional shape and/or size in any order. |
| for (int i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { |
| if (argument->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| break; |
| |
| bool foundValue = false; |
| switch (argument->id) { |
| case CSSValueCircle: |
| case CSSValueEllipse: |
| shapeValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(argument->id); |
| foundValue = true; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueClosestSide: |
| case CSSValueClosestCorner: |
| case CSSValueFarthestSide: |
| case CSSValueFarthestCorner: |
| case CSSValueContain: |
| case CSSValueCover: |
| sizeValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(argument->id); |
| foundValue = true; |
| break; |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (foundValue) { |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| |
| expectComma = true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| result->setShape(shapeValue.copyRef()); |
| result->setSizingBehavior(sizeValue.copyRef()); |
| |
| // Or, two lengths or percentages |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> horizontalSize; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> verticalSize; |
| |
| if (!shapeValue && !sizeValue) { |
| ValueWithCalculation hSizeWithCalculation(*argument); |
| if (validateUnit(hSizeWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent)) { |
| horizontalSize = createPrimitiveNumericValue(hSizeWithCalculation); |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| |
| expectComma = true; |
| } |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation vSizeWithCalculation(*argument); |
| if (validateUnit(vSizeWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent)) { |
| verticalSize = createPrimitiveNumericValue(vSizeWithCalculation); |
| |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| expectComma = true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Must have neither or both. |
| if (!horizontalSize != !verticalSize) |
| return false; |
| |
| result->setEndHorizontalSize(WTFMove(horizontalSize)); |
| result->setEndVerticalSize(WTFMove(verticalSize)); |
| |
| if (!parseGradientColorStops(*args, result, expectComma)) |
| return false; |
| |
| gradient = WTFMove(result); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseLinearGradient(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSValue>& gradient, CSSGradientRepeat repeating) |
| { |
| auto result = CSSLinearGradientValue::create(repeating, CSSLinearGradient); |
| |
| CSSParserValueList* args = valueList.current()->function->args.get(); |
| if (!args || !args->size()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (!args->current()) |
| return false; |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation firstArgumentWithCalculation(*args->current()); |
| |
| bool expectComma = false; |
| // Look for angle. |
| if (validateUnit(firstArgumentWithCalculation, FAngle, HTMLStandardMode)) { |
| result->setAngle(createPrimitiveNumericValue(firstArgumentWithCalculation)); |
| |
| args->next(); |
| expectComma = true; |
| } else if (firstArgumentWithCalculation.value().unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(firstArgumentWithCalculation, "to")) { |
| // to [ [left | right] || [top | bottom] ] |
| CSSParserValue* nextArgument = args->next(); |
| if (!nextArgument) |
| return false; |
| |
| bool isHorizontal = false; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> location = valueFromSideKeyword(*nextArgument, isHorizontal); |
| if (!location) |
| return false; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> endX, endY; |
| if (isHorizontal) |
| endX = WTFMove(location); |
| else |
| endY = WTFMove(location); |
| |
| nextArgument = args->next(); |
| if (!nextArgument) |
| return false; |
| |
| location = valueFromSideKeyword(*nextArgument, isHorizontal); |
| if (location) { |
| if (isHorizontal) { |
| if (endX) |
| return false; |
| endX = WTFMove(location); |
| } else { |
| if (endY) |
| return false; |
| endY = WTFMove(location); |
| } |
| |
| args->next(); |
| } |
| |
| expectComma = true; |
| result->setFirstX(WTFMove(endX)); |
| result->setFirstY(WTFMove(endY)); |
| } |
| |
| if (!parseGradientColorStops(*args, result, expectComma)) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (!result->stopCount()) |
| return false; |
| |
| gradient = WTFMove(result); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseRadialGradient(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSValue>& gradient, CSSGradientRepeat repeating) |
| { |
| auto result = CSSRadialGradientValue::create(repeating, CSSRadialGradient); |
| |
| CSSParserValueList* args = valueList.current()->function->args.get(); |
| if (!args || !args->size()) |
| return false; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args->current(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| |
| bool expectComma = false; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> shapeValue; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> sizeValue; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> horizontalSize; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> verticalSize; |
| |
| // First part of grammar, the size/shape clause: |
| // [ circle || <length> ] | |
| // [ ellipse || [ <length> | <percentage> ]{2} ] | |
| // [ [ circle | ellipse] || <size-keyword> ] |
| for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*argument); |
| if (argument->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) { |
| bool badIdent = false; |
| switch (argument->id) { |
| case CSSValueCircle: |
| case CSSValueEllipse: |
| if (shapeValue) |
| return false; |
| shapeValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(argument->id); |
| break; |
| case CSSValueClosestSide: |
| case CSSValueClosestCorner: |
| case CSSValueFarthestSide: |
| case CSSValueFarthestCorner: |
| if (sizeValue || horizontalSize) |
| return false; |
| sizeValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(argument->id); |
| break; |
| default: |
| badIdent = true; |
| } |
| |
| if (badIdent) |
| break; |
| |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| } else if (validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent)) { |
| |
| if (sizeValue || horizontalSize) |
| return false; |
| horizontalSize = createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentWithCalculation); |
| |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation vSizeWithCalculation(*argument); |
| if (validateUnit(vSizeWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent)) { |
| verticalSize = createPrimitiveNumericValue(vSizeWithCalculation); |
| ++i; |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| } |
| } else |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| // You can specify size as a keyword or a length/percentage, not both. |
| if (sizeValue && horizontalSize) |
| return false; |
| // Circles must have 0 or 1 lengths. |
| if (shapeValue && shapeValue->valueID() == CSSValueCircle && verticalSize) |
| return false; |
| // Ellipses must have 0 or 2 length/percentages. |
| if (shapeValue && shapeValue->valueID() == CSSValueEllipse && horizontalSize && !verticalSize) |
| return false; |
| // If there's only one size, it must be a length. |
| if (!verticalSize && horizontalSize && horizontalSize->isPercentage()) |
| return false; |
| |
| result->setShape(shapeValue.copyRef()); |
| result->setSizingBehavior(sizeValue.copyRef()); |
| result->setEndHorizontalSize(horizontalSize.copyRef()); |
| result->setEndVerticalSize(verticalSize.copyRef()); |
| |
| // Second part of grammar, the center-position clause: |
| // at <position> |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> centerX; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> centerY; |
| if (argument->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(*argument, "at")) { |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| |
| parseFillPosition(*args, centerX, centerY); |
| if (!(centerX && centerY)) |
| return false; |
| |
| argument = args->current(); |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| |
| result->setFirstX(centerX.copyRef()); |
| result->setFirstY(centerY.copyRef()); |
| // Right now, CSS radial gradients have the same start and end centers. |
| result->setSecondX(centerX.copyRef()); |
| result->setSecondY(centerY.copyRef()); |
| } |
| |
| if (shapeValue || sizeValue || horizontalSize || centerX || centerY) |
| expectComma = true; |
| |
| if (!parseGradientColorStops(*args, result, expectComma)) |
| return false; |
| |
| gradient = WTFMove(result); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseGradientColorStops(CSSParserValueList& valueList, CSSGradientValue& gradient, bool expectComma) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue* value = valueList.current(); |
| bool previousStopWasMidpoint = true; |
| |
| // Now look for color stops. |
| while (value) { |
| // Look for the comma before the next stop. |
| if (expectComma) { |
| if (!isComma(value)) |
| return false; |
| |
| value = valueList.next(); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // <color-stop> = <color> [ <percentage> | <length> ]? |
| CSSGradientColorStop stop; |
| stop.m_color = parseGradientColorOrKeyword(*this, *value); |
| if (!stop.m_color) { |
| if (previousStopWasMidpoint) // 2 midpoints in a row is not allowed. This also catches starting with a midpoint. |
| return false; |
| |
| stop.isMidpoint = true; |
| } else |
| value = valueList.next(); |
| |
| previousStopWasMidpoint = stop.isMidpoint; |
| |
| if (value) { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*value); |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent)) { |
| stop.m_position = createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| value = valueList.next(); |
| } else if (stop.isMidpoint) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| gradient.addStop(stop); |
| expectComma = true; |
| } |
| |
| // We can't end on a midpoint. |
| if (previousStopWasMidpoint) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Must have 2 or more stops to be valid. |
| return gradient.stopCount() >= 2; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::isGeneratedImageValue(CSSParserValue& value) const |
| { |
| if (value.unit != CSSParserValue::Function) |
| return false; |
| |
| return equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "-webkit-gradient(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "-webkit-linear-gradient(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "linear-gradient(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "-webkit-repeating-linear-gradient(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "repeating-linear-gradient(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "-webkit-radial-gradient(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "radial-gradient(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "-webkit-repeating-radial-gradient(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "repeating-radial-gradient(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "-webkit-canvas(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "cross-fade(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "-webkit-cross-fade(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "filter(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "-webkit-filter(") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(value.function->name, "-webkit-named-image("); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseGeneratedImage(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSValue>& value) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue& parserValue = *valueList.current(); |
| |
| if (parserValue.unit != CSSParserValue::Function) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "-webkit-gradient(")) |
| return parseDeprecatedGradient(valueList, value); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "-webkit-linear-gradient(")) |
| return parseDeprecatedLinearGradient(valueList, value, NonRepeating); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "linear-gradient(")) |
| return parseLinearGradient(valueList, value, NonRepeating); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "-webkit-repeating-linear-gradient(")) |
| return parseDeprecatedLinearGradient(valueList, value, Repeating); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "repeating-linear-gradient(")) |
| return parseLinearGradient(valueList, value, Repeating); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "-webkit-radial-gradient(")) |
| return parseDeprecatedRadialGradient(valueList, value, NonRepeating); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "radial-gradient(")) |
| return parseRadialGradient(valueList, value, NonRepeating); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "-webkit-repeating-radial-gradient(")) |
| return parseDeprecatedRadialGradient(valueList, value, Repeating); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "repeating-radial-gradient(")) |
| return parseRadialGradient(valueList, value, Repeating); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "-webkit-canvas(")) |
| return parseCanvas(valueList, value); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "-webkit-cross-fade(")) |
| return parseCrossfade(valueList, value, true); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "cross-fade(")) |
| return parseCrossfade(valueList, value, false); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "filter(") || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "-webkit-filter(")) |
| return parseFilterImage(valueList, value); |
| |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(parserValue.function->name, "-webkit-named-image(")) |
| return parseNamedImage(valueList, value); |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFilterImage(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSValue>& filter) |
| { |
| // Walk the arguments. |
| CSSParserValueList* args = valueList.current()->function->args.get(); |
| if (!args) |
| return false; |
| CSSParserValue* value = args->current(); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| |
| // The first argument is the image. It is a fill image. |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> imageValue; |
| if (!parseFillImage(*args, imageValue)) { |
| if (value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) |
| imageValue = CSSImageValue::create(completeURL(value->string)); |
| else |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| value = args->next(); |
| |
| // Skip a comma |
| if (!isComma(value)) |
| return false; |
| value = args->next(); |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> filterValue; |
| if (!value || !parseFilter(*args, filterValue)) |
| return false; |
| value = args->next(); |
| |
| filter = CSSFilterImageValue::create(imageValue.releaseNonNull(), filterValue.releaseNonNull()); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseCrossfade(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSValue>& crossfade, bool prefixed) |
| { |
| // Walk the arguments. |
| CSSParserValueList* args = valueList.current()->function->args.get(); |
| if (!args || args->size() != 5) |
| return false; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args->current(); |
| |
| // The first argument is the "from" image. It is a fill image. |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> fromImageValue; |
| if (!argument || !parseFillImage(*args, fromImageValue)) |
| return false; |
| argument = args->next(); |
| |
| // Skip a comma |
| if (!isComma(argument)) |
| return false; |
| argument = args->next(); |
| |
| // The second argument is the "to" image. It is a fill image. |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> toImageValue; |
| if (!argument || !parseFillImage(*args, toImageValue)) |
| return false; |
| argument = args->next(); |
| |
| // Skip a comma |
| if (!isComma(argument)) |
| return false; |
| argument = args->next(); |
| |
| // The third argument is the crossfade value. It is a percentage or a fractional number. |
| if (!argument) |
| return false; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> percentage; |
| if (argument->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE) |
| percentage = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(clampTo<double>(argument->fValue / 100, 0, 1), CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER); |
| else if (argument->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER) |
| percentage = CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(clampTo<double>(argument->fValue, 0, 1), CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER); |
| else |
| return false; |
| |
| crossfade = CSSCrossfadeValue::create(fromImageValue.releaseNonNull(), toImageValue.releaseNonNull(), percentage.releaseNonNull(), prefixed); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseCanvas(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSValue>& canvas) |
| { |
| // Walk the arguments. |
| CSSParserValueList* args = valueList.current()->function->args.get(); |
| if (!args || args->size() != 1) |
| return false; |
| |
| // The first argument is the canvas name. It is an identifier. |
| CSSParserValue* value = args->current(); |
| if (!value || value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return false; |
| |
| canvas = CSSCanvasValue::create(value->string); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseNamedImage(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSValue>& namedImage) |
| { |
| CSSParserValueList* args = valueList.current()->function->args.get(); |
| if (!args || args->size() != 1) |
| return false; |
| |
| // The only argument is the image name. |
| CSSParserValue* value = args->current(); |
| if (!value || value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return false; |
| |
| namedImage = CSSNamedImageValue::create(value->string); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_IMAGE_RESOLUTION) |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> CSSParser::parseImageResolution() |
| { |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| bool haveResolution = false; |
| bool haveFromImage = false; |
| bool haveSnap = false; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| while (value) { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*value); |
| if (!haveFromImage && value->id == CSSValueFromImage) { |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id)); |
| haveFromImage = true; |
| } else if (!haveSnap && value->id == CSSValueSnap) { |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id)); |
| haveSnap = true; |
| } else if (!haveResolution && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FResolution | FNonNeg) && value->fValue > 0) { |
| list->append(createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation)); |
| haveResolution = true; |
| } else |
| return nullptr; |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| if (!list->length()) |
| return nullptr; |
| if (!haveFromImage && !haveResolution) |
| return nullptr; |
| return WTFMove(list); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSImageSetValue> CSSParser::parseImageSet() |
| { |
| CSSParserValue& value = *m_valueList->current(); |
| ASSERT(value.unit == CSSParserValue::Function); |
| |
| CSSParserValueList* functionArgs = value.function->args.get(); |
| if (!functionArgs || !functionArgs->size() || !functionArgs->current()) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto imageSet = CSSImageSetValue::create(); |
| CSSParserValue* arg = functionArgs->current(); |
| while (arg) { |
| if (arg->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_URI) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| imageSet->append(CSSImageValue::create(completeURL(arg->string))); |
| arg = functionArgs->next(); |
| if (!arg || arg->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_DIMENSION) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| double imageScaleFactor = 0; |
| const String& string = arg->string; |
| unsigned length = string.length(); |
| if (!length) |
| return nullptr; |
| if (string.is8Bit()) { |
| const LChar* start = string.characters8(); |
| parseDouble(start, start + length, 'x', imageScaleFactor); |
| } else { |
| const UChar* start = string.characters16(); |
| parseDouble(start, start + length, 'x', imageScaleFactor); |
| } |
| if (imageScaleFactor <= 0) |
| return nullptr; |
| imageSet->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(imageScaleFactor, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER)); |
| |
| // If there are no more arguments, we're done. |
| arg = functionArgs->next(); |
| if (!arg) |
| break; |
| |
| // If there are more arguments, they should be after a comma. |
| if (!isComma(arg)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // Skip the comma and move on to the next argument. |
| arg = functionArgs->next(); |
| } |
| |
| return WTFMove(imageSet); |
| } |
| |
| class TransformOperationInfo { |
| public: |
| TransformOperationInfo(const CSSParserString& name) |
| : m_type(WebKitCSSTransformValue::UnknownTransformOperation) |
| , m_argCount(1) |
| , m_allowSingleArgument(false) |
| , m_unit(CSSParser::FUnknown) |
| { |
| const UChar* characters; |
| unsigned nameLength = name.length(); |
| |
| const unsigned longestNameLength = 12; |
| UChar characterBuffer[longestNameLength]; |
| if (name.is8Bit()) { |
| unsigned length = std::min(longestNameLength, nameLength); |
| const LChar* characters8 = name.characters8(); |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < length; ++i) |
| characterBuffer[i] = characters8[i]; |
| characters = characterBuffer; |
| } else |
| characters = name.characters16(); |
| |
| switch (nameLength) { |
| case 5: |
| // Valid name: skew(. |
| if (((characters[0] == 's') || (characters[0] == 'S')) |
| & ((characters[1] == 'k') || (characters[1] == 'K')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 'e') || (characters[2] == 'E')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 'w') || (characters[3] == 'W')) |
| & (characters[4] == '(')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FAngle; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::SkewTransformOperation; |
| m_allowSingleArgument = true; |
| m_argCount = 3; |
| } |
| break; |
| case 6: |
| // Valid names: skewx(, skewy(, scale(. |
| if ((characters[1] == 'c') || (characters[1] == 'C')) { |
| if (((characters[0] == 's') || (characters[0] == 'S')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 'a') || (characters[2] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 'l') || (characters[3] == 'L')) |
| & ((characters[4] == 'e') || (characters[4] == 'E')) |
| & (characters[5] == '(')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FNumber; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::ScaleTransformOperation; |
| m_allowSingleArgument = true; |
| m_argCount = 3; |
| } |
| } else if (((characters[0] == 's') || (characters[0] == 'S')) |
| & ((characters[1] == 'k') || (characters[1] == 'K')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 'e') || (characters[2] == 'E')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 'w') || (characters[3] == 'W')) |
| & (characters[5] == '(')) { |
| if ((characters[4] == 'x') || (characters[4] == 'X')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FAngle; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::SkewXTransformOperation; |
| } else if ((characters[4] == 'y') || (characters[4] == 'Y')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FAngle; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::SkewYTransformOperation; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| case 7: |
| // Valid names: matrix(, rotate(, scalex(, scaley(, scalez(. |
| if ((characters[0] == 'm') || (characters[0] == 'M')) { |
| if (((characters[1] == 'a') || (characters[1] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 't') || (characters[2] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 'r') || (characters[3] == 'R')) |
| & ((characters[4] == 'i') || (characters[4] == 'I')) |
| & ((characters[5] == 'x') || (characters[5] == 'X')) |
| & (characters[6] == '(')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FNumber; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::MatrixTransformOperation; |
| m_argCount = 11; |
| } |
| } else if ((characters[0] == 'r') || (characters[0] == 'R')) { |
| if (((characters[1] == 'o') || (characters[1] == 'O')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 't') || (characters[2] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 'a') || (characters[3] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[4] == 't') || (characters[4] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[5] == 'e') || (characters[5] == 'E')) |
| & (characters[6] == '(')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FAngle; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::RotateTransformOperation; |
| } |
| } else if (((characters[0] == 's') || (characters[0] == 'S')) |
| & ((characters[1] == 'c') || (characters[1] == 'C')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 'a') || (characters[2] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 'l') || (characters[3] == 'L')) |
| & ((characters[4] == 'e') || (characters[4] == 'E')) |
| & (characters[6] == '(')) { |
| if ((characters[5] == 'x') || (characters[5] == 'X')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FNumber; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::ScaleXTransformOperation; |
| } else if ((characters[5] == 'y') || (characters[5] == 'Y')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FNumber; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::ScaleYTransformOperation; |
| } else if ((characters[5] == 'z') || (characters[5] == 'Z')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FNumber; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::ScaleZTransformOperation; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| case 8: |
| // Valid names: rotatex(, rotatey(, rotatez(, scale3d(. |
| if ((characters[0] == 's') || (characters[0] == 'S')) { |
| if (((characters[1] == 'c') || (characters[1] == 'C')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 'a') || (characters[2] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 'l') || (characters[3] == 'L')) |
| & ((characters[4] == 'e') || (characters[4] == 'E')) |
| & (characters[5] == '3') |
| & ((characters[6] == 'd') || (characters[6] == 'D')) |
| & (characters[7] == '(')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FNumber; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::Scale3DTransformOperation; |
| m_argCount = 5; |
| } |
| } else if (((characters[0] == 'r') || (characters[0] == 'R')) |
| & ((characters[1] == 'o') || (characters[1] == 'O')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 't') || (characters[2] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 'a') || (characters[3] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[4] == 't') || (characters[4] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[5] == 'e') || (characters[5] == 'E')) |
| & (characters[7] == '(')) { |
| if ((characters[6] == 'x') || (characters[6] == 'X')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FAngle; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::RotateXTransformOperation; |
| } else if ((characters[6] == 'y') || (characters[6] == 'Y')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FAngle; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::RotateYTransformOperation; |
| } else if ((characters[6] == 'z') || (characters[6] == 'Z')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FAngle; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::RotateZTransformOperation; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| case 9: |
| // Valid names: matrix3d(, rotate3d(. |
| if ((characters[0] == 'm') || (characters[0] == 'M')) { |
| if (((characters[1] == 'a') || (characters[1] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 't') || (characters[2] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 'r') || (characters[3] == 'R')) |
| & ((characters[4] == 'i') || (characters[4] == 'I')) |
| & ((characters[5] == 'x') || (characters[5] == 'X')) |
| & (characters[6] == '3') |
| & ((characters[7] == 'd') || (characters[7] == 'D')) |
| & (characters[8] == '(')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FNumber; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::Matrix3DTransformOperation; |
| m_argCount = 31; |
| } |
| } else if (((characters[0] == 'r') || (characters[0] == 'R')) |
| & ((characters[1] == 'o') || (characters[1] == 'O')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 't') || (characters[2] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 'a') || (characters[3] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[4] == 't') || (characters[4] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[5] == 'e') || (characters[5] == 'E')) |
| & (characters[6] == '3') |
| & ((characters[7] == 'd') || (characters[7] == 'D')) |
| & (characters[8] == '(')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FNumber; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::Rotate3DTransformOperation; |
| m_argCount = 7; |
| } |
| break; |
| case 10: |
| // Valid name: translate(. |
| if (((characters[0] == 't') || (characters[0] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[1] == 'r') || (characters[1] == 'R')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 'a') || (characters[2] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 'n') || (characters[3] == 'N')) |
| & ((characters[4] == 's') || (characters[4] == 'S')) |
| & ((characters[5] == 'l') || (characters[5] == 'L')) |
| & ((characters[6] == 'a') || (characters[6] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[7] == 't') || (characters[7] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[8] == 'e') || (characters[8] == 'E')) |
| & (characters[9] == '(')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FLength | CSSParser::FPercent; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::TranslateTransformOperation; |
| m_allowSingleArgument = true; |
| m_argCount = 3; |
| } |
| break; |
| case 11: |
| // Valid names: translatex(, translatey(, translatez(. |
| if (((characters[0] == 't') || (characters[0] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[1] == 'r') || (characters[1] == 'R')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 'a') || (characters[2] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 'n') || (characters[3] == 'N')) |
| & ((characters[4] == 's') || (characters[4] == 'S')) |
| & ((characters[5] == 'l') || (characters[5] == 'L')) |
| & ((characters[6] == 'a') || (characters[6] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[7] == 't') || (characters[7] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[8] == 'e') || (characters[8] == 'E')) |
| & (characters[10] == '(')) { |
| if ((characters[9] == 'x') || (characters[9] == 'X')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FLength | CSSParser::FPercent; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::TranslateXTransformOperation; |
| } else if ((characters[9] == 'y') || (characters[9] == 'Y')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FLength | CSSParser::FPercent; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::TranslateYTransformOperation; |
| } else if ((characters[9] == 'z') || (characters[9] == 'Z')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FLength | CSSParser::FPercent; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::TranslateZTransformOperation; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| case 12: |
| // Valid names: perspective(, translate3d(. |
| if ((characters[0] == 'p') || (characters[0] == 'P')) { |
| if (((characters[1] == 'e') || (characters[1] == 'E')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 'r') || (characters[2] == 'R')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 's') || (characters[3] == 'S')) |
| & ((characters[4] == 'p') || (characters[4] == 'P')) |
| & ((characters[5] == 'e') || (characters[5] == 'E')) |
| & ((characters[6] == 'c') || (characters[6] == 'C')) |
| & ((characters[7] == 't') || (characters[7] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[8] == 'i') || (characters[8] == 'I')) |
| & ((characters[9] == 'v') || (characters[9] == 'V')) |
| & ((characters[10] == 'e') || (characters[10] == 'E')) |
| & (characters[11] == '(')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FNumber; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::PerspectiveTransformOperation; |
| } |
| } else if (((characters[0] == 't') || (characters[0] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[1] == 'r') || (characters[1] == 'R')) |
| & ((characters[2] == 'a') || (characters[2] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[3] == 'n') || (characters[3] == 'N')) |
| & ((characters[4] == 's') || (characters[4] == 'S')) |
| & ((characters[5] == 'l') || (characters[5] == 'L')) |
| & ((characters[6] == 'a') || (characters[6] == 'A')) |
| & ((characters[7] == 't') || (characters[7] == 'T')) |
| & ((characters[8] == 'e') || (characters[8] == 'E')) |
| & (characters[9] == '3') |
| & ((characters[10] == 'd') || (characters[10] == 'D')) |
| & (characters[11] == '(')) { |
| m_unit = CSSParser::FLength | CSSParser::FPercent; |
| m_type = WebKitCSSTransformValue::Translate3DTransformOperation; |
| m_argCount = 5; |
| } |
| break; |
| } // end switch () |
| } |
| |
| WebKitCSSTransformValue::TransformOperationType type() const { return m_type; } |
| unsigned argCount() const { return m_argCount; } |
| CSSParser::Units unit() const { return m_unit; } |
| |
| bool unknown() const { return m_type == WebKitCSSTransformValue::UnknownTransformOperation; } |
| bool hasCorrectArgCount(unsigned argCount) { return m_argCount == argCount || (m_allowSingleArgument && argCount == 1); } |
| |
| private: |
| WebKitCSSTransformValue::TransformOperationType m_type; |
| unsigned m_argCount; |
| bool m_allowSingleArgument; |
| CSSParser::Units m_unit; |
| }; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> CSSParser::parseTransform() |
| { |
| if (!m_valueList) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| for (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); value; value = m_valueList->next()) { |
| auto parsedTransformValue = parseTransformValue(*value); |
| if (!parsedTransformValue) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| list->append(parsedTransformValue.releaseNonNull()); |
| } |
| |
| return WTFMove(list); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<WebKitCSSTransformValue> CSSParser::parseTransformValue(CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| if (value.unit != CSSParserValue::Function || !value.function) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // Every primitive requires at least one argument. |
| CSSParserValueList* args = value.function->args.get(); |
| if (!args) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // See if the specified primitive is one we understand. |
| TransformOperationInfo info(value.function->name); |
| if (info.unknown()) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| if (!info.hasCorrectArgCount(args->size())) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // The transform is a list of functional primitives that specify transform operations. |
| // We collect a list of WebKitCSSTransformValues, where each value specifies a single operation. |
| |
| // Create the new WebKitCSSTransformValue for this operation and add it to our list. |
| auto transformValue = WebKitCSSTransformValue::create(info.type()); |
| |
| // Snag our values. |
| CSSParserValue* argument = args->current(); |
| unsigned argNumber = 0; |
| while (argument) { |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*argument); |
| CSSParser::Units unit = info.unit(); |
| |
| if (info.type() == WebKitCSSTransformValue::Rotate3DTransformOperation && argNumber == 3) { |
| // 4th param of rotate3d() is an angle rather than a bare number, validate it as such |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FAngle, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return nullptr; |
| } else if (info.type() == WebKitCSSTransformValue::Translate3DTransformOperation && argNumber == 2) { |
| // 3rd param of translate3d() cannot be a percentage |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FLength, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return nullptr; |
| } else if (info.type() == WebKitCSSTransformValue::TranslateZTransformOperation && !argNumber) { |
| // 1st param of translateZ() cannot be a percentage |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FLength, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return nullptr; |
| } else if (info.type() == WebKitCSSTransformValue::PerspectiveTransformOperation && !argNumber) { |
| // 1st param of perspective() must be a non-negative number (deprecated) or length. |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FNumber | FLength | FNonNeg, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return nullptr; |
| } else if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, unit, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| // Add the value to the current transform operation. |
| transformValue->append(createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentWithCalculation)); |
| |
| argument = args->next(); |
| if (!argument) |
| break; |
| if (argument->unit != CSSParserValue::Operator || argument->iValue != ',') |
| return nullptr; |
| argument = args->next(); |
| |
| ++argNumber; |
| } |
| |
| return WTFMove(transformValue); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::isBlendMode(CSSValueID valueID) |
| { |
| return (valueID >= CSSValueMultiply && valueID <= CSSValueLuminosity) |
| || valueID == CSSValueNormal |
| || valueID == CSSValueOverlay; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::isCompositeOperator(CSSValueID valueID) |
| { |
| // FIXME: Add CSSValueDestination and CSSValueLighter when the Compositing spec updates. |
| return valueID >= CSSValueClear && valueID <= CSSValueXor; |
| } |
| |
| static void filterInfoForName(const CSSParserString& name, WebKitCSSFilterValue::FilterOperationType& filterType, unsigned& maximumArgumentCount) |
| { |
| if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(name, "grayscale(")) |
| filterType = WebKitCSSFilterValue::GrayscaleFilterOperation; |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(name, "sepia(")) |
| filterType = WebKitCSSFilterValue::SepiaFilterOperation; |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(name, "saturate(")) |
| filterType = WebKitCSSFilterValue::SaturateFilterOperation; |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(name, "hue-rotate(")) |
| filterType = WebKitCSSFilterValue::HueRotateFilterOperation; |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(name, "invert(")) |
| filterType = WebKitCSSFilterValue::InvertFilterOperation; |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(name, "opacity(")) |
| filterType = WebKitCSSFilterValue::OpacityFilterOperation; |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(name, "brightness(")) |
| filterType = WebKitCSSFilterValue::BrightnessFilterOperation; |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(name, "contrast(")) |
| filterType = WebKitCSSFilterValue::ContrastFilterOperation; |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(name, "blur(")) |
| filterType = WebKitCSSFilterValue::BlurFilterOperation; |
| else if (equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(name, "drop-shadow(")) { |
| filterType = WebKitCSSFilterValue::DropShadowFilterOperation; |
| maximumArgumentCount = 4; // x-offset, y-offset, blur-radius, color -- spread and inset style not allowed. |
| } |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<WebKitCSSFilterValue> CSSParser::parseBuiltinFilterArguments(CSSParserValueList& args, WebKitCSSFilterValue::FilterOperationType filterType) |
| { |
| auto filterValue = WebKitCSSFilterValue::create(filterType); |
| |
| switch (filterType) { |
| case WebKitCSSFilterValue::GrayscaleFilterOperation: |
| case WebKitCSSFilterValue::SepiaFilterOperation: |
| case WebKitCSSFilterValue::SaturateFilterOperation: |
| case WebKitCSSFilterValue::InvertFilterOperation: |
| case WebKitCSSFilterValue::OpacityFilterOperation: |
| case WebKitCSSFilterValue::ContrastFilterOperation: { |
| // One optional argument, 0-1 or 0%-100%, if missing use 100%. |
| if (args.size() > 1) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| if (args.size()) { |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*args.current()); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FNumber | FPercent | FNonNeg, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| auto primitiveValue = createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentWithCalculation); |
| |
| // Saturate and Contrast allow values over 100%. |
| if (filterType != WebKitCSSFilterValue::SaturateFilterOperation |
| && filterType != WebKitCSSFilterValue::ContrastFilterOperation) { |
| double maxAllowed = primitiveValue->primitiveType() == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_PERCENTAGE ? 100.0 : 1.0; |
| if (primitiveValue->doubleValue() > maxAllowed) |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| filterValue->append(WTFMove(primitiveValue)); |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| case WebKitCSSFilterValue::BrightnessFilterOperation: { |
| // One optional argument, if missing use 100%. |
| if (args.size() > 1) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| if (args.size()) { |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*args.current()); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FNumber | FPercent, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| filterValue->append(createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentWithCalculation)); |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| case WebKitCSSFilterValue::HueRotateFilterOperation: { |
| // hue-rotate() takes one optional angle. |
| if (args.size() > 1) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| if (args.size()) { |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*args.current()); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FAngle, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| filterValue->append(createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentWithCalculation)); |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| case WebKitCSSFilterValue::BlurFilterOperation: { |
| // Blur takes a single length. Zero parameters are allowed. |
| if (args.size() > 1) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| if (args.size()) { |
| ValueWithCalculation argumentWithCalculation(*args.current()); |
| if (!validateUnit(argumentWithCalculation, FLength | FNonNeg, HTMLStandardMode)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| filterValue->append(createPrimitiveNumericValue(argumentWithCalculation)); |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| case WebKitCSSFilterValue::DropShadowFilterOperation: { |
| // drop-shadow() takes a single shadow. |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> shadowValueList = parseShadow(args, CSSPropertyFilter); |
| if (!shadowValueList || shadowValueList->length() != 1) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| filterValue->append(*shadowValueList->itemWithoutBoundsCheck(0)); |
| break; |
| } |
| default: |
| ASSERT_NOT_REACHED(); |
| } |
| return WTFMove(filterValue); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFilter(CSSParserValueList& valueList, RefPtr<CSSValueList>& result) |
| { |
| // The filter is a list of functional primitives that specify individual operations. |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| for (auto* value = valueList.current(); value; value = valueList.next()) { |
| if (value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_URI && (value->unit != CSSParserValue::Function || !value->function)) |
| return false; |
| |
| WebKitCSSFilterValue::FilterOperationType filterType = WebKitCSSFilterValue::UnknownFilterOperation; |
| |
| // See if the specified primitive is one we understand. |
| if (value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_URI) { |
| auto referenceFilterValue = WebKitCSSFilterValue::create(WebKitCSSFilterValue::ReferenceFilterOperation); |
| referenceFilterValue->append(CSSPrimitiveValue::create(value->string, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_URI)); |
| list->append(WTFMove(referenceFilterValue)); |
| } else { |
| const CSSParserString name = value->function->name; |
| unsigned maximumArgumentCount = 1; |
| |
| filterInfoForName(name, filterType, maximumArgumentCount); |
| |
| if (filterType == WebKitCSSFilterValue::UnknownFilterOperation) |
| return false; |
| |
| CSSParserValueList* args = value->function->args.get(); |
| if (!args) |
| return false; |
| |
| RefPtr<WebKitCSSFilterValue> filterValue = parseBuiltinFilterArguments(*args, filterType); |
| if (!filterValue) |
| return false; |
| |
| list->append(filterValue.releaseNonNull()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| result = WTFMove(list); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_REGIONS) |
| static bool validFlowName(const String& flowName) |
| { |
| return !(equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(flowName, "auto") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(flowName, "default") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(flowName, "inherit") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(flowName, "initial") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(flowName, "none")); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| #if ENABLE(TEXT_AUTOSIZING) |
| bool CSSParser::isTextAutosizingEnabled() const |
| { |
| return m_context.textAutosizingEnabled; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_GRID_LAYOUT) |
| bool CSSParser::isCSSGridLayoutEnabled() const |
| { |
| return m_context.cssGridLayoutEnabled; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_REGIONS) |
| |
| // none | <ident> |
| bool CSSParser::parseFlowThread(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| ASSERT(propId == CSSPropertyWebkitFlowInto); |
| |
| if (m_valueList->size() != 1) |
| return false; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (value->id == CSSValueNone) { |
| addProperty(propId, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| String inputProperty = String(value->string); |
| if (!inputProperty.isEmpty()) { |
| if (!validFlowName(inputProperty)) |
| return false; |
| addProperty(propId, CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(inputProperty, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING), important); |
| } else |
| addProperty(propId, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone), important); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // -webkit-flow-from: none | <ident> |
| bool CSSParser::parseRegionThread(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| ASSERT(propId == CSSPropertyWebkitFlowFrom); |
| |
| if (m_valueList->size() != 1) |
| return false; |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (!value) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (value->id == CSSValueNone) |
| addProperty(propId, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id), important); |
| else { |
| String inputProperty = String(value->string); |
| if (!inputProperty.isEmpty()) { |
| if (!validFlowName(inputProperty)) |
| return false; |
| addProperty(propId, CSSValuePool::singleton().createValue(inputProperty, CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING), important); |
| } else |
| addProperty(propId, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone), important); |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseTransformOrigin(CSSPropertyID propId, CSSPropertyID& propId1, CSSPropertyID& propId2, CSSPropertyID& propId3, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value2, RefPtr<CSSValue>& value3) |
| { |
| propId1 = propId; |
| propId2 = propId; |
| propId3 = propId; |
| if (propId == CSSPropertyTransformOrigin) { |
| propId1 = CSSPropertyTransformOriginX; |
| propId2 = CSSPropertyTransformOriginY; |
| propId3 = CSSPropertyTransformOriginZ; |
| } |
| |
| switch (propId) { |
| case CSSPropertyTransformOrigin: |
| if (!parseTransformOriginShorthand(value, value2, value3)) |
| return false; |
| // parseTransformOriginShorthand advances the m_valueList pointer |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyTransformOriginX: { |
| value = parsePositionX(*m_valueList); |
| if (value) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyTransformOriginY: { |
| value = parsePositionY(*m_valueList); |
| if (value) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyTransformOriginZ: { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->current()); |
| if (validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength)) |
| value = createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation); |
| if (value) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| } |
| default: |
| ASSERT_NOT_REACHED(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| return value; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parsePerspectiveOrigin(CSSPropertyID propId, CSSPropertyID& propId1, CSSPropertyID& propId2, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value, RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue>& value2) |
| { |
| propId1 = propId; |
| propId2 = propId; |
| if (propId == CSSPropertyPerspectiveOrigin) { |
| propId1 = CSSPropertyPerspectiveOriginX; |
| propId2 = CSSPropertyPerspectiveOriginY; |
| } |
| |
| switch (propId) { |
| case CSSPropertyPerspectiveOrigin: |
| if (m_valueList->size() > 2) |
| return false; |
| parse2ValuesFillPosition(*m_valueList, value, value2); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyPerspectiveOriginX: { |
| value = parsePositionX(*m_valueList); |
| if (value) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| } |
| case CSSPropertyPerspectiveOriginY: { |
| value = parsePositionY(*m_valueList); |
| if (value) |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| break; |
| } |
| default: |
| ASSERT_NOT_REACHED(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| return value; |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::addTextDecorationProperty(CSSPropertyID propId, RefPtr<CSSValue>&& value, bool important) |
| { |
| // The text-decoration-line property takes priority over text-decoration, unless the latter has important priority set. |
| if (propId == CSSPropertyTextDecoration && !important && !inShorthand()) { |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < m_parsedProperties.size(); ++i) { |
| if (m_parsedProperties[i].id() == CSSPropertyWebkitTextDecorationLine) |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| addProperty(propId, WTFMove(value), important); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseTextDecoration(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value && value->id == CSSValueNone) { |
| addTextDecorationProperty(propId, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone), important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| bool isValid = true; |
| while (isValid && value) { |
| switch (value->id) { |
| case CSSValueBlink: |
| case CSSValueLineThrough: |
| case CSSValueOverline: |
| case CSSValueUnderline: |
| #if ENABLE(LETTERPRESS) |
| case CSSValueWebkitLetterpress: |
| #endif |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id)); |
| break; |
| default: |
| isValid = false; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (isValid) |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| // Values are either valid or in shorthand scope. |
| if (list->length() && (isValid || inShorthand())) { |
| addTextDecorationProperty(propId, WTFMove(list), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseTextDecorationSkip(bool important) |
| { |
| // The text-decoration-skip property has syntax "none | [ objects || spaces || ink || edges || box-decoration ]". |
| // However, only 'none' and 'ink' are implemented yet, so we will parse syntax "none | ink" for now. |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| do { |
| switch (value->id) { |
| case CSSValueNone: |
| case CSSValueAuto: |
| case CSSValueInk: |
| case CSSValueObjects: |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitTextDecorationSkip, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id), important); |
| return true; |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| } while ((value = m_valueList->next())); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseTextUnderlinePosition(bool important) |
| { |
| // The text-underline-position property has sintax "auto | alphabetic | [ under || [ left | right ] ]". |
| // However, values 'left' and 'right' are not implemented yet, so we will parse sintax |
| // "auto | alphabetic | under" for now. |
| CSSParserValue& value = *m_valueList->current(); |
| switch (value.id) { |
| case CSSValueAuto: |
| case CSSValueAlphabetic: |
| case CSSValueUnder: |
| if (m_valueList->next()) |
| return false; |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitTextUnderlinePosition, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value.id), important); |
| return true; |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseTextEmphasisStyle(bool important) |
| { |
| unsigned valueListSize = m_valueList->size(); |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> fill; |
| RefPtr<CSSPrimitiveValue> shape; |
| |
| for (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); value; value = m_valueList->next()) { |
| if (value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) { |
| if (fill || shape || (valueListSize != 1 && !inShorthand())) |
| return false; |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitTextEmphasisStyle, createPrimitiveStringValue(*value), important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (value->id == CSSValueNone) { |
| if (fill || shape || (valueListSize != 1 && !inShorthand())) |
| return false; |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitTextEmphasisStyle, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone), important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (value->id == CSSValueOpen || value->id == CSSValueFilled) { |
| if (fill) |
| return false; |
| fill = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id); |
| } else if (value->id == CSSValueDot || value->id == CSSValueCircle || value->id == CSSValueDoubleCircle || value->id == CSSValueTriangle || value->id == CSSValueSesame) { |
| if (shape) |
| return false; |
| shape = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id); |
| } else if (!inShorthand()) |
| return false; |
| else |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (fill && shape) { |
| auto parsedValues = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| parsedValues->append(fill.releaseNonNull()); |
| parsedValues->append(shape.releaseNonNull()); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitTextEmphasisStyle, WTFMove(parsedValues), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| if (fill) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitTextEmphasisStyle, fill.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| if (shape) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitTextEmphasisStyle, shape.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseTextEmphasisPosition(bool important) |
| { |
| bool foundOverOrUnder = false; |
| CSSValueID overUnderValueID = CSSValueOver; |
| bool foundLeftOrRight = false; |
| CSSValueID leftRightValueID = CSSValueRight; |
| for (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); value; value = m_valueList->next()) { |
| switch (value->id) { |
| case CSSValueOver: |
| if (foundOverOrUnder) |
| return false; |
| foundOverOrUnder = true; |
| overUnderValueID = CSSValueOver; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueUnder: |
| if (foundOverOrUnder) |
| return false; |
| foundOverOrUnder = true; |
| overUnderValueID = CSSValueUnder; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueLeft: |
| if (foundLeftOrRight) |
| return false; |
| foundLeftOrRight = true; |
| leftRightValueID = CSSValueLeft; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueRight: |
| if (foundLeftOrRight) |
| return false; |
| foundLeftOrRight = true; |
| leftRightValueID = CSSValueRight; |
| break; |
| default: |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| if (!foundOverOrUnder) |
| return false; |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(overUnderValueID)); |
| if (foundLeftOrRight) |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(leftRightValueID)); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitTextEmphasisPosition, WTFMove(list), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValueList> CSSParser::parseTextIndent() |
| { |
| // <length> | <percentage> | inherit when CSS3_TEXT is disabled. |
| // [ <length> | <percentage> ] && [ -webkit-hanging || -webkit-each-line ]? | inherit when CSS3_TEXT is enabled. |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| bool hasLengthOrPercentage = false; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS3_TEXT) |
| bool hasEachLine = false; |
| bool hasHanging = false; |
| #endif |
| |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| while (value) { |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*value); |
| if (!hasLengthOrPercentage && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent)) { |
| list->append(createPrimitiveNumericValue(valueWithCalculation)); |
| hasLengthOrPercentage = true; |
| } |
| #if ENABLE(CSS3_TEXT) |
| else if (!hasEachLine && value->id == CSSValueWebkitEachLine) { |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueWebkitEachLine)); |
| hasEachLine = true; |
| } else if (!hasHanging && value->id == CSSValueWebkitHanging) { |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueWebkitHanging)); |
| hasHanging = true; |
| } |
| #endif |
| else |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| if (!hasLengthOrPercentage) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| return WTFMove(list); |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseHangingPunctuation(bool important) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value && value->id == CSSValueNone) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyHangingPunctuation, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNone), important); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| auto list = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| bool isValid = true; |
| std::bitset<numCSSValueKeywords> seenValues; |
| while (isValid && value) { |
| if (seenValues[value->id] |
| || (value->id == CSSValueAllowEnd && seenValues[CSSValueForceEnd]) |
| || (value->id == CSSValueForceEnd && seenValues[CSSValueAllowEnd])) { |
| isValid = false; |
| break; |
| } |
| switch (value->id) { |
| case CSSValueAllowEnd: |
| case CSSValueFirst: |
| case CSSValueForceEnd: |
| case CSSValueLast: |
| list->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id)); |
| seenValues.set(value->id); |
| break; |
| default: |
| isValid = false; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (isValid) |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| // Values are either valid or in shorthand scope. |
| if (list->length() && isValid) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyHangingPunctuation, WTFMove(list), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseLineBoxContain(bool important) |
| { |
| LineBoxContain lineBoxContain = LineBoxContainNone; |
| |
| for (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); value; value = m_valueList->next()) { |
| if (value->id == CSSValueBlock) { |
| if (lineBoxContain & LineBoxContainBlock) |
| return false; |
| lineBoxContain |= LineBoxContainBlock; |
| } else if (value->id == CSSValueInline) { |
| if (lineBoxContain & LineBoxContainInline) |
| return false; |
| lineBoxContain |= LineBoxContainInline; |
| } else if (value->id == CSSValueFont) { |
| if (lineBoxContain & LineBoxContainFont) |
| return false; |
| lineBoxContain |= LineBoxContainFont; |
| } else if (value->id == CSSValueGlyphs) { |
| if (lineBoxContain & LineBoxContainGlyphs) |
| return false; |
| lineBoxContain |= LineBoxContainGlyphs; |
| } else if (value->id == CSSValueReplaced) { |
| if (lineBoxContain & LineBoxContainReplaced) |
| return false; |
| lineBoxContain |= LineBoxContainReplaced; |
| } else if (value->id == CSSValueInlineBox) { |
| if (lineBoxContain & LineBoxContainInlineBox) |
| return false; |
| lineBoxContain |= LineBoxContainInlineBox; |
| } else if (value->id == CSSValueInitialLetter) { |
| if (lineBoxContain & LineBoxContainInitialLetter) |
| return false; |
| lineBoxContain |= LineBoxContainInitialLetter; |
| } else |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (!lineBoxContain) |
| return false; |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWebkitLineBoxContain, CSSLineBoxContainValue::create(lineBoxContain), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontFeatureTag(CSSValueList& settings) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| // Feature tag name comes first |
| if (value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) |
| return false; |
| FontTag tag; |
| if (value->string.length() != tag.size()) |
| return false; |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < tag.size(); ++i) { |
| // Limits the range of characters to 0x20-0x7E, following the tag name rules defiend in the OpenType specification. |
| UChar character = value->string[i]; |
| if (character < 0x20 || character > 0x7E) |
| return false; |
| tag[i] = toASCIILower(character); |
| } |
| |
| int tagValue = 1; |
| // Feature tag values could follow: <integer> | on | off |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| if (value) { |
| if (value->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER && value->isInt && value->fValue >= 0) { |
| tagValue = clampToInteger(value->fValue); |
| if (tagValue < 0) |
| return false; |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } else if (value->id == CSSValueOn || value->id == CSSValueOff) { |
| tagValue = value->id == CSSValueOn; |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| } |
| settings.append(CSSFontFeatureValue::create(WTFMove(tag), tagValue)); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontFeatureSettings(bool important) |
| { |
| if (m_valueList->size() == 1 && m_valueList->current()->id == CSSValueNormal) { |
| auto normalValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontFeatureSettings, WTFMove(normalValue), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| auto settings = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| for (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); value; value = m_valueList->next()) { |
| if (!parseFontFeatureTag(settings)) |
| return false; |
| |
| // If the list isn't parsed fully, the current value should be comma. |
| value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value && !isComma(value)) |
| return false; |
| } |
| if (settings->length()) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontFeatureSettings, WTFMove(settings), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| #if ENABLE(VARIATION_FONTS) |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontVariationTag(CSSValueList& settings) |
| { |
| CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); |
| // Feature tag name comes first |
| if (value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_STRING) |
| return false; |
| FontTag tag; |
| if (value->string.length() != tag.size()) |
| return false; |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < tag.size(); ++i) { |
| // Limits the range of characters to 0x20-0x7E, following the tag name rules defiend in the OpenType specification. |
| UChar character = value->string[i]; |
| if (character < 0x20 || character > 0x7E) |
| return false; |
| tag[i] = toASCIILower(character); |
| } |
| |
| value = m_valueList->next(); |
| if (!value || value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER) |
| return false; |
| |
| float tagValue = value->fValue; |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| |
| settings.append(CSSFontVariationValue::create(tag, tagValue)); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontVariationSettings(bool important) |
| { |
| if (m_valueList->size() == 1 && m_valueList->current()->id == CSSValueNormal) { |
| auto normalValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNormal); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariationSettings, WTFMove(normalValue), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| auto settings = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| for (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); value; value = m_valueList->next()) { |
| if (!parseFontVariationTag(settings)) |
| return false; |
| |
| // If the list isn't parsed fully, the current value should be comma. |
| value = m_valueList->current(); |
| if (value && !isComma(value)) |
| return false; |
| } |
| if (settings->length()) { |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariationSettings, WTFMove(settings), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| #endif // ENABLE(VARIATION_FONTS) |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontVariantLigatures(bool important, bool unknownIsFailure, bool implicit) |
| { |
| auto values = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| FontVariantLigatures commonLigatures = FontVariantLigatures::Normal; |
| FontVariantLigatures discretionaryLigatures = FontVariantLigatures::Normal; |
| FontVariantLigatures historicalLigatures = FontVariantLigatures::Normal; |
| FontVariantLigatures contextualAlternates = FontVariantLigatures::Normal; |
| |
| for (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); value; value = m_valueList->next()) { |
| if (value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return false; |
| |
| switch (value->id) { |
| case CSSValueNoCommonLigatures: |
| commonLigatures = FontVariantLigatures::No; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueCommonLigatures: |
| commonLigatures = FontVariantLigatures::Yes; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueNoDiscretionaryLigatures: |
| discretionaryLigatures = FontVariantLigatures::No; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueDiscretionaryLigatures: |
| discretionaryLigatures = FontVariantLigatures::Yes; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueNoHistoricalLigatures: |
| historicalLigatures = FontVariantLigatures::No; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueHistoricalLigatures: |
| historicalLigatures = FontVariantLigatures::Yes; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueContextual: |
| contextualAlternates = FontVariantLigatures::Yes; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueNoContextual: |
| contextualAlternates = FontVariantLigatures::No; |
| break; |
| default: |
| if (unknownIsFailure) |
| return false; |
| continue; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| switch (commonLigatures) { |
| case FontVariantLigatures::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantLigatures::Yes: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueCommonLigatures)); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantLigatures::No: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNoCommonLigatures)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| switch (discretionaryLigatures) { |
| case FontVariantLigatures::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantLigatures::Yes: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueDiscretionaryLigatures)); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantLigatures::No: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNoDiscretionaryLigatures)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| switch (historicalLigatures) { |
| case FontVariantLigatures::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantLigatures::Yes: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueHistoricalLigatures)); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantLigatures::No: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNoHistoricalLigatures)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| switch (contextualAlternates) { |
| case FontVariantLigatures::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantLigatures::Yes: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueContextual)); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantLigatures::No: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueNoContextual)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (!values->length()) |
| return !unknownIsFailure; |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantLigatures, WTFMove(values), important, implicit); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontVariantNumeric(bool important, bool unknownIsFailure, bool implicit) |
| { |
| auto values = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| FontVariantNumericFigure figure = FontVariantNumericFigure::Normal; |
| FontVariantNumericSpacing spacing = FontVariantNumericSpacing::Normal; |
| FontVariantNumericFraction fraction = FontVariantNumericFraction::Normal; |
| FontVariantNumericOrdinal ordinal = FontVariantNumericOrdinal::Normal; |
| FontVariantNumericSlashedZero slashedZero = FontVariantNumericSlashedZero::Normal; |
| |
| for (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); value; value = m_valueList->next()) { |
| if (value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return false; |
| |
| switch (value->id) { |
| case CSSValueLiningNums: |
| figure = FontVariantNumericFigure::LiningNumbers; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueOldstyleNums: |
| figure = FontVariantNumericFigure::OldStyleNumbers; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueProportionalNums: |
| spacing = FontVariantNumericSpacing::ProportionalNumbers; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueTabularNums: |
| spacing = FontVariantNumericSpacing::TabularNumbers; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueDiagonalFractions: |
| fraction = FontVariantNumericFraction::DiagonalFractions; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueStackedFractions: |
| fraction = FontVariantNumericFraction::StackedFractions; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueOrdinal: |
| ordinal = FontVariantNumericOrdinal::Yes; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueSlashedZero: |
| slashedZero = FontVariantNumericSlashedZero::Yes; |
| break; |
| default: |
| if (unknownIsFailure) |
| return false; |
| continue; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| switch (figure) { |
| case FontVariantNumericFigure::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantNumericFigure::LiningNumbers: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueLiningNums)); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantNumericFigure::OldStyleNumbers: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueOldstyleNums)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| switch (spacing) { |
| case FontVariantNumericSpacing::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantNumericSpacing::ProportionalNumbers: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueProportionalNums)); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantNumericSpacing::TabularNumbers: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueTabularNums)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| switch (fraction) { |
| case FontVariantNumericFraction::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantNumericFraction::DiagonalFractions: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueDiagonalFractions)); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantNumericFraction::StackedFractions: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueStackedFractions)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| switch (ordinal) { |
| case FontVariantNumericOrdinal::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantNumericOrdinal::Yes: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueOrdinal)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| switch (slashedZero) { |
| case FontVariantNumericSlashedZero::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantNumericSlashedZero::Yes: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueSlashedZero)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (!values->length()) |
| return !unknownIsFailure; |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantNumeric, WTFMove(values), important, implicit); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontVariantEastAsian(bool important, bool unknownIsFailure, bool implicit) |
| { |
| auto values = CSSValueList::createSpaceSeparated(); |
| FontVariantEastAsianVariant variant = FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Normal; |
| FontVariantEastAsianWidth width = FontVariantEastAsianWidth::Normal; |
| FontVariantEastAsianRuby ruby = FontVariantEastAsianRuby::Normal; |
| |
| for (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); value; value = m_valueList->next()) { |
| if (value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return false; |
| |
| switch (value->id) { |
| case CSSValueJis78: |
| variant = FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Jis78; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueJis83: |
| variant = FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Jis83; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueJis90: |
| variant = FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Jis90; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueJis04: |
| variant = FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Jis04; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueSimplified: |
| variant = FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Simplified; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueTraditional: |
| variant = FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Traditional; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueFullWidth: |
| width = FontVariantEastAsianWidth::Full; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueProportionalWidth: |
| width = FontVariantEastAsianWidth::Proportional; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueRuby: |
| ruby = FontVariantEastAsianRuby::Yes; |
| break; |
| default: |
| if (unknownIsFailure) |
| return false; |
| continue; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| switch (variant) { |
| case FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Jis78: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueJis78)); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Jis83: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueJis83)); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Jis90: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueJis90)); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Jis04: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueJis04)); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Simplified: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueSimplified)); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantEastAsianVariant::Traditional: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueTraditional)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| switch (width) { |
| case FontVariantEastAsianWidth::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantEastAsianWidth::Full: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueFullWidth)); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantEastAsianWidth::Proportional: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueProportionalWidth)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| switch (ruby) { |
| case FontVariantEastAsianRuby::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantEastAsianRuby::Yes: |
| values->append(CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueRuby)); |
| } |
| |
| if (!values->length()) |
| return !unknownIsFailure; |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantEastAsian, WTFMove(values), important, implicit); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseFontVariant(bool important) |
| { |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, CSSPropertyFontVariant); |
| if (!parseFontVariantLigatures(important, false, false)) |
| return false; |
| m_valueList->setCurrentIndex(0); |
| if (!parseFontVariantNumeric(important, false, false)) |
| return false; |
| m_valueList->setCurrentIndex(0); |
| if (!parseFontVariantEastAsian(important, false, false)) |
| return false; |
| m_valueList->setCurrentIndex(0); |
| |
| FontVariantPosition position = FontVariantPosition::Normal; |
| FontVariantCaps caps = FontVariantCaps::Normal; |
| FontVariantAlternates alternates = FontVariantAlternates::Normal; |
| |
| for (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); value; value = m_valueList->next()) { |
| if (value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return false; |
| |
| switch (value->id) { |
| case CSSValueNoCommonLigatures: |
| case CSSValueCommonLigatures: |
| case CSSValueNoDiscretionaryLigatures: |
| case CSSValueDiscretionaryLigatures: |
| case CSSValueNoHistoricalLigatures: |
| case CSSValueHistoricalLigatures: |
| case CSSValueContextual: |
| case CSSValueNoContextual: |
| case CSSValueLiningNums: |
| case CSSValueOldstyleNums: |
| case CSSValueProportionalNums: |
| case CSSValueTabularNums: |
| case CSSValueDiagonalFractions: |
| case CSSValueStackedFractions: |
| case CSSValueOrdinal: |
| case CSSValueSlashedZero: |
| case CSSValueJis78: |
| case CSSValueJis83: |
| case CSSValueJis90: |
| case CSSValueJis04: |
| case CSSValueSimplified: |
| case CSSValueTraditional: |
| case CSSValueFullWidth: |
| case CSSValueProportionalWidth: |
| case CSSValueRuby: |
| break; |
| case CSSValueSub: |
| position = FontVariantPosition::Subscript; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueSuper: |
| position = FontVariantPosition::Superscript; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueSmallCaps: |
| caps = FontVariantCaps::Small; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueAllSmallCaps: |
| caps = FontVariantCaps::AllSmall; |
| break; |
| case CSSValuePetiteCaps: |
| caps = FontVariantCaps::Petite; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueAllPetiteCaps: |
| caps = FontVariantCaps::AllPetite; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueUnicase: |
| caps = FontVariantCaps::Unicase; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueTitlingCaps: |
| caps = FontVariantCaps::Titling; |
| break; |
| case CSSValueHistoricalForms: |
| alternates = FontVariantAlternates::HistoricalForms; |
| break; |
| default: |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| switch (position) { |
| case FontVariantPosition::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantPosition::Subscript: |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantPosition, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueSub), important, false); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantPosition::Superscript: |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantPosition, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueSuper), important, false); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| switch (caps) { |
| case FontVariantCaps::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantCaps::Small: |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantCaps, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueSmallCaps), important, false); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantCaps::AllSmall: |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantCaps, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAllSmallCaps), important, false); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantCaps::Petite: |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantCaps, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValuePetiteCaps), important, false); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantCaps::AllPetite: |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantCaps, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueAllPetiteCaps), important, false); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantCaps::Unicase: |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantCaps, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueUnicase), important, false); |
| break; |
| case FontVariantCaps::Titling: |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantCaps, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueTitlingCaps), important, false); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| switch (alternates) { |
| case FontVariantAlternates::Normal: |
| break; |
| case FontVariantAlternates::HistoricalForms: |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyFontVariantAlternates, CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(CSSValueHistoricalForms), important, false); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| static inline bool isValidWillChangeAnimatableFeature(const CSSParserValue& value) |
| { |
| if (value.id == CSSValueNone || value.id == CSSValueAuto || value.id == CSSValueAll) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (valueIsCSSKeyword(value)) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (cssPropertyID(value.string) == CSSPropertyWillChange) |
| return false; |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseWillChange(bool important) |
| { |
| auto willChangePropertyValues = CSSValueList::createCommaSeparated(); |
| |
| bool expectComma = false; |
| for (CSSParserValue* value = m_valueList->current(); value; value = m_valueList->next()) { |
| if (expectComma) { |
| if (!isComma(value)) |
| return false; |
| |
| expectComma = false; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (value->unit != CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_IDENT) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (!isValidWillChangeAnimatableFeature(*value)) |
| return false; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> cssValue; |
| if (value->id == CSSValueScrollPosition || value->id == CSSValueContents) |
| cssValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(value->id); |
| else { |
| CSSPropertyID propertyID = cssPropertyID(value->string); |
| if (propertyID != CSSPropertyInvalid) |
| cssValue = CSSValuePool::singleton().createIdentifierValue(propertyID); |
| else // This might be a property we don't support. |
| cssValue = createPrimitiveStringValue(*value); |
| } |
| |
| willChangePropertyValues->append(cssValue.releaseNonNull()); |
| expectComma = true; |
| } |
| |
| addProperty(CSSPropertyWillChange, WTFMove(willChangePropertyValues), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSCalcValue> CSSParser::parseCalculation(CSSParserValue& value, ValueRange range) |
| { |
| ASSERT(isCalculation(value)); |
| |
| CSSParserValueList* args = value.function->args.get(); |
| if (!args || !args->size()) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| return CSSCalcValue::create(value.function->name, *args, range); |
| } |
| |
| #define END_TOKEN 0 |
| |
| #include "CSSGrammar.h" |
| |
| enum CharacterType { |
| // Types for the main switch. |
| |
| // The first 4 types must be grouped together, as they |
| // represent the allowed chars in an identifier. |
| CharacterCaselessU, |
| CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| CharacterNumber, |
| CharacterDash, |
| |
| CharacterOther, |
| CharacterNull, |
| CharacterWhiteSpace, |
| CharacterEndConditionQuery, |
| CharacterEndNthChild, |
| CharacterQuote, |
| CharacterExclamationMark, |
| CharacterHashmark, |
| CharacterDollar, |
| CharacterAsterisk, |
| CharacterPlus, |
| CharacterDot, |
| CharacterSlash, |
| CharacterLess, |
| CharacterAt, |
| CharacterBackSlash, |
| CharacterXor, |
| CharacterVerticalBar, |
| CharacterTilde, |
| }; |
| |
| // 128 ASCII codes |
| static const CharacterType typesOfASCIICharacters[128] = { |
| /* 0 - Null */ CharacterNull, |
| /* 1 - Start of Heading */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 2 - Start of Text */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 3 - End of Text */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 4 - End of Transm. */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 5 - Enquiry */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 6 - Acknowledgment */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 7 - Bell */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 8 - Back Space */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 9 - Horizontal Tab */ CharacterWhiteSpace, |
| /* 10 - Line Feed */ CharacterWhiteSpace, |
| /* 11 - Vertical Tab */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 12 - Form Feed */ CharacterWhiteSpace, |
| /* 13 - Carriage Return */ CharacterWhiteSpace, |
| /* 14 - Shift Out */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 15 - Shift In */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 16 - Data Line Escape */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 17 - Device Control 1 */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 18 - Device Control 2 */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 19 - Device Control 3 */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 20 - Device Control 4 */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 21 - Negative Ack. */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 22 - Synchronous Idle */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 23 - End of Transmit */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 24 - Cancel */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 25 - End of Medium */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 26 - Substitute */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 27 - Escape */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 28 - File Separator */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 29 - Group Separator */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 30 - Record Separator */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 31 - Unit Separator */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 32 - Space */ CharacterWhiteSpace, |
| /* 33 - ! */ CharacterExclamationMark, |
| /* 34 - " */ CharacterQuote, |
| /* 35 - # */ CharacterHashmark, |
| /* 36 - $ */ CharacterDollar, |
| /* 37 - % */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 38 - & */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 39 - ' */ CharacterQuote, |
| /* 40 - ( */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 41 - ) */ CharacterEndNthChild, |
| /* 42 - * */ CharacterAsterisk, |
| /* 43 - + */ CharacterPlus, |
| /* 44 - , */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 45 - - */ CharacterDash, |
| /* 46 - . */ CharacterDot, |
| /* 47 - / */ CharacterSlash, |
| /* 48 - 0 */ CharacterNumber, |
| /* 49 - 1 */ CharacterNumber, |
| /* 50 - 2 */ CharacterNumber, |
| /* 51 - 3 */ CharacterNumber, |
| /* 52 - 4 */ CharacterNumber, |
| /* 53 - 5 */ CharacterNumber, |
| /* 54 - 6 */ CharacterNumber, |
| /* 55 - 7 */ CharacterNumber, |
| /* 56 - 8 */ CharacterNumber, |
| /* 57 - 9 */ CharacterNumber, |
| /* 58 - : */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 59 - ; */ CharacterEndConditionQuery, |
| /* 60 - < */ CharacterLess, |
| /* 61 - = */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 62 - > */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 63 - ? */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 64 - @ */ CharacterAt, |
| /* 65 - A */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 66 - B */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 67 - C */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 68 - D */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 69 - E */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 70 - F */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 71 - G */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 72 - H */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 73 - I */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 74 - J */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 75 - K */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 76 - L */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 77 - M */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 78 - N */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 79 - O */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 80 - P */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 81 - Q */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 82 - R */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 83 - S */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 84 - T */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 85 - U */ CharacterCaselessU, |
| /* 86 - V */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 87 - W */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 88 - X */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 89 - Y */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 90 - Z */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 91 - [ */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 92 - \ */ CharacterBackSlash, |
| /* 93 - ] */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 94 - ^ */ CharacterXor, |
| /* 95 - _ */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 96 - ` */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 97 - a */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 98 - b */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 99 - c */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 100 - d */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 101 - e */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 102 - f */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 103 - g */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 104 - h */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 105 - i */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 106 - j */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 107 - k */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 108 - l */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 109 - m */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 110 - n */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 111 - o */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 112 - p */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 113 - q */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 114 - r */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 115 - s */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 116 - t */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 117 - u */ CharacterCaselessU, |
| /* 118 - v */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 119 - w */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 120 - x */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 121 - y */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 122 - z */ CharacterIdentifierStart, |
| /* 123 - { */ CharacterEndConditionQuery, |
| /* 124 - | */ CharacterVerticalBar, |
| /* 125 - } */ CharacterOther, |
| /* 126 - ~ */ CharacterTilde, |
| /* 127 - Delete */ CharacterOther, |
| }; |
| |
| // Utility functions for the CSS tokenizer. |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool isCSSLetter(CharacterType character) |
| { |
| return character >= 128 || typesOfASCIICharacters[character] <= CharacterDash; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool isCSSEscape(CharacterType character) |
| { |
| return character >= ' ' && character != 127; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool isURILetter(CharacterType character) |
| { |
| return (character >= '*' && character != 127) || (character >= '#' && character <= '&') || character == '!'; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool isIdentifierStartAfterDash(CharacterType* currentCharacter) |
| { |
| return isASCIIAlpha(currentCharacter[0]) || currentCharacter[0] == '_' || currentCharacter[0] >= 128 |
| || (currentCharacter[0] == '\\' && isCSSEscape(currentCharacter[1])); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool isCustomPropertyIdentifier(CharacterType* currentCharacter) |
| { |
| return isASCIIAlpha(currentCharacter[0]) || currentCharacter[0] == '_' || currentCharacter[0] >= 128 |
| || (currentCharacter[0] == '\\' && isCSSEscape(currentCharacter[1])); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool isEqualToCSSIdentifier(CharacterType* cssString, const char* constantString) |
| { |
| // Compare an character memory data with a zero terminated string. |
| do { |
| // The input must be part of an identifier if constantChar or constString |
| // contains '-'. Otherwise toASCIILowerUnchecked('\r') would be equal to '-'. |
| ASSERT((*constantString >= 'a' && *constantString <= 'z') || *constantString == '-'); |
| ASSERT(*constantString != '-' || isCSSLetter(*cssString)); |
| if (toASCIILowerUnchecked(*cssString++) != (*constantString++)) |
| return false; |
| } while (*constantString); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool isEqualToCSSCaseSensitiveIdentifier(CharacterType* string, const char* constantString) |
| { |
| do { |
| if (*string++ != *constantString++) |
| return false; |
| } while (*constantString); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static CharacterType* checkAndSkipEscape(CharacterType* currentCharacter) |
| { |
| // Returns with 0, if escape check is failed. Otherwise |
| // it returns with the following character. |
| ASSERT(*currentCharacter == '\\'); |
| |
| ++currentCharacter; |
| if (!isCSSEscape(*currentCharacter)) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| if (isASCIIHexDigit(*currentCharacter)) { |
| int length = 6; |
| |
| do { |
| ++currentCharacter; |
| } while (isASCIIHexDigit(*currentCharacter) && --length); |
| |
| // Optional space after the escape sequence. |
| if (isHTMLSpace(*currentCharacter)) |
| ++currentCharacter; |
| return currentCharacter; |
| } |
| return currentCharacter + 1; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline CharacterType* skipWhiteSpace(CharacterType* currentCharacter) |
| { |
| while (isHTMLSpace(*currentCharacter)) |
| ++currentCharacter; |
| return currentCharacter; |
| } |
| |
| // Main CSS tokenizer functions. |
| |
| template <> |
| LChar* CSSParserString::characters<LChar>() const { return characters8(); } |
| |
| template <> |
| UChar* CSSParserString::characters<UChar>() const { return characters16(); } |
| |
| template <> |
| inline LChar*& CSSParser::currentCharacter<LChar>() |
| { |
| return m_currentCharacter8; |
| } |
| |
| template <> |
| inline UChar*& CSSParser::currentCharacter<UChar>() |
| { |
| return m_currentCharacter16; |
| } |
| |
| UChar*& CSSParser::currentCharacter16() |
| { |
| if (!m_currentCharacter16) { |
| m_dataStart16 = std::make_unique<UChar[]>(m_length); |
| m_currentCharacter16 = m_dataStart16.get(); |
| } |
| |
| return m_currentCharacter16; |
| } |
| |
| template <> |
| inline LChar* CSSParser::tokenStart<LChar>() |
| { |
| return m_tokenStart.ptr8; |
| } |
| |
| template <> |
| inline UChar* CSSParser::tokenStart<UChar>() |
| { |
| return m_tokenStart.ptr16; |
| } |
| |
| CSSParser::Location CSSParser::currentLocation() |
| { |
| Location location; |
| location.lineNumber = m_tokenStartLineNumber; |
| location.columnNumber = m_tokenStartColumnNumber; |
| |
| ASSERT(location.lineNumber >= 0); |
| ASSERT(location.columnNumber >= 0); |
| |
| if (location.lineNumber == m_sheetStartLineNumber) |
| location.columnNumber += m_sheetStartColumnNumber; |
| |
| if (is8BitSource()) |
| location.token.init(tokenStart<LChar>(), currentCharacter<LChar>() - tokenStart<LChar>()); |
| else |
| location.token.init(tokenStart<UChar>(), currentCharacter<UChar>() - tokenStart<UChar>()); |
| |
| return location; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| inline bool CSSParser::isIdentifierStart() |
| { |
| // Check whether an identifier is started. |
| return isIdentifierStartAfterDash((*currentCharacter<CharacterType>() != '-') ? currentCharacter<CharacterType>() : currentCharacter<CharacterType>() + 1); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline CharacterType* checkAndSkipString(CharacterType* currentCharacter, int quote) |
| { |
| // Returns with 0, if string check is failed. Otherwise |
| // it returns with the following character. This is necessary |
| // since we cannot revert escape sequences, thus strings |
| // must be validated before parsing. |
| while (true) { |
| if (UNLIKELY(*currentCharacter == quote)) { |
| // String parsing is successful. |
| return currentCharacter + 1; |
| } |
| if (UNLIKELY(!*currentCharacter)) { |
| // String parsing is successful up to end of input. |
| return currentCharacter; |
| } |
| if (UNLIKELY(*currentCharacter <= '\r' && (*currentCharacter == '\n' || (*currentCharacter | 0x1) == '\r'))) { |
| // String parsing is failed for character '\n', '\f' or '\r'. |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| if (LIKELY(currentCharacter[0] != '\\')) |
| ++currentCharacter; |
| else if (currentCharacter[1] == '\n' || currentCharacter[1] == '\f') |
| currentCharacter += 2; |
| else if (currentCharacter[1] == '\r') |
| currentCharacter += currentCharacter[2] == '\n' ? 3 : 2; |
| else { |
| currentCharacter = checkAndSkipEscape(currentCharacter); |
| if (!currentCharacter) |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| unsigned CSSParser::parseEscape(CharacterType*& src) |
| { |
| ASSERT(*src == '\\' && isCSSEscape(src[1])); |
| |
| unsigned unicode = 0; |
| |
| ++src; |
| if (isASCIIHexDigit(*src)) { |
| |
| int length = 6; |
| |
| do { |
| unicode = (unicode << 4) + toASCIIHexValue(*src++); |
| } while (--length && isASCIIHexDigit(*src)); |
| |
| if (unicode > UCHAR_MAX_VALUE) |
| unicode = replacementCharacter; |
| |
| // Optional space after the escape sequence. |
| if (isHTMLSpace(*src)) |
| ++src; |
| |
| return unicode; |
| } |
| |
| return *currentCharacter<CharacterType>()++; |
| } |
| |
| template <> |
| inline void CSSParser::UnicodeToChars<LChar>(LChar*& result, unsigned unicode) |
| { |
| ASSERT(unicode <= 0xff); |
| *result = unicode; |
| |
| ++result; |
| } |
| |
| template <> |
| inline void CSSParser::UnicodeToChars<UChar>(UChar*& result, unsigned unicode) |
| { |
| // Replace unicode with a surrogate pairs when it is bigger than 0xffff |
| if (U16_LENGTH(unicode) == 2) { |
| *result++ = U16_LEAD(unicode); |
| *result = U16_TRAIL(unicode); |
| } else |
| *result = unicode; |
| |
| ++result; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename SrcCharacterType, typename DestCharacterType> |
| inline bool CSSParser::parseIdentifierInternal(SrcCharacterType*& src, DestCharacterType*& result, bool& hasEscape) |
| { |
| hasEscape = false; |
| do { |
| if (LIKELY(*src != '\\')) |
| *result++ = *src++; |
| else { |
| hasEscape = true; |
| SrcCharacterType* savedEscapeStart = src; |
| unsigned unicode = parseEscape<SrcCharacterType>(src); |
| if (unicode > 0xff && sizeof(DestCharacterType) == 1) { |
| src = savedEscapeStart; |
| return false; |
| } |
| UnicodeToChars(result, unicode); |
| } |
| } while (isCSSLetter(src[0]) || (src[0] == '\\' && isCSSEscape(src[1]))); |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| inline void CSSParser::parseIdentifier(CharacterType*& result, CSSParserString& resultString, bool& hasEscape) |
| { |
| CharacterType* start = currentCharacter<CharacterType>(); |
| if (UNLIKELY(!parseIdentifierInternal(currentCharacter<CharacterType>(), result, hasEscape))) { |
| // Found an escape we couldn't handle with 8 bits, copy what has been recognized and continue |
| ASSERT(is8BitSource()); |
| UChar*& result16 = currentCharacter16(); |
| UChar* start16 = result16; |
| int i = 0; |
| for (; i < result - start; ++i) |
| result16[i] = start[i]; |
| |
| result16 += i; |
| |
| parseIdentifierInternal(currentCharacter<CharacterType>(), result16, hasEscape); |
| |
| result += result16 - start16; |
| resultString.init(start16, result16 - start16); |
| |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| resultString.init(start, result - start); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename SrcCharacterType, typename DestCharacterType> |
| inline bool CSSParser::parseStringInternal(SrcCharacterType*& src, DestCharacterType*& result, UChar quote) |
| { |
| while (true) { |
| if (UNLIKELY(*src == quote)) { |
| // String parsing is done. |
| ++src; |
| return true; |
| } |
| if (UNLIKELY(!*src)) { |
| // String parsing is done, but don't advance pointer if at the end of input. |
| return true; |
| } |
| ASSERT(*src > '\r' || (*src < '\n' && *src) || *src == '\v'); |
| |
| if (LIKELY(src[0] != '\\')) |
| *result++ = *src++; |
| else if (src[1] == '\n' || src[1] == '\f') |
| src += 2; |
| else if (src[1] == '\r') |
| src += src[2] == '\n' ? 3 : 2; |
| else { |
| SrcCharacterType* savedEscapeStart = src; |
| unsigned unicode = parseEscape<SrcCharacterType>(src); |
| if (unicode > 0xff && sizeof(DestCharacterType) == 1) { |
| src = savedEscapeStart; |
| return false; |
| } |
| UnicodeToChars(result, unicode); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| inline void CSSParser::parseString(CharacterType*& result, CSSParserString& resultString, UChar quote) |
| { |
| CharacterType* start = currentCharacter<CharacterType>(); |
| |
| if (UNLIKELY(!parseStringInternal(currentCharacter<CharacterType>(), result, quote))) { |
| // Found an escape we couldn't handle with 8 bits, copy what has been recognized and continue |
| ASSERT(is8BitSource()); |
| UChar*& result16 = currentCharacter16(); |
| UChar* start16 = result16; |
| int i = 0; |
| for (; i < result - start; ++i) |
| result16[i] = start[i]; |
| |
| result16 += i; |
| |
| parseStringInternal(currentCharacter<CharacterType>(), result16, quote); |
| |
| resultString.init(start16, result16 - start16); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| resultString.init(start, result - start); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| inline bool CSSParser::findURI(CharacterType*& start, CharacterType*& end, UChar& quote) |
| { |
| start = skipWhiteSpace(currentCharacter<CharacterType>()); |
| |
| if (*start == '"' || *start == '\'') { |
| quote = *start++; |
| end = checkAndSkipString(start, quote); |
| if (!end) |
| return false; |
| } else { |
| quote = 0; |
| end = start; |
| while (isURILetter(*end)) { |
| if (LIKELY(*end != '\\')) |
| ++end; |
| else { |
| end = checkAndSkipEscape(end); |
| if (!end) |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| end = skipWhiteSpace(end); |
| if (*end != ')') |
| return false; |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename SrcCharacterType, typename DestCharacterType> |
| inline bool CSSParser::parseURIInternal(SrcCharacterType*& src, DestCharacterType*& dest, UChar quote) |
| { |
| if (quote) { |
| ASSERT(quote == '"' || quote == '\''); |
| return parseStringInternal(src, dest, quote); |
| } |
| |
| while (isURILetter(*src)) { |
| if (LIKELY(*src != '\\')) |
| *dest++ = *src++; |
| else { |
| unsigned unicode = parseEscape<SrcCharacterType>(src); |
| if (unicode > 0xff && sizeof(DestCharacterType) == 1) |
| return false; |
| UnicodeToChars(dest, unicode); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| inline void CSSParser::parseURI(CSSParserString& string) |
| { |
| CharacterType* uriStart; |
| CharacterType* uriEnd; |
| UChar quote; |
| if (!findURI(uriStart, uriEnd, quote)) |
| return; |
| |
| CharacterType* dest = currentCharacter<CharacterType>() = uriStart; |
| if (LIKELY(parseURIInternal(currentCharacter<CharacterType>(), dest, quote))) |
| string.init(uriStart, dest - uriStart); |
| else { |
| // An escape sequence was encountered that can't be stored in 8 bits. |
| // Reset the current character to the start of the URI and re-parse with |
| // a 16-bit destination. |
| ASSERT(is8BitSource()); |
| UChar* uriStart16 = currentCharacter16(); |
| currentCharacter<CharacterType>() = uriStart; |
| bool result = parseURIInternal(currentCharacter<CharacterType>(), currentCharacter16(), quote); |
| ASSERT_UNUSED(result, result); |
| string.init(uriStart16, currentCharacter16() - uriStart16); |
| } |
| |
| currentCharacter<CharacterType>() = uriEnd + 1; |
| m_token = URI; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| inline bool CSSParser::parseUnicodeRange() |
| { |
| CharacterType* character = currentCharacter<CharacterType>() + 1; |
| int length = 6; |
| ASSERT(*currentCharacter<CharacterType>() == '+'); |
| |
| while (isASCIIHexDigit(*character) && length) { |
| ++character; |
| --length; |
| } |
| |
| if (length && *character == '?') { |
| // At most 5 hex digit followed by a question mark. |
| do { |
| ++character; |
| --length; |
| } while (*character == '?' && length); |
| currentCharacter<CharacterType>() = character; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (length < 6) { |
| // At least one hex digit. |
| if (character[0] == '-' && isASCIIHexDigit(character[1])) { |
| // Followed by a dash and a hex digit. |
| ++character; |
| length = 6; |
| do { |
| ++character; |
| } while (--length && isASCIIHexDigit(*character)); |
| } |
| currentCharacter<CharacterType>() = character; |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| bool CSSParser::parseNthChild() |
| { |
| CharacterType* character = currentCharacter<CharacterType>(); |
| |
| while (isASCIIDigit(*character)) |
| ++character; |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(*character, 'n')) { |
| currentCharacter<CharacterType>() = character + 1; |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| bool CSSParser::parseNthChildExtra() |
| { |
| CharacterType* character = skipWhiteSpace(currentCharacter<CharacterType>()); |
| if (*character != '+' && *character != '-') |
| return false; |
| |
| character = skipWhiteSpace(character + 1); |
| if (!isASCIIDigit(*character)) |
| return false; |
| |
| do { |
| ++character; |
| } while (isASCIIDigit(*character)); |
| |
| currentCharacter<CharacterType>() = character; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| inline bool CSSParser::detectFunctionTypeToken(int length) |
| { |
| ASSERT(length > 0); |
| CharacterType* name = tokenStart<CharacterType>(); |
| |
| switch (length) { |
| case 3: |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[0], 'n') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[1], 'o') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[2], 't')) { |
| m_token = NOTFUNCTION; |
| return true; |
| } |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[0], 'u') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[1], 'r') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[2], 'l')) { |
| m_token = URI; |
| return true; |
| } |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[0], 'v') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[1], 'a') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[2], 'r')) { |
| m_token = VARFUNCTION; |
| return true; |
| } |
| #if ENABLE(VIDEO_TRACK) |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[0], 'c') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[1], 'u') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[2], 'e')) { |
| m_token = CUEFUNCTION; |
| return true; |
| } |
| #endif |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_SELECTORS_LEVEL4) |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[0], 'd') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[1], 'i') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[2], 'r')) { |
| m_token = DIRFUNCTION; |
| return true; |
| } |
| #endif |
| return false; |
| |
| case 4: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name, "calc")) { |
| m_token = CALCFUNCTION; |
| return true; |
| } |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name, "lang")) { |
| m_token = LANGFUNCTION; |
| return true; |
| } |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_SELECTORS_LEVEL4) |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name, "role")) { |
| m_token = ROLEFUNCTION; |
| return true; |
| } |
| #endif |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name, "host")) { |
| m_token = HOSTFUNCTION; |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| |
| case 7: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name, "matches")) { |
| m_token = MATCHESFUNCTION; |
| return true; |
| } |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name, "slotted")) { |
| m_token = SLOTTEDFUNCTION; |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| |
| case 9: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name, "nth-child")) { |
| m_token = NTHCHILDFUNCTIONS; |
| m_parsingMode = NthChildMode; |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| |
| case 11: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name, "nth-of-type")) { |
| m_parsingMode = NthChildMode; |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| |
| case 14: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name, "nth-last-child")) { |
| m_token = NTHCHILDFUNCTIONS; |
| m_parsingMode = NthChildMode; |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| |
| case 16: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name, "nth-last-of-type")) { |
| m_parsingMode = NthChildMode; |
| return true; |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| inline void CSSParser::detectMediaQueryToken(int length) |
| { |
| ASSERT(m_parsingMode == MediaQueryMode); |
| CharacterType* name = tokenStart<CharacterType>(); |
| |
| if (length == 3) { |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[0], 'a') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[1], 'n') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[2], 'd')) |
| m_token = MEDIA_AND; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[0], 'n') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[1], 'o') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[2], 't')) |
| m_token = MEDIA_NOT; |
| } else if (length == 4) { |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[0], 'o') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[1], 'n') |
| && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[2], 'l') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[3], 'y')) |
| m_token = MEDIA_ONLY; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| inline void CSSParser::detectNumberToken(CharacterType* type, int length) |
| { |
| ASSERT(length > 0); |
| |
| switch (toASCIILowerUnchecked(type[0])) { |
| case 'c': |
| if (length == 2 && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'm')) |
| m_token = CMS; |
| else if (length == 2 && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'h')) |
| m_token = CHS; |
| return; |
| |
| case 'd': |
| if (length == 3 && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'e') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[2], 'g')) |
| m_token = DEGS; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_IMAGE_RESOLUTION) || ENABLE(RESOLUTION_MEDIA_QUERY) |
| else if (length > 2 && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'p')) { |
| if (length == 4) { |
| // There is a discussion about the name of this unit on www-style. |
| // Keep this compile time guard in place until that is resolved. |
| // http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/www-style/2012May/0915.html |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[2], 'p') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[3], 'x')) |
| m_token = DPPX; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[2], 'c') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[3], 'm')) |
| m_token = DPCM; |
| } else if (length == 3 && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[2], 'i')) |
| m_token = DPI; |
| } |
| #endif |
| return; |
| |
| case 'e': |
| if (length == 2) { |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'm')) |
| m_token = EMS; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'x')) |
| m_token = EXS; |
| } |
| return; |
| |
| case 'f': |
| if (length == 2 && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'r')) |
| m_token = FR; |
| return; |
| case 'g': |
| if (length == 4 && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'r') |
| && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[2], 'a') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[3], 'd')) |
| m_token = GRADS; |
| return; |
| |
| case 'h': |
| if (length == 2 && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'z')) |
| m_token = HERTZ; |
| return; |
| |
| case 'i': |
| if (length == 2 && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'n')) |
| m_token = INS; |
| return; |
| |
| case 'k': |
| if (length == 3 && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'h') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[2], 'z')) |
| m_token = KHERTZ; |
| return; |
| |
| case 'm': |
| if (length == 2) { |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'm')) |
| m_token = MMS; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 's')) |
| m_token = MSECS; |
| } |
| return; |
| |
| case 'p': |
| if (length == 2) { |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'x')) |
| m_token = PXS; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 't')) |
| m_token = PTS; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'c')) |
| m_token = PCS; |
| } |
| return; |
| |
| case 'r': |
| if (length == 3) { |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'a') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[2], 'd')) |
| m_token = RADS; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'e') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[2], 'm')) |
| m_token = REMS; |
| } |
| return; |
| |
| case 's': |
| if (length == 1) |
| m_token = SECS; |
| return; |
| |
| case 't': |
| if (length == 4 && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'u') |
| && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[2], 'r') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[3], 'n')) |
| m_token = TURNS; |
| return; |
| case 'v': |
| if (length == 2) { |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'w')) |
| m_token = VW; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'h')) |
| m_token = VH; |
| } else if (length == 4 && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[1], 'm')) { |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[2], 'i') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[3], 'n')) |
| m_token = VMIN; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[2], 'a') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[3], 'x')) |
| m_token = VMAX; |
| } |
| return; |
| |
| default: |
| if (type[0] == '_' && length == 5 && type[1] == '_' && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[2], 'q') |
| && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[3], 'e') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(type[4], 'm')) |
| m_token = QEMS; |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| inline void CSSParser::detectDashToken(int length) |
| { |
| CharacterType* name = tokenStart<CharacterType>(); |
| |
| if (length == 11) { |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[10], 'y') && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 1, "webkit-an")) |
| m_token = ANYFUNCTION; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[10], 'n') && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 1, "webkit-mi")) |
| m_token = MINFUNCTION; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[10], 'x') && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 1, "webkit-ma")) |
| m_token = MAXFUNCTION; |
| } else if (length == 12 && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 1, "webkit-calc")) |
| m_token = CALCFUNCTION; |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| inline void CSSParser::detectAtToken(int length, bool hasEscape) |
| { |
| CharacterType* name = tokenStart<CharacterType>(); |
| ASSERT(name[0] == '@' && length >= 2); |
| |
| // charset, font-face, import, media, namespace, page, supports, |
| // -webkit-keyframes, and -webkit-mediaquery are not affected by hasEscape. |
| switch (toASCIILowerUnchecked(name[1])) { |
| case 'b': |
| if (hasEscape) |
| return; |
| |
| switch (length) { |
| case 12: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "ottom-left")) |
| m_token = BOTTOMLEFT_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 13: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "ottom-right")) |
| m_token = BOTTOMRIGHT_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 14: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "ottom-center")) |
| m_token = BOTTOMCENTER_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 19: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "ottom-left-corner")) |
| m_token = BOTTOMLEFTCORNER_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 20: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "ottom-right-corner")) |
| m_token = BOTTOMRIGHTCORNER_SYM; |
| return; |
| } |
| return; |
| |
| case 'c': |
| if (length == 8 && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "harset")) |
| m_token = CHARSET_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 'f': |
| if (length == 10 && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "ont-face")) |
| m_token = FONT_FACE_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 'i': |
| if (length == 7 && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "mport")) { |
| m_parsingMode = MediaQueryMode; |
| m_token = IMPORT_SYM; |
| } |
| return; |
| |
| case 'k': |
| if (length == 10 && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "eyframes")) |
| m_token = KEYFRAMES_SYM; |
| else if (length == 14 && !hasEscape && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "eyframe-rule")) |
| m_token = KEYFRAME_RULE_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 'l': |
| if (hasEscape) |
| return; |
| |
| if (length == 9) { |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "eft-top")) |
| m_token = LEFTTOP_SYM; |
| } else if (length == 12) { |
| // Checking the last character first could further reduce the possibile cases. |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[11], 'e') && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "eft-middl")) |
| m_token = LEFTMIDDLE_SYM; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[11], 'm') && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "eft-botto")) |
| m_token = LEFTBOTTOM_SYM; |
| } |
| return; |
| |
| case 'm': |
| if (length == 6 && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "edia")) { |
| m_parsingMode = MediaQueryMode; |
| m_token = MEDIA_SYM; |
| } |
| return; |
| |
| case 'n': |
| if (length == 10 && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "amespace")) |
| m_token = NAMESPACE_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 'p': |
| if (length == 5 && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "age")) |
| m_token = PAGE_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 'r': |
| if (hasEscape) |
| return; |
| |
| if (length == 10) { |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "ight-top")) |
| m_token = RIGHTTOP_SYM; |
| } else if (length == 13) { |
| // Checking the last character first could further reduce the possibile cases. |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[12], 'e') && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "ight-middl")) |
| m_token = RIGHTMIDDLE_SYM; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[12], 'm') && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "ight-botto")) |
| m_token = RIGHTBOTTOM_SYM; |
| } |
| return; |
| |
| case 's': |
| if (length == 9 && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "upports")) { |
| m_parsingMode = SupportsMode; |
| m_token = SUPPORTS_SYM; |
| } |
| return; |
| |
| case 't': |
| if (hasEscape) |
| return; |
| |
| switch (length) { |
| case 9: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "op-left")) |
| m_token = TOPLEFT_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 10: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "op-right")) |
| m_token = TOPRIGHT_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 11: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "op-center")) |
| m_token = TOPCENTER_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 16: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "op-left-corner")) |
| m_token = TOPLEFTCORNER_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 17: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "op-right-corner")) |
| m_token = TOPRIGHTCORNER_SYM; |
| return; |
| } |
| return; |
| |
| case '-': |
| switch (length) { |
| case 13: |
| if (!hasEscape && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "webkit-rule")) |
| m_token = WEBKIT_RULE_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 14: |
| if (hasEscape) |
| return; |
| |
| // Checking the last character first could further reduce the possibile cases. |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[13], 's') && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "webkit-decl")) |
| m_token = WEBKIT_DECLS_SYM; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[13], 'e') && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "webkit-valu")) |
| m_token = WEBKIT_VALUE_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 15: |
| if (hasEscape) |
| return; |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_REGIONS) |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[14], 'n') && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "webkit-regio")) |
| m_token = WEBKIT_REGION_RULE_SYM; |
| #endif |
| return; |
| |
| case 17: |
| if (hasEscape) |
| return; |
| |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[16], 'r') && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "webkit-selecto")) |
| m_token = WEBKIT_SELECTOR_SYM; |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_DEVICE_ADAPTATION) |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[16], 't') && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "webkit-viewpor")) |
| m_token = WEBKIT_VIEWPORT_RULE_SYM; |
| #endif |
| return; |
| |
| case 18: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "webkit-keyframes")) |
| m_token = KEYFRAMES_SYM; |
| else if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "webkit-sizesattr")) |
| m_token = WEBKIT_SIZESATTR_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 19: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "webkit-mediaquery")) { |
| m_parsingMode = MediaQueryMode; |
| m_token = WEBKIT_MEDIAQUERY_SYM; |
| } |
| return; |
| |
| case 22: |
| if (!hasEscape && isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "webkit-keyframe-rule")) |
| m_token = KEYFRAME_RULE_SYM; |
| return; |
| |
| case 27: |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(name + 2, "webkit-supports-condition")) { |
| m_parsingMode = SupportsMode; |
| m_token = WEBKIT_SUPPORTS_CONDITION_SYM; |
| } |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| inline void CSSParser::detectSupportsToken(int length) |
| { |
| ASSERT(m_parsingMode == SupportsMode); |
| CharacterType* name = tokenStart<CharacterType>(); |
| |
| if (length == 2) { |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[0], 'o') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[1], 'r')) |
| m_token = SUPPORTS_OR; |
| } else if (length == 3) { |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[0], 'a') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[1], 'n') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[2], 'd')) |
| m_token = SUPPORTS_AND; |
| else if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[0], 'n') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[1], 'o') && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(name[2], 't')) |
| m_token = SUPPORTS_NOT; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| template <typename SrcCharacterType> |
| int CSSParser::realLex(void* yylvalWithoutType) |
| { |
| YYSTYPE* yylval = static_cast<YYSTYPE*>(yylvalWithoutType); |
| // Write pointer for the next character. |
| SrcCharacterType* result; |
| CSSParserString resultString; |
| bool hasEscape; |
| |
| // The input buffer is terminated by a \0 character, so |
| // it is safe to read one character ahead of a known non-null. |
| #ifndef NDEBUG |
| // In debug we check with an ASSERT that the length is > 0 for string types. |
| yylval->string.clear(); |
| #endif |
| |
| restartAfterComment: |
| result = currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| setTokenStart(result); |
| m_tokenStartLineNumber = m_lineNumber; |
| m_tokenStartColumnNumber = tokenStartOffset() - m_columnOffsetForLine; |
| m_token = *currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| |
| switch ((m_token <= 127) ? typesOfASCIICharacters[m_token] : CharacterIdentifierStart) { |
| case CharacterCaselessU: |
| if (UNLIKELY(*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '+')) { |
| if (parseUnicodeRange<SrcCharacterType>()) { |
| m_token = UNICODERANGE; |
| yylval->string.init(tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>(), currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| FALLTHROUGH; // To CharacterIdentifierStart. |
| |
| case CharacterIdentifierStart: |
| --currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| parseIdentifier(result, yylval->string, hasEscape); |
| m_token = IDENT; |
| |
| if (UNLIKELY(*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '(')) { |
| if (m_parsingMode == SupportsMode && !hasEscape) { |
| detectSupportsToken<SrcCharacterType>(result - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| if (m_token != IDENT) |
| break; |
| } |
| m_token = FUNCTION; |
| bool shouldSkipParenthesis = true; |
| if (!hasEscape) { |
| bool detected = detectFunctionTypeToken<SrcCharacterType>(result - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| if (!detected && m_parsingMode == MediaQueryMode) { |
| // ... and(max-width: 480px) ... looks like a function, but in fact it is not, |
| // so run more detection code in the MediaQueryMode. |
| detectMediaQueryToken<SrcCharacterType>(result - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| shouldSkipParenthesis = false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (LIKELY(shouldSkipParenthesis)) { |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| ++result; |
| ++yylval->string.m_length; |
| } |
| |
| if (token() == URI) { |
| m_token = FUNCTION; |
| // Check whether it is really an URI. |
| if (yylval->string.is8Bit()) |
| parseURI<LChar>(yylval->string); |
| else |
| parseURI<UChar>(yylval->string); |
| } |
| } else if (UNLIKELY(m_parsingMode != NormalMode) && !hasEscape) { |
| if (m_parsingMode == MediaQueryMode) |
| detectMediaQueryToken<SrcCharacterType>(result - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| else if (m_parsingMode == SupportsMode) |
| detectSupportsToken<SrcCharacterType>(result - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| else if (m_parsingMode == NthChildMode && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()[0], 'n')) { |
| if (result - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>() == 1) { |
| // String "n" is IDENT but "n+1" is NTH. |
| if (parseNthChildExtra<SrcCharacterType>()) { |
| m_token = NTH; |
| yylval->string.m_length = currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| } |
| } else if (result - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>() >= 2 && tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()[1] == '-') { |
| // String "n-" is IDENT but "n-1" is NTH. |
| // Set currentCharacter to '-' to continue parsing. |
| SrcCharacterType* nextCharacter = result; |
| currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() = tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>() + 1; |
| if (parseNthChildExtra<SrcCharacterType>()) { |
| m_token = NTH; |
| yylval->string.setLength(currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| } else { |
| // Revert the change to currentCharacter if unsuccessful. |
| currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() = nextCharacter; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| if (m_parsingMode == NthChildMode && m_token == IDENT && yylval->string.length() == 2 && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(yylval->string, "of")) { |
| m_parsingMode = NormalMode; |
| m_token = NTHCHILDSELECTORSEPARATOR; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterDot: |
| if (!isASCIIDigit(currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()[0])) |
| break; |
| FALLTHROUGH; // To CharacterNumber. |
| |
| case CharacterNumber: { |
| bool dotSeen = (m_token == '.'); |
| |
| while (true) { |
| if (!isASCIIDigit(currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()[0])) { |
| // Only one dot is allowed for a number, |
| // and it must be followed by a digit. |
| if (currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()[0] != '.' || dotSeen || !isASCIIDigit(currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()[1])) |
| break; |
| dotSeen = true; |
| } |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| } |
| |
| if (UNLIKELY(m_parsingMode == NthChildMode) && !dotSeen && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(), 'n')) { |
| // "[0-9]+n" is always an NthChild. |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| parseNthChildExtra<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| m_token = NTH; |
| yylval->string.init(tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>(), currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| // Use SVG parser for numbers on SVG presentation attributes. |
| if (m_context.mode == SVGAttributeMode) { |
| // We need to take care of units like 'em' or 'ex'. |
| SrcCharacterType* character = currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| if (isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(*character, 'e')) { |
| ASSERT(character - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>() > 0); |
| ++character; |
| if (*character == '-' || *character == '+' || isASCIIDigit(*character)) { |
| ++character; |
| while (isASCIIDigit(*character)) |
| ++character; |
| // Use FLOATTOKEN if the string contains exponents. |
| dotSeen = true; |
| currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() = character; |
| } |
| } |
| if (!parseSVGNumber(tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>(), character - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>(), yylval->number)) |
| break; |
| } else |
| yylval->number = charactersToDouble(tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>(), currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| |
| // Type of the function. |
| if (isIdentifierStart<SrcCharacterType>()) { |
| SrcCharacterType* type = currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| result = currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| |
| parseIdentifier(result, resultString, hasEscape); |
| |
| m_token = DIMEN; |
| if (!hasEscape) |
| detectNumberToken(type, currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() - type); |
| |
| if (m_token == DIMEN) { |
| // The decoded number is overwritten, but this is intentional. |
| yylval->string.init(tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>(), currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| } |
| } else if (*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '%') { |
| // Although the CSS grammar says {num}% we follow |
| // webkit at the moment which uses {num}%+. |
| do { |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| } while (*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '%'); |
| m_token = PERCENTAGE; |
| } else |
| m_token = dotSeen ? FLOATTOKEN : INTEGER; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| case CharacterDash: |
| if (isIdentifierStartAfterDash(currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>())) { |
| --currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| parseIdentifier(result, resultString, hasEscape); |
| m_token = IDENT; |
| |
| if (*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '(') { |
| m_token = FUNCTION; |
| if (!hasEscape) |
| detectDashToken<SrcCharacterType>(result - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| ++result; |
| } else if (UNLIKELY(m_parsingMode == NthChildMode) && !hasEscape && isASCIIAlphaCaselessEqual(tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()[1], 'n')) { |
| if (result - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>() == 2) { |
| // String "-n" is IDENT but "-n+1" is NTH. |
| if (parseNthChildExtra<SrcCharacterType>()) { |
| m_token = NTH; |
| result = currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| } |
| } else if (result - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>() >= 3 && tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()[2] == '-') { |
| // String "-n-" is IDENT but "-n-1" is NTH. |
| // Set currentCharacter to second '-' of '-n-' to continue parsing. |
| SrcCharacterType* nextCharacter = result; |
| currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() = tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>() + 2; |
| if (parseNthChildExtra<SrcCharacterType>()) { |
| m_token = NTH; |
| result = currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| } else { |
| // Revert the change to currentCharacter if unsuccessful. |
| currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() = nextCharacter; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| resultString.setLength(result - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| yylval->string = resultString; |
| } else if (currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()[0] == '-' && currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()[1] == '>') { |
| currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() += 2; |
| m_token = SGML_CD; |
| } else if (currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()[0] == '-') { |
| --currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| parseIdentifier(result, resultString, hasEscape); |
| m_token = CUSTOM_PROPERTY; |
| yylval->string = resultString; |
| } else if (UNLIKELY(m_parsingMode == NthChildMode)) { |
| // "-[0-9]+n" is always an NthChild. |
| if (parseNthChild<SrcCharacterType>()) { |
| parseNthChildExtra<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| m_token = NTH; |
| yylval->string.init(tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>(), currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterOther: |
| // m_token is simply the current character. |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterNull: |
| // Do not advance pointer at the end of input. |
| --currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterWhiteSpace: |
| m_token = WHITESPACE; |
| // Might start with a '\n'. |
| --currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| do { |
| if (*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '\n') { |
| ++m_lineNumber; |
| m_columnOffsetForLine = currentCharacterOffset() + 1; |
| } |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| } while (*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() <= ' ' && (typesOfASCIICharacters[*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()] == CharacterWhiteSpace)); |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterEndConditionQuery: { |
| bool isParsingCondition = m_parsingMode == MediaQueryMode || m_parsingMode == SupportsMode; |
| if (isParsingCondition) |
| m_parsingMode = NormalMode; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| case CharacterEndNthChild: |
| if (m_parsingMode == NthChildMode) |
| m_parsingMode = NormalMode; |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterQuote: |
| if (checkAndSkipString(currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(), m_token)) { |
| ++result; |
| parseString<SrcCharacterType>(result, yylval->string, m_token); |
| m_token = STRING; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterExclamationMark: { |
| SrcCharacterType* start = skipWhiteSpace(currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| if (isEqualToCSSIdentifier(start, "important")) { |
| m_token = IMPORTANT_SYM; |
| currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() = start + 9; |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| case CharacterHashmark: { |
| SrcCharacterType* start = currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| result = currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| |
| if (isASCIIDigit(*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>())) { |
| // This must be a valid hex number token. |
| do { |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| } while (isASCIIHexDigit(*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>())); |
| m_token = HEX; |
| yylval->string.init(start, currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() - start); |
| } else if (isIdentifierStart<SrcCharacterType>()) { |
| m_token = IDSEL; |
| parseIdentifier(result, yylval->string, hasEscape); |
| if (!hasEscape) { |
| // Check whether the identifier is also a valid hex number. |
| SrcCharacterType* current = start; |
| m_token = HEX; |
| do { |
| if (!isASCIIHexDigit(*current)) { |
| m_token = IDSEL; |
| break; |
| } |
| ++current; |
| } while (current < result); |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| case CharacterSlash: |
| // Ignore comments. They are not even considered as white spaces. |
| if (*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '*') { |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| while (currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()[0] != '*' || currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()[1] != '/') { |
| if (*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '\n') { |
| ++m_lineNumber; |
| m_columnOffsetForLine = currentCharacterOffset() + 1; |
| } else if (*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '\0') { |
| // Unterminated comments are simply ignored. |
| currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() -= 2; |
| break; |
| } |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| } |
| currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() += 2; |
| goto restartAfterComment; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterDollar: |
| if (*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '=') { |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| m_token = ENDSWITH; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterAsterisk: |
| if (*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '=') { |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| m_token = CONTAINS; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterPlus: |
| if (UNLIKELY(m_parsingMode == NthChildMode)) { |
| // Simplest case. "+[0-9]*n" is always NthChild. |
| if (parseNthChild<SrcCharacterType>()) { |
| parseNthChildExtra<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| m_token = NTH; |
| yylval->string.init(tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>(), currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>()); |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterLess: |
| if (currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()[0] == '!' && currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()[1] == '-' && currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>()[2] == '-') { |
| currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() += 3; |
| m_token = SGML_CD; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterAt: |
| if (isIdentifierStart<SrcCharacterType>()) { |
| m_token = ATKEYWORD; |
| ++result; |
| parseIdentifier(result, resultString, hasEscape); |
| detectAtToken<SrcCharacterType>(result - tokenStart<SrcCharacterType>(), hasEscape); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterBackSlash: |
| if (isCSSEscape(*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>())) { |
| --currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| parseIdentifier(result, yylval->string, hasEscape); |
| m_token = IDENT; |
| } |
| if (m_parsingMode == NthChildMode && m_token == IDENT && yylval->string.length() == 2 && equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(yylval->string, "of")) { |
| m_parsingMode = NormalMode; |
| m_token = NTHCHILDSELECTORSEPARATOR; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterXor: |
| if (*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '=') { |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| m_token = BEGINSWITH; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterVerticalBar: |
| if (*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '=') { |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| m_token = DASHMATCH; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case CharacterTilde: |
| if (*currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>() == '=') { |
| ++currentCharacter<SrcCharacterType>(); |
| m_token = INCLUDES; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| ASSERT_NOT_REACHED(); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| return token(); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<StyleRuleImport> CSSParser::createImportRule(const CSSParserString& url, RefPtr<MediaQuerySet>&& media) |
| { |
| if (!media || !m_allowImportRules) { |
| popRuleData(); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| auto rule = StyleRuleImport::create(url, media.releaseNonNull()); |
| processAndAddNewRuleToSourceTreeIfNeeded(); |
| return WTFMove(rule); |
| } |
| |
| Ref<StyleRuleMedia> CSSParser::createMediaRule(RefPtr<MediaQuerySet>&& media, RuleList* rules) |
| { |
| m_allowImportRules = m_allowNamespaceDeclarations = false; |
| RefPtr<StyleRuleMedia> rule; |
| RuleList emptyRules; |
| if (!media) { |
| // To comply with w3c test suite expectation, create an empty media query |
| // even when it is syntactically incorrect. |
| rule = StyleRuleMedia::create(MediaQuerySet::create(), emptyRules); |
| } else { |
| media->shrinkToFit(); |
| rule = StyleRuleMedia::create(media.releaseNonNull(), rules ? *rules : emptyRules); |
| } |
| processAndAddNewRuleToSourceTreeIfNeeded(); |
| return rule.releaseNonNull(); |
| } |
| |
| Ref<StyleRuleMedia> CSSParser::createEmptyMediaRule(RuleList* rules) |
| { |
| return createMediaRule(MediaQuerySet::create(), rules); |
| } |
| |
| Ref<StyleRuleSupports> CSSParser::createSupportsRule(bool conditionIsSupported, RuleList* rules) |
| { |
| m_allowImportRules = m_allowNamespaceDeclarations = false; |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSRuleSourceData> data = popSupportsRuleData(); |
| String conditionText; |
| unsigned conditionOffset = data->ruleHeaderRange.start + 9; |
| unsigned conditionLength = data->ruleHeaderRange.length() - 9; |
| |
| if (is8BitSource()) |
| conditionText = String(m_dataStart8.get() + conditionOffset, conditionLength).stripWhiteSpace(); |
| else |
| conditionText = String(m_dataStart16.get() + conditionOffset, conditionLength).stripWhiteSpace(); |
| |
| RefPtr<StyleRuleSupports> rule; |
| if (rules) |
| rule = StyleRuleSupports::create(conditionText, conditionIsSupported, *rules); |
| else { |
| RuleList emptyRules; |
| rule = StyleRuleSupports::create(conditionText, conditionIsSupported, emptyRules); |
| } |
| |
| processAndAddNewRuleToSourceTreeIfNeeded(); |
| |
| return rule.releaseNonNull(); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::markSupportsRuleHeaderStart() |
| { |
| if (!m_supportsRuleDataStack) |
| m_supportsRuleDataStack = std::make_unique<RuleSourceDataList>(); |
| |
| auto data = CSSRuleSourceData::create(CSSRuleSourceData::SUPPORTS_RULE); |
| data->ruleHeaderRange.start = tokenStartOffset(); |
| m_supportsRuleDataStack->append(WTFMove(data)); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::markSupportsRuleHeaderEnd() |
| { |
| ASSERT(m_supportsRuleDataStack && !m_supportsRuleDataStack->isEmpty()); |
| |
| if (is8BitSource()) |
| m_supportsRuleDataStack->last()->ruleHeaderRange.end = tokenStart<LChar>() - m_dataStart8.get(); |
| else |
| m_supportsRuleDataStack->last()->ruleHeaderRange.end = tokenStart<UChar>() - m_dataStart16.get(); |
| } |
| |
| Ref<CSSRuleSourceData> CSSParser::popSupportsRuleData() |
| { |
| ASSERT(m_supportsRuleDataStack && !m_supportsRuleDataStack->isEmpty()); |
| return m_supportsRuleDataStack->takeLast(); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::processAndAddNewRuleToSourceTreeIfNeeded() |
| { |
| if (!isExtractingSourceData()) |
| return; |
| markRuleBodyEnd(); |
| Ref<CSSRuleSourceData> rule = *popRuleData(); |
| fixUnparsedPropertyRanges(rule); |
| addNewRuleToSourceTree(WTFMove(rule)); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::addNewRuleToSourceTree(Ref<CSSRuleSourceData>&& rule) |
| { |
| // Precondition: (isExtractingSourceData()). |
| if (!m_ruleSourceDataResult) |
| return; |
| if (m_currentRuleDataStack->isEmpty()) |
| m_ruleSourceDataResult->append(WTFMove(rule)); |
| else |
| m_currentRuleDataStack->last()->childRules.append(WTFMove(rule)); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSRuleSourceData> CSSParser::popRuleData() |
| { |
| if (!m_ruleSourceDataResult) |
| return nullptr; |
| |
| ASSERT(!m_currentRuleDataStack->isEmpty()); |
| m_currentRuleData = nullptr; |
| return m_currentRuleDataStack->takeLast(); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::syntaxError(const Location& location, SyntaxErrorType error) |
| { |
| if (!isLoggingErrors()) |
| return; |
| |
| StringBuilder builder; |
| switch (error) { |
| case PropertyDeclarationError: |
| builder.appendLiteral("Invalid CSS property declaration at: "); |
| break; |
| default: |
| builder.appendLiteral("Unexpected CSS token: "); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (location.token.is8Bit()) |
| builder.append(location.token.characters8(), location.token.length()); |
| else |
| builder.append(location.token.characters16(), location.token.length()); |
| |
| logError(builder.toString(), location.lineNumber, location.columnNumber); |
| |
| m_ignoreErrorsInDeclaration = true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::isLoggingErrors() |
| { |
| return m_logErrors && !m_ignoreErrorsInDeclaration; |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::logError(const String& message, int lineNumber, int columnNumber) |
| { |
| PageConsoleClient& console = m_styleSheet->singleOwnerDocument()->page()->console(); |
| console.addMessage(MessageSource::CSS, MessageLevel::Warning, message, m_styleSheet->baseURL().string(), lineNumber + 1, columnNumber + 1); |
| } |
| |
| Ref<StyleRuleKeyframes> CSSParser::createKeyframesRule(const String& name, std::unique_ptr<Vector<RefPtr<StyleKeyframe>>> keyframes) |
| { |
| m_allowImportRules = m_allowNamespaceDeclarations = false; |
| Ref<StyleRuleKeyframes> rule = StyleRuleKeyframes::create(); |
| for (auto& keyFrame : *keyframes) |
| rule->parserAppendKeyframe(WTFMove(keyFrame)); |
| rule->setName(name); |
| processAndAddNewRuleToSourceTreeIfNeeded(); |
| return rule; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<StyleRule> CSSParser::createStyleRule(Vector<std::unique_ptr<CSSParserSelector>>* selectors) |
| { |
| RefPtr<StyleRule> rule; |
| if (selectors) { |
| m_allowImportRules = false; |
| m_allowNamespaceDeclarations = false; |
| rule = StyleRule::create(m_lastSelectorLineNumber, createStyleProperties()); |
| rule->parserAdoptSelectorVector(*selectors); |
| processAndAddNewRuleToSourceTreeIfNeeded(); |
| } else |
| popRuleData(); |
| clearProperties(); |
| return rule; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<StyleRuleFontFace> CSSParser::createFontFaceRule() |
| { |
| m_allowImportRules = m_allowNamespaceDeclarations = false; |
| for (auto& property : m_parsedProperties) { |
| if (property.id() == CSSPropertyFontFamily && (!is<CSSValueList>(*property.value()) || downcast<CSSValueList>(*property.value()).length() != 1)) { |
| // Unlike font-family property, font-family descriptor in @font-face rule |
| // has to be a value list with exactly one family name. It cannot have a |
| // have 'initial' value and cannot 'inherit' from parent. |
| // See http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css3-fonts/#font-family-desc |
| clearProperties(); |
| popRuleData(); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| } |
| auto rule = StyleRuleFontFace::create(createStyleProperties()); |
| clearProperties(); |
| processAndAddNewRuleToSourceTreeIfNeeded(); |
| return WTFMove(rule); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::addNamespace(const AtomicString& prefix, const AtomicString& uri) |
| { |
| if (!m_styleSheet || !m_allowNamespaceDeclarations) |
| return; |
| m_allowImportRules = false; |
| m_styleSheet->parserAddNamespace(prefix, uri); |
| if (prefix.isEmpty() && !uri.isNull()) |
| m_defaultNamespace = uri; |
| } |
| |
| QualifiedName CSSParser::determineNameInNamespace(const AtomicString& prefix, const AtomicString& localName) |
| { |
| if (prefix.isNull()) |
| return QualifiedName(nullAtom, localName, nullAtom); // No namespace. If an element/attribute has a namespace, we won't match it. |
| if (prefix.isEmpty()) |
| return QualifiedName(emptyAtom, localName, emptyAtom); // Empty namespace. |
| if (prefix == starAtom) |
| return QualifiedName(prefix, localName, starAtom); // We'll match any namespace. |
| |
| if (!m_styleSheet) |
| return QualifiedName(prefix, localName, m_defaultNamespace); |
| return QualifiedName(prefix, localName, m_styleSheet->namespaceURIFromPrefix(prefix)); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::rewriteSpecifiersWithNamespaceIfNeeded(CSSParserSelector& specifiers) |
| { |
| if (m_defaultNamespace != starAtom || specifiers.isCustomPseudoElement()) { |
| QualifiedName elementName(nullAtom, starAtom, m_defaultNamespace); |
| rewriteSpecifiersWithElementName(elementName, specifiers, /*tagIsForNamespaceRule*/true); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::rewriteSpecifiersWithElementName(const AtomicString& namespacePrefix, const AtomicString& elementName, CSSParserSelector& specifiers) |
| { |
| QualifiedName tag(determineNameInNamespace(namespacePrefix, elementName)); |
| rewriteSpecifiersWithElementName(tag, specifiers, false); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::rewriteSpecifiersWithElementName(const QualifiedName& tag, CSSParserSelector& specifiers, bool tagIsForNamespaceRule) |
| { |
| if (!specifiers.isCustomPseudoElement()) { |
| if (tag == anyQName()) |
| return; |
| if (!specifiers.isPseudoElementCueFunction()) |
| specifiers.prependTagSelector(tag, tagIsForNamespaceRule); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| CSSParserSelector* lastShadowDescendant = &specifiers; |
| CSSParserSelector* history = &specifiers; |
| while (history->tagHistory()) { |
| history = history->tagHistory(); |
| if (history->isCustomPseudoElement() || history->hasShadowDescendant()) |
| lastShadowDescendant = history; |
| } |
| |
| if (lastShadowDescendant->tagHistory()) { |
| if (tag != anyQName()) |
| lastShadowDescendant->tagHistory()->prependTagSelector(tag, tagIsForNamespaceRule); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // For shadow-ID pseudo-elements to be correctly matched, the ShadowDescendant combinator has to be used. |
| // We therefore create a new Selector with that combinator here in any case, even if matching any (host) element in any namespace (i.e. '*'). |
| lastShadowDescendant->setTagHistory(std::make_unique<CSSParserSelector>(tag)); |
| lastShadowDescendant->setRelation(CSSSelector::ShadowDescendant); |
| } |
| |
| std::unique_ptr<CSSParserSelector> CSSParser::rewriteSpecifiers(std::unique_ptr<CSSParserSelector> specifiers, std::unique_ptr<CSSParserSelector> newSpecifier) |
| { |
| if (newSpecifier->isCustomPseudoElement() || newSpecifier->isPseudoElementCueFunction()) { |
| // Unknown pseudo element always goes at the top of selector chain. |
| newSpecifier->appendTagHistory(CSSSelector::ShadowDescendant, WTFMove(specifiers)); |
| return newSpecifier; |
| } |
| if (specifiers->isCustomPseudoElement()) { |
| // Specifiers for unknown pseudo element go right behind it in the chain. |
| specifiers->insertTagHistory(CSSSelector::SubSelector, WTFMove(newSpecifier), CSSSelector::ShadowDescendant); |
| return specifiers; |
| } |
| specifiers->appendTagHistory(CSSSelector::SubSelector, WTFMove(newSpecifier)); |
| return specifiers; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<StyleRulePage> CSSParser::createPageRule(std::unique_ptr<CSSParserSelector> pageSelector) |
| { |
| // FIXME: Margin at-rules are ignored. |
| m_allowImportRules = m_allowNamespaceDeclarations = false; |
| if (pageSelector) { |
| auto rule = StyleRulePage::create(createStyleProperties()); |
| Vector<std::unique_ptr<CSSParserSelector>> selectorVector; |
| selectorVector.append(WTFMove(pageSelector)); |
| rule->parserAdoptSelectorVector(selectorVector); |
| processAndAddNewRuleToSourceTreeIfNeeded(); |
| clearProperties(); |
| return WTFMove(rule); |
| } |
| |
| popRuleData(); |
| clearProperties(); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| std::unique_ptr<Vector<std::unique_ptr<CSSParserSelector>>> CSSParser::createSelectorVector() |
| { |
| if (m_recycledSelectorVector) { |
| m_recycledSelectorVector->shrink(0); |
| return WTFMove(m_recycledSelectorVector); |
| } |
| return std::make_unique<Vector<std::unique_ptr<CSSParserSelector>>>(); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::recycleSelectorVector(std::unique_ptr<Vector<std::unique_ptr<CSSParserSelector>>> vector) |
| { |
| if (vector && !m_recycledSelectorVector) |
| m_recycledSelectorVector = WTFMove(vector); |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<StyleRuleRegion> CSSParser::createRegionRule(Vector<std::unique_ptr<CSSParserSelector>>* regionSelector, RuleList* rules) |
| { |
| if (!regionSelector || !rules) { |
| popRuleData(); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| m_allowImportRules = m_allowNamespaceDeclarations = false; |
| |
| auto regionRule = StyleRuleRegion::create(regionSelector, *rules); |
| |
| if (isExtractingSourceData()) |
| addNewRuleToSourceTree(CSSRuleSourceData::createUnknown()); |
| |
| return WTFMove(regionRule); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::createMarginAtRule(CSSSelector::MarginBoxType /* marginBox */) |
| { |
| // FIXME: Implement margin at-rule here, using: |
| // - marginBox: margin box |
| // - m_parsedProperties: properties at [m_numParsedPropertiesBeforeMarginBox, m_parsedProperties.size()] are for this at-rule. |
| // Don't forget to also update the action for page symbol in CSSGrammar.y such that margin at-rule data is cleared if page_selector is invalid. |
| |
| endDeclarationsForMarginBox(); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::startDeclarationsForMarginBox() |
| { |
| m_numParsedPropertiesBeforeMarginBox = m_parsedProperties.size(); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::endDeclarationsForMarginBox() |
| { |
| rollbackLastProperties(m_parsedProperties.size() - m_numParsedPropertiesBeforeMarginBox); |
| m_numParsedPropertiesBeforeMarginBox = invalidParsedPropertiesCount; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<StyleKeyframe> CSSParser::createKeyframe(CSSParserValueList& keys) |
| { |
| // Create a key string from the passed keys |
| StringBuilder keyString; |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < keys.size(); ++i) { |
| // Just as per the comment below, we ignore keyframes with |
| // invalid key values (plain numbers or unknown identifiers) |
| // marked as CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_UNKNOWN during parsing. |
| if (keys.valueAt(i)->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_UNKNOWN) { |
| clearProperties(); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| |
| ASSERT(keys.valueAt(i)->unit == CSSPrimitiveValue::CSS_NUMBER); |
| float key = static_cast<float>(keys.valueAt(i)->fValue); |
| if (key < 0 || key > 100) { |
| // As per http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-animations/#keyframes, |
| // "If a keyframe selector specifies negative percentage values |
| // or values higher than 100%, then the keyframe will be ignored." |
| clearProperties(); |
| return nullptr; |
| } |
| if (i != 0) |
| keyString.append(','); |
| keyString.appendNumber(key); |
| keyString.append('%'); |
| } |
| |
| auto keyframe = StyleKeyframe::create(createStyleProperties()); |
| keyframe->setKeyText(keyString.toString()); |
| |
| clearProperties(); |
| |
| return WTFMove(keyframe); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::invalidBlockHit() |
| { |
| if (m_styleSheet && !m_hadSyntacticallyValidCSSRule) |
| m_styleSheet->setHasSyntacticallyValidCSSHeader(false); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::updateLastSelectorLineAndPosition() |
| { |
| m_lastSelectorLineNumber = m_lineNumber; |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::updateLastMediaLine(MediaQuerySet& media) |
| { |
| media.setLastLine(m_lineNumber); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline void fixUnparsedProperties(const CharacterType* characters, CSSRuleSourceData& ruleData) |
| { |
| auto& propertyData = ruleData.styleSourceData->propertyData; |
| unsigned size = propertyData.size(); |
| if (!size) |
| return; |
| |
| unsigned styleStart = ruleData.ruleBodyRange.start; |
| auto* nextData = &propertyData[0]; |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < size; ++i) { |
| auto* currentData = nextData; |
| nextData = i < size - 1 ? &propertyData[i + 1] : 0; |
| |
| if (currentData->parsedOk) |
| continue; |
| if (currentData->range.end > 0 && characters[styleStart + currentData->range.end - 1] == ';') |
| continue; |
| |
| unsigned propertyEndInStyleSheet; |
| if (!nextData) |
| propertyEndInStyleSheet = ruleData.ruleBodyRange.end - 1; |
| else |
| propertyEndInStyleSheet = styleStart + nextData->range.start - 1; |
| |
| while (isHTMLSpace(characters[propertyEndInStyleSheet])) |
| --propertyEndInStyleSheet; |
| |
| // propertyEndInStyleSheet points at the last property text character. |
| unsigned newPropertyEnd = propertyEndInStyleSheet - styleStart + 1; // Exclusive of the last property text character. |
| if (currentData->range.end != newPropertyEnd) { |
| currentData->range.end = newPropertyEnd; |
| unsigned valueStartInStyleSheet = styleStart + currentData->range.start + currentData->name.length(); |
| while (valueStartInStyleSheet < propertyEndInStyleSheet && characters[valueStartInStyleSheet] != ':') |
| ++valueStartInStyleSheet; |
| if (valueStartInStyleSheet < propertyEndInStyleSheet) |
| ++valueStartInStyleSheet; // Shift past the ':'. |
| while (valueStartInStyleSheet < propertyEndInStyleSheet && isHTMLSpace(characters[valueStartInStyleSheet])) |
| ++valueStartInStyleSheet; |
| // Need to exclude the trailing ';' from the property value. |
| currentData->value = String(characters + valueStartInStyleSheet, propertyEndInStyleSheet - valueStartInStyleSheet + (characters[propertyEndInStyleSheet] == ';' ? 0 : 1)); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::fixUnparsedPropertyRanges(CSSRuleSourceData& ruleData) |
| { |
| if (!ruleData.styleSourceData) |
| return; |
| |
| if (is8BitSource()) { |
| fixUnparsedProperties<LChar>(m_dataStart8.get() + m_parsedTextPrefixLength, ruleData); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| fixUnparsedProperties<UChar>(m_dataStart16.get() + m_parsedTextPrefixLength, ruleData); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::markRuleHeaderStart(CSSRuleSourceData::Type ruleType) |
| { |
| if (!isExtractingSourceData()) |
| return; |
| |
| // Pop off data for a previous invalid rule. |
| if (m_currentRuleData) |
| m_currentRuleDataStack->removeLast(); |
| |
| auto data = CSSRuleSourceData::create(ruleType); |
| data->ruleHeaderRange.start = tokenStartOffset(); |
| m_currentRuleData = data.copyRef(); |
| m_currentRuleDataStack->append(WTFMove(data)); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| inline void CSSParser::setRuleHeaderEnd(const CharacterType* dataStart) |
| { |
| CharacterType* listEnd = tokenStart<CharacterType>(); |
| while (listEnd > dataStart + 1) { |
| if (isHTMLSpace(*(listEnd - 1))) |
| --listEnd; |
| else |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| m_currentRuleDataStack->last()->ruleHeaderRange.end = listEnd - dataStart; |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::markRuleHeaderEnd() |
| { |
| if (!isExtractingSourceData()) |
| return; |
| ASSERT(!m_currentRuleDataStack->isEmpty()); |
| |
| if (is8BitSource()) |
| setRuleHeaderEnd<LChar>(m_dataStart8.get()); |
| else |
| setRuleHeaderEnd<UChar>(m_dataStart16.get()); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::markSelectorStart() |
| { |
| if (!isExtractingSourceData() || m_nestedSelectorLevel) |
| return; |
| ASSERT(!m_selectorRange.end); |
| |
| m_selectorRange.start = tokenStartOffset(); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::markSelectorEnd() |
| { |
| if (!isExtractingSourceData() || m_nestedSelectorLevel) |
| return; |
| ASSERT(!m_selectorRange.end); |
| ASSERT(m_currentRuleDataStack->size()); |
| |
| m_selectorRange.end = tokenStartOffset(); |
| m_currentRuleDataStack->last()->selectorRanges.append(m_selectorRange); |
| m_selectorRange.start = 0; |
| m_selectorRange.end = 0; |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::markRuleBodyStart() |
| { |
| if (!isExtractingSourceData()) |
| return; |
| m_currentRuleData = nullptr; |
| unsigned offset = tokenStartOffset(); |
| if (tokenStartChar() == '{') |
| ++offset; // Skip the rule body opening brace. |
| ASSERT(!m_currentRuleDataStack->isEmpty()); |
| m_currentRuleDataStack->last()->ruleBodyRange.start = offset; |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::markRuleBodyEnd() |
| { |
| // Precondition: (!isExtractingSourceData()) |
| unsigned offset = tokenStartOffset(); |
| ASSERT(!m_currentRuleDataStack->isEmpty()); |
| m_currentRuleDataStack->last()->ruleBodyRange.end = offset; |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::markPropertyStart() |
| { |
| m_ignoreErrorsInDeclaration = false; |
| if (!isExtractingSourceData()) |
| return; |
| if (m_currentRuleDataStack->isEmpty() || !m_currentRuleDataStack->last()->styleSourceData) |
| return; |
| |
| m_propertyRange.start = tokenStartOffset(); |
| } |
| |
| void CSSParser::markPropertyEnd(bool isImportantFound, bool isPropertyParsed) |
| { |
| if (!isExtractingSourceData()) |
| return; |
| if (m_currentRuleDataStack->isEmpty() || !m_currentRuleDataStack->last()->styleSourceData) |
| return; |
| |
| unsigned offset = tokenStartOffset(); |
| if (tokenStartChar() == ';') // Include semicolon into the property text. |
| ++offset; |
| m_propertyRange.end = offset; |
| if (m_propertyRange.start != std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max() && !m_currentRuleDataStack->isEmpty()) { |
| // This stuff is only executed when the style data retrieval is requested by client. |
| const unsigned start = m_propertyRange.start; |
| const unsigned end = m_propertyRange.end; |
| ASSERT_WITH_SECURITY_IMPLICATION(start < end); |
| String propertyString; |
| if (is8BitSource()) |
| propertyString = String(m_dataStart8.get() + start, end - start).stripWhiteSpace(); |
| else |
| propertyString = String(m_dataStart16.get() + start, end - start).stripWhiteSpace(); |
| if (propertyString.endsWith(';')) |
| propertyString = propertyString.left(propertyString.length() - 1); |
| size_t colonIndex = propertyString.find(':'); |
| ASSERT(colonIndex != notFound); |
| |
| String name = propertyString.left(colonIndex).stripWhiteSpace(); |
| String value = propertyString.substring(colonIndex + 1, propertyString.length()).stripWhiteSpace(); |
| // The property range is relative to the declaration start offset. |
| SourceRange& topRuleBodyRange = m_currentRuleDataStack->last()->ruleBodyRange; |
| m_currentRuleDataStack->last()->styleSourceData->propertyData.append( |
| CSSPropertySourceData(name, value, isImportantFound, isPropertyParsed, SourceRange(start - topRuleBodyRange.start, end - topRuleBodyRange.start))); |
| } |
| resetPropertyRange(); |
| } |
| |
| #if ENABLE(CSS_DEVICE_ADAPTATION) |
| Ref<StyleRuleViewport> CSSParser::createViewportRule() |
| { |
| m_allowImportRules = m_allowNamespaceDeclarations = false; |
| |
| auto rule = StyleRuleViewport::create(createStyleProperties()); |
| clearProperties(); |
| |
| processAndAddNewRuleToSourceTreeIfNeeded(); |
| |
| return rule; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseViewportProperty(CSSPropertyID propId, bool important) |
| { |
| if (!m_valueList->current()) |
| return false; |
| |
| ValueWithCalculation valueWithCalculation(*m_valueList->current()); |
| |
| CSSValueID id = valueWithCalculation.value().id; |
| bool validPrimitive = false; |
| |
| switch (propId) { |
| case CSSPropertyMinWidth: // auto | device-width | device-height | <length> | <percentage> |
| case CSSPropertyMaxWidth: |
| case CSSPropertyMinHeight: |
| case CSSPropertyMaxHeight: |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto || id == CSSValueDeviceWidth || id == CSSValueDeviceHeight) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = (!id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FLength | FPercent | FNonNeg)); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyWidth: // shorthand |
| return parseViewportShorthand(propId, CSSPropertyMinWidth, CSSPropertyMaxWidth, important); |
| case CSSPropertyHeight: |
| return parseViewportShorthand(propId, CSSPropertyMinHeight, CSSPropertyMaxHeight, important); |
| case CSSPropertyMinZoom: // auto | <number> | <percentage> |
| case CSSPropertyMaxZoom: |
| case CSSPropertyZoom: |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| else |
| validPrimitive = (!id && validateUnit(valueWithCalculation, FNumber | FPercent | FNonNeg)); |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyUserZoom: // zoom | fixed |
| if (id == CSSValueZoom || id == CSSValueFixed) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| break; |
| case CSSPropertyOrientation: // auto | portrait | landscape |
| if (id == CSSValueAuto || id == CSSValuePortrait || id == CSSValueLandscape) |
| validPrimitive = true; |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| RefPtr<CSSValue> parsedValue; |
| if (validPrimitive) { |
| parsedValue = parseValidPrimitive(id, valueWithCalculation); |
| m_valueList->next(); |
| } |
| |
| if (!parsedValue) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (m_valueList->current() && !inShorthand()) |
| return false; |
| |
| addProperty(propId, parsedValue.releaseNonNull(), important); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| bool CSSParser::parseViewportShorthand(CSSPropertyID propId, CSSPropertyID first, CSSPropertyID second, bool important) |
| { |
| unsigned numValues = m_valueList->size(); |
| |
| if (numValues > 2) |
| return false; |
| |
| ShorthandScope scope(this, propId); |
| |
| if (!parseViewportProperty(first, important)) |
| return false; |
| |
| // If just one value is supplied, the second value |
| // is implicitly initialized with the first value. |
| if (numValues == 1) |
| m_valueList->previous(); |
| |
| return parseViewportProperty(second, important); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| #if ENABLE(LEGACY_CSS_VENDOR_PREFIXES) |
| static bool isAppleLegacyCSSPropertyKeyword(const char* propertyKeyword, unsigned length) |
| { |
| static const char applePrefix[] = "-apple-"; |
| static const char applePayPrefix[] = "-apple-pay-"; |
| |
| return hasPrefix(propertyKeyword, length, applePrefix) |
| && !hasPrefix(propertyKeyword, length, applePayPrefix); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static CSSPropertyID cssPropertyID(const CharacterType* propertyName, unsigned length) |
| { |
| char buffer[maxCSSPropertyNameLength + 1 + 1]; // 1 to turn "apple"/"khtml" into "webkit", 1 for null character |
| |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i != length; ++i) { |
| CharacterType c = propertyName[i]; |
| if (c == 0 || c >= 0x7F) |
| return CSSPropertyInvalid; // illegal character |
| buffer[i] = toASCIILower(c); |
| } |
| buffer[length] = '\0'; |
| |
| const char* name = buffer; |
| if (buffer[0] == '-') { |
| #if ENABLE(LEGACY_CSS_VENDOR_PREFIXES) |
| // If the prefix is -apple- or -khtml-, change it to -webkit-. |
| // This makes the string one character longer. |
| if (RuntimeEnabledFeatures::sharedFeatures().legacyCSSVendorPrefixesEnabled() |
| && (isAppleLegacyCSSPropertyKeyword(buffer, length) || hasPrefix(buffer, length, "-khtml-"))) { |
| memmove(buffer + 7, buffer + 6, length + 1 - 6); |
| memcpy(buffer, "-webkit", 7); |
| ++length; |
| } |
| #endif |
| #if PLATFORM(IOS) |
| cssPropertyNameIOSAliasing(buffer, name, length); |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| const Property* hashTableEntry = findProperty(name, length); |
| return hashTableEntry ? static_cast<CSSPropertyID>(hashTableEntry->id) : CSSPropertyInvalid; |
| } |
| |
| CSSPropertyID cssPropertyID(const String& string) |
| { |
| unsigned length = string.length(); |
| |
| if (!length) |
| return CSSPropertyInvalid; |
| if (length > maxCSSPropertyNameLength) |
| return CSSPropertyInvalid; |
| |
| return string.is8Bit() ? cssPropertyID(string.characters8(), length) : cssPropertyID(string.characters16(), length); |
| } |
| |
| CSSPropertyID cssPropertyID(const CSSParserString& string) |
| { |
| unsigned length = string.length(); |
| |
| if (!length) |
| return CSSPropertyInvalid; |
| if (length > maxCSSPropertyNameLength) |
| return CSSPropertyInvalid; |
| |
| return string.is8Bit() ? cssPropertyID(string.characters8(), length) : cssPropertyID(string.characters16(), length); |
| } |
| |
| #if PLATFORM(IOS) |
| void cssPropertyNameIOSAliasing(const char* propertyName, const char*& propertyNameAlias, unsigned& newLength) |
| { |
| if (!strcmp(propertyName, "-webkit-hyphenate-locale")) { |
| // Worked in iOS 4.2. |
| static const char webkitLocale[] = "-webkit-locale"; |
| propertyNameAlias = webkitLocale; |
| newLength = strlen(webkitLocale); |
| } |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| static bool isAppleLegacyCSSValueKeyword(const char* valueKeyword, unsigned length) |
| { |
| static const char applePrefix[] = "-apple-"; |
| static const char appleSystemPrefix[] = "-apple-system-"; |
| static const char applePayPrefix[] = "-apple-pay-"; |
| static const char* appleWirelessPlaybackTargetActive = getValueName(CSSValueAppleWirelessPlaybackTargetActive); |
| |
| return hasPrefix(valueKeyword, length, applePrefix) |
| && !hasPrefix(valueKeyword, length, appleSystemPrefix) |
| && !hasPrefix(valueKeyword, length, applePayPrefix) |
| && !WTF::equal(reinterpret_cast<const LChar*>(valueKeyword), reinterpret_cast<const LChar*>(appleWirelessPlaybackTargetActive), length); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static CSSValueID cssValueKeywordID(const CharacterType* valueKeyword, unsigned length) |
| { |
| char buffer[maxCSSValueKeywordLength + 1 + 1]; // 1 to turn "apple"/"khtml" into "webkit", 1 for null character |
| |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i != length; ++i) { |
| CharacterType c = valueKeyword[i]; |
| if (c == 0 || c >= 0x7F) |
| return CSSValueInvalid; // illegal keyword. |
| buffer[i] = WTF::toASCIILower(c); |
| } |
| buffer[length] = '\0'; |
| |
| if (buffer[0] == '-') { |
| // If the prefix is -apple- or -khtml-, change it to -webkit-. |
| // This makes the string one character longer. |
| // On iOS we don't want to change values starting with -apple-system to -webkit-system. |
| // FIXME: Remove this mangling without breaking the web. |
| if (isAppleLegacyCSSValueKeyword(buffer, length) || hasPrefix(buffer, length, "-khtml-")) { |
| memmove(buffer + 7, buffer + 6, length + 1 - 6); |
| memcpy(buffer, "-webkit", 7); |
| ++length; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| const Value* hashTableEntry = findValue(buffer, length); |
| return hashTableEntry ? static_cast<CSSValueID>(hashTableEntry->id) : CSSValueInvalid; |
| } |
| |
| CSSValueID cssValueKeywordID(const CSSParserString& string) |
| { |
| unsigned length = string.length(); |
| if (!length) |
| return CSSValueInvalid; |
| if (length > maxCSSValueKeywordLength) |
| return CSSValueInvalid; |
| |
| return string.is8Bit() ? cssValueKeywordID(string.characters8(), length) : cssValueKeywordID(string.characters16(), length); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool isCSSTokenizerIdent(const CharacterType* characters, unsigned length) |
| { |
| const CharacterType* end = characters + length; |
| |
| // -? |
| if (characters != end && characters[0] == '-') |
| ++characters; |
| |
| // {nmstart} |
| if (characters == end || !(characters[0] == '_' || characters[0] >= 128 || isASCIIAlpha(characters[0]))) |
| return false; |
| ++characters; |
| |
| // {nmchar}* |
| for (; characters != end; ++characters) { |
| if (!(characters[0] == '_' || characters[0] == '-' || characters[0] >= 128 || isASCIIAlphanumeric(characters[0]))) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // "ident" from the CSS tokenizer, minus backslash-escape sequences |
| static bool isCSSTokenizerIdent(const String& string) |
| { |
| unsigned length = string.length(); |
| |
| if (!length) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (string.is8Bit()) |
| return isCSSTokenizerIdent(string.characters8(), length); |
| return isCSSTokenizerIdent(string.characters16(), length); |
| } |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline bool isCSSTokenizerURL(const CharacterType* characters, unsigned length) |
| { |
| const CharacterType* end = characters + length; |
| |
| for (; characters != end; ++characters) { |
| CharacterType c = characters[0]; |
| switch (c) { |
| case '!': |
| case '#': |
| case '$': |
| case '%': |
| case '&': |
| break; |
| default: |
| if (c < '*') |
| return false; |
| if (c <= '~') |
| break; |
| if (c < 128) |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // "url" from the CSS tokenizer, minus backslash-escape sequences |
| static bool isCSSTokenizerURL(const String& string) |
| { |
| unsigned length = string.length(); |
| |
| if (!length) |
| return true; |
| |
| if (string.is8Bit()) |
| return isCSSTokenizerURL(string.characters8(), length); |
| return isCSSTokenizerURL(string.characters16(), length); |
| } |
| |
| |
| template <typename CharacterType> |
| static inline String quoteCSSStringInternal(const CharacterType* characters, unsigned length) |
| { |
| // For efficiency, we first pre-calculate the length of the quoted string, then we build the actual one. |
| // Please see below for the actual logic. |
| unsigned quotedStringSize = 2; // Two quotes surrounding the entire string. |
| bool afterEscape = false; |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < length; ++i) { |
| CharacterType ch = characters[i]; |
| if (ch == '\\' || ch == '\'') { |
| quotedStringSize += 2; |
| afterEscape = false; |
| } else if (ch < 0x20 || ch == 0x7F) { |
| quotedStringSize += 2 + (ch >= 0x10); |
| afterEscape = true; |
| } else { |
| quotedStringSize += 1 + (afterEscape && (isASCIIHexDigit(ch) || ch == ' ')); |
| afterEscape = false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| StringBuffer<CharacterType> buffer(quotedStringSize); |
| unsigned index = 0; |
| buffer[index++] = '\''; |
| afterEscape = false; |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < length; ++i) { |
| CharacterType ch = characters[i]; |
| if (ch == '\\' || ch == '\'') { |
| buffer[index++] = '\\'; |
| buffer[index++] = ch; |
| afterEscape = false; |
| } else if (ch < 0x20 || ch == 0x7F) { // Control characters. |
| buffer[index++] = '\\'; |
| placeByteAsHexCompressIfPossible(ch, buffer, index, Lowercase); |
| afterEscape = true; |
| } else { |
| // Space character may be required to separate backslash-escape sequence and normal characters. |
| if (afterEscape && (isASCIIHexDigit(ch) || ch == ' ')) |
| buffer[index++] = ' '; |
| buffer[index++] = ch; |
| afterEscape = false; |
| } |
| } |
| buffer[index++] = '\''; |
| |
| ASSERT(quotedStringSize == index); |
| return String::adopt(WTFMove(buffer)); |
| } |
| |
| // We use single quotes for now because markup.cpp uses double quotes. |
| String quoteCSSString(const String& string) |
| { |
| // This function expands each character to at most 3 characters ('\u0010' -> '\' '1' '0') as well as adds |
| // 2 quote characters (before and after). Make sure the resulting size (3 * length + 2) will not overflow unsigned. |
| |
| unsigned length = string.length(); |
| |
| if (!length) |
| return ASCIILiteral("\'\'"); |
| |
| if (length > std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max() / 3 - 2) |
| return emptyString(); |
| |
| if (string.is8Bit()) |
| return quoteCSSStringInternal(string.characters8(), length); |
| return quoteCSSStringInternal(string.characters16(), length); |
| } |
| |
| String quoteCSSStringIfNeeded(const String& string) |
| { |
| return isCSSTokenizerIdent(string) ? string : quoteCSSString(string); |
| } |
| |
| String quoteCSSURLIfNeeded(const String& string) |
| { |
| return isCSSTokenizerURL(string) ? string : quoteCSSString(string); |
| } |
| |
| bool isValidNthToken(const CSSParserString& token) |
| { |
| // The tokenizer checks for the construct of an+b. |
| // However, since the {ident} rule precedes the {nth} rule, some of those |
| // tokens are identified as string literal. Furthermore we need to accept |
| // "odd" and "even" which does not match to an+b. |
| return equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(token, "odd") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(token, "even") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(token, "n") |
| || equalLettersIgnoringASCIICase(token, "-n"); |
| } |
| |
| } |